p^b^^c iX\o^ jw_uoc/ Can r SESSIONAL PAPERS VOr.UME ,21 SEVEJ^TH SESSION OF THE TWELFTH PARLIAMENT OF THE DOMINION OF CANADA SESSION 1917 A 0- ' U-'. VOLUME LTI. 7-8 George V AliiliaLctical ludi.x to Sessiojial Papers A. I'JlT ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO THK SESSIONAL PAPERS OF THE PARLIAMENT OF CANADA SEVENTH SESSION, TWELFTH PAELIAMENT, 1917. A Acadia Coal Co., documents re Concilli- ation Board to employees of 1916.. .. 102 Adertising of Canadian Products by sample goods in France ,. 20oa " Agricultural Instruction Act " — Report on 15c Agriculture, Report of Minister of year 191'6 15 Agriculture, Dept. of, numbers of em- ployees in from 1911 to 1917, etc. . . . ISSp Agriculture, total expenditure in, by Gov- ernment in each of years from 1904-5, 1916-17, etc 222 Aliens, number of interned, nationality of each on Public Works since 1914.. .. 141 Americans, number in Canadian Regi- ments since 1914 141a Ammunition, Order in Council re rules re- specting employees near wharves. . . . 43b Arbitration Boards, applications made to Labour Dept. for, by workmen of N.S. 14 S Annstrong, S. A., aplpointment of, as Director of Military Hospitals Com- mission ; 115 Auditor Generals Report, Vols. I, II, III and IV. 1916 1 B Batialion, 2l0th. respecting the locating of, at Regina and Moosejaw 27 0 Baugh. Edward Levi, re release of, from Penitentiary 219 Beam Trawlers of V. S., re privileges granted to respecting ports in U. S. . . 206 273G0— 1 Beaver Harbour Wharf, Halifax Co., re repairs, etc., to in last fotir years.. .. Boards of Concilliation, Industrial Dis- putes Act, etc., 1916 Bonds and Securities, detailed statement of, 1916' Breakwater, re repairs on at Souris, P.E.I,, years 1915 and 1916 Breakwater at Breen's Point, Co. of Anti- gonish, N.S., since 1911 Breakwater at Souris, P.E.I., correspond- ence re IDIS-K British Isles, natives of, number of en- rolled in Canadian Regiments since 1914 British Columbia, correspondence with Government of, with Dept. of Marine and Fisheries in B.C British Columbia, between Imperial Gov- ernment and re validation of certain Acts of „ . . British Columbia, Hydromotric Gurvey 1915 British Columbia, correspondence with Imperial Goverrmient, re validation Acts of Legislature of Buildings and oRiceo, number of rented by Government, in Ottawa years, 1914- 15-16-17. etc Bulls, thoroughbred sent to Co. of Dor- chester, etc., Quebec By-elections, year, 191C 119 36a 63 127 12S 200 143a 209 214 265 7-8 George V Alplinl»ftiul o:irgoes, report of Commission to inquire Into, conditions re delivery of. . 142 Coa'. operations. Order in Council appoint- ing Director of, for B.C 212 'oal re District No. 18 of Alberta, docu- ments, etc., B.C. coal operators associ- ation 212a Cold Storage Companies in Canada, re price and amount of commodities sold by 210 nommission of Conservation, report of . . 73 Commissions concerning soldiers re pen- sions, hospitals, etc., created since war. 236 Commissioner of Live Stock, province of Saslyitchewan, names of persons em- ployed with 252 Commissions, date and object of all ap- pointed since 1911. to date 161 Conductors, brakemen, drivers and fire- men, number of, on Canadian Govern- ment Railways, between Moncton and Campbellton 156 Conservation, Commission of. Report of. for year 1917 264 Cost of living. Report of W. F. O'Connor, Commissioner relating to 210a (■^ustoms duties, refund of, etc., statement re 75 ' 'ii.>~tonis. report of department of year 1916 11 Documents vp Conciliation Board relat- ing to employees at Plctou, N.S.. 104 List of all employees In 1916, in round house at Pirate Harbour, N.3 101 Number of persons appointed to, from January 1916, to March 31, 1917.. 175 Criminal Statistics for the year 1915.. .. 17 D viiiy and cold storage commissioner, re- port of. year 1916 15a Davidson, Sir Charles — Reportof, as Commissioner, evidence taken before, re war expenditures ; also report of, re small arms ammu- nition ; purchase of submarines and 7-8 Goorcre V Alphabetical Iiid(\\ to Sc>sioiiiil Piipors A. 1917 military cloth (Auburn Woolen Mills Co.) 60 Davles, William Oompany, Ltd., and Mat- thews-Blackwell, Ltd., Order in Council, re Investigration 210b Defence of Canada, order 1917 197 "Destructive Insect and Pest Act," regru- ations under 58 Dismissals : — Mr. H. D. McKenzie of Stellarton, N.S. . 79 Frank Dunlop, of Sydney Mines 95 Mr. Spenny, trackmaster on short line, Canadian Government Railway, etc. 153 L6on Roy, as Interpreter to Department of Interior * 154 D. MoDermid, superintendent of Fish Hatchery, N.S 165 Moses H. Nickerson, Inspector of Life Saving stations, N.S 167 Augrustin D. Lauteigne, postmaater of Island River, Gloucester Co., N.B. , 178 John R. Mcintosh, postmaster, Cum- ming's Mountain, etc., N.S 180 John McDonald, janitor of Public build- ing, Inverness, N.S 198 Hector Urquhart, Cape Breton Co., N.S., appointment of successor 201 Divorces, number of, granted in Canada by Parliament since 1867 98 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re management of, in 40 mile railway belt, B.C 67 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re "Railway Water Belt Act," 1916.. .. 66 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re " Forest Reserves and Park Act," 1916. 65 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re "Dominion Lands Act," 1916 69 Dominion Lands, Orders in Council re "Dominion Lands Sui-vey Act," 1916.. 64 Dominion Police Force, account of, etc., 1916 59 Doukhobours, re exemption from Military service of 224 Dredging : — Relating to work done at Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Pointe Fortune, Ottawa river, etc 123 Dredging at wharf at Isle Perrot, north and south, Dorion Bay channel, Vau- dreuil, etc 123a •Dredging at Margaree Harbour, X.S,. during 1913, 1914, 1915 and 1916.. .. 134 Dredging at Ste. Anne de Beilevue, Pointe Fortune, Ottawa Rivers, etc 241 Duchemin, H. P., Commissioner, re amount paid to 181 Duties, re payment of, on account of claims against certain provinces, by Minister of Justice 229 27360— U Employees, number of. In Departments of Labour, Interior, Public Works, etc. .. FOmployees, names, salariea, etc., of, volun- teering from Department of Interior and Indian Affairs Rnlistment of men for overseas service, number of, etc Estimates, year ending March 31, 1918.. Estimates, supplementary, year ending March 31, 1917 ■"Estimates, supplementary, year ending March 31, 1918 Exchequer Court, Copy of New t'.ule re practice and procedure in Exchequer Court, Proceedings of re Indians on Sydney, N.S. Reserve. . . . Exchequer Court, Proceedings re Quebec and Saguenay Railway, Quebec and Montmorency Railway, and LotbiniSre Megantic ETxchequer Court, Copy of Rule 200 of, re procedure Exhibition Train, correspondence re or- ganization of, in France Experimental Farms, Report of Director and Officers of, 1916 Exports in different commodities, amount of, for first nine months of present fiscal year Express Statistics of Canada, year 1916 Extension of Parliamentary term, etc., correspondence re Extension of Parliamentary term, etc., further correspondence, re External Affairs, Report of Secretary of State for 1917 First Contingent, No. of Battalions of leaving Canada, etc Fishing in the tida! waters of province of Quebec, relating to Fish, dried, wine, etc., trade in between Portugal and Canada Fish, scrap, names and P. O. addresses of purchasers of, from works at Canso, 1916. Fisher, Ward, Inspector of Fisheries, Western N.S., i-e disbursements ot, 1912-1913 Food Controller for Canada, Order In Council, re appointment of , Fuel Controller for Canada, Order in Council, relating to Furloughs granted to men after enlist- ment for harvesting purposes Jeographic Board, Report of, for year 1916 217 220 143a 3 100 157 48a 100a 20.1 16 186 20s 74 74a 3, -5 213 251 97 116 208 192a 192 107 25cl i-b George V AipLabetical Ludcx to Sefcsional Papers A. 19i: G :> rman nationality, number of persons of, employed in Departmenta of Service, «•<« 176 'liard, ex-Af P.P. for Compton, re employ- , ment of, by Government 223 Governor General's Warrants, on account of years 1916-1917 4P Governor General's Warrants, issued since adjournment of Parliament, February 1917 49a • Irain Commission, re report from, to Department of Trade and Commerce. 184 Grain Supervisors, Board of, Order in Council, respecting 193 Grand Trunk Pacific Railway, quantity of freight carried over, between L6vis and Moncton 80 Gravel, Mr. Alfred, re appointment of, etc., as Harbour Commissioner of Que- bec 71 Gracing Leases, documents relating to. . 112 "Grilse," H.M.C.S. re inquiry into damages sustained by 164 H Halifax and Eastern Railway, naming of Stations on 150 Halifax Herald, Evening Mail, and Royal Print and Lithographing Co., Halifax. 25 7 Hansard Translation Staff, correspond- ence with Chief of, 1917 215 Harbour improvements at Tracadie, Co. of Antigonish, N.S., 1916.. .^ 126 Harrigan Cove Wharf, Halifax Co., re- pairs, etc., to, in 1914-1915 120 Harvesting furloughs granted to men after enlistment, etc 107 High Commissioner's Office, names of stafif, etc 9 6 Horses for war purposes bought in Canada 92 Hydrometric Survey of British Colum- bia 1915 25c Hydrometric Survey of Manitoba 1915.. 25/ Hydrometric Surveys (Stream Measure- ments), Report of 1915 25c I Immigration Service in city of Montreal, No. of persons, etc., employed in.. .. ^3 Immigration Service and Land settlement, correspondence between Federal Gov- ernment and provinces, re H2 Immigrration of Supt. of, re advertising in United States newspapers for farm hands 113 Imperial War Conference, paperF, re, 1917 42o Imperial War Conference, extracts from Minuteu of 4Lv: I Indian Affairs, Report of Department of, year ended March 31, 1916 17 Inland Revenues, Reports, Returns and Statistics of, year ended March 31, 1916 • 12. 13, 14 Insurance, Report of Superintendent of, year 1916 8 Insurance Coys. Abstract statement of, year 1916 9 Interior Department, number of clerks, etc., belonging to inside service, paid from outside service il Interior Department, Annual Report of, year ending March 31, 1916 2o Inverness Harbour, X.S., re opening of. . 248 J Jones, C. G., Surgeon-General, Interim Report of, on Army Medical Service. . I'Ob Judges, Province of Quebec, travelling expenses of, etc 174 K Kelly, Thos., re treatment of, in Stony Mountain Prison 145 King's Regulations and Orders for the Army 195 King and Wallace Shipyards, Ltd., re contract for delivery of wooden auxi- liary ship 267 Kitsilano Indian Reserve Report on.. .. 85 Labour report of, for year ending March 31, 1916 36 Lambert, Hyppolite, re cancellation of mail contract to 1S2 Lamond and Harrison, re contract for construction of one wooden auxiliary ship 2* 7 Lebel, Polydore. re sus[)ension of, as engi- neer on Intercolonial Railway, In 1916. 152 Le Blanc, Maurice, Department of Public Works, Co. of Bonaventure, re travel- ling expenses of 240 Librarians of Parliament, Report of Joint do 4 0 Liquor, Return re amount of, brought into Canadian Territories, 191fi 147 List of shipping of Dominion of Canada to 1915 22 List of shareholders in Chartered Banks on December 31, 1915 6 Local Tribunals, Copy of "Gazette," 12th September, containing list of 276 Luceville Station, I.C.Ry., re changing of name of Saint Luce, to 118 Lyall & Sons, re contract of, between Government and, for rebuilding Parlia- ment Buildings 105 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1!J17 M Malls :— Contract to J. C. Shields and oUiera for carrying mails from Ashcroft to Fort Georgre, B.C 13& Documents re contract from Tatama- gouche to New Annan, N.S 9P Documents re contract between Grand River and Fourchu, N.S 231 Rural routes established in Qu'Appelle since January 1916, also date of . . . . 272 Mail route, change in Margaree-Inver- ness, to other points 273 Male persons, regulations re departure of, from Canada, Order in Council re.. .. 162 Manitoba Hydrometric Survey, 1915.. .. 2:i) Manitoba Legislature Act passed by, amending the "Jury Act" 140 Manual of Military Law, 1914 196 Margaree Harbour, pier at 246 Margaree Harbour, breakwater at 24 6o Marine and Fisheries, Report of, years 1915-1916 21 Marine Agency at Pictou, N.S., re closing of,.etc., in 1916' M Marine and Fisheries, supplement to Re- port of, (Steamboat Inspection).. .. 2:; Members of Parliament, names of, belong- ing to overseas forces, etc 100 Members of Parliament, names of, belong- ing to overseas forces, supplementary. 109( Members of Parliament, names and num- ber of, serving with forces 1091 Members of Parliament, names, supple- mentary 109c Members of House of Commons, names of, serving or have served with Canadian army 109 Members of House of Commons, names of serving or have served with Canadian army 109( Members of House of Commons, names of, numiber of, date of appointment, etc. . 109? Members of House of Commons, serving or have served in Canadian army.. .. 109f Merchandise, re quantity of, exported into foreign countries since August 1, 1914, etc 207 Military Hospital at Halifax, Report of Commission respecting 170 Military Hospitals Commission, Report of work of, to date 1917 li'S Militia Council, Report of, year ending March, 31. 1916 3o Militia General Orders promulgated to, 1915 to 1917 94 Militia and Defence, ex-Minister of, cor- respondence between Premier and.. .. 160 Militia, Department of, re amount spent advertising for recruits in Canada.. .. 171 M Military Staff, North Vancouver, names, duties, salaries, etc 235 Military Division No. 6, Halifax, namrp, occupation, salaries, etc 23. '.n Military Service Council, Order in Council, appointing to assist administration of Military Service Act 269 Mines Branch, Department of Mines, Re- port of 1915 26o Mines Department, Geological Survey. Report 26 Miscellaneous Unforeseen Kxpenses, state- ment re, from 1916 to 1917 CI Mc McCuaig, Clarence J., correspondence be- tween Department Militia, and first purchasing committee 263 -M.jFarlane, Dan, re claim of, against De- partment of Railways, 1917 151 McKee, A. J., and T. J. Dnimmond, The, vessels 149 McLeod, Sir EJzekiel, Hon. Louis Tellier, Report of re Hon. Robert Rogers.. ,. 230 N National Battlefields Commission, State- ments re Receipts and Expenditures.. 55 National Service Board of Canada, Orders in Council, re establishment of 4 6 Naturalization, certificates of, to Alien enemies, Order in Council, recommend- ing 275 Naval Service : — Amendments to regulations, re pay, allowances, and pensions to invalided men from Naval Service 45^ <:'anadiian Biology, 1915-1916 28a Copies of Orders in Council re super- annuation of Blair Kent in Naval Ser- vice Department, also command money ; Hardlying money ; establish- ing rates of pensions : regulations for enrollment of men ir. volunteer Naval Reserve, and order made under War Measures Act re persons of enemy landing in Canada.. .. 43 Copy Order in Council, re payment and Specialist allowances to overseas division 43d Extract from Order in Council, re Regulations respecting Separation Allowance payment 43a Extract Order in CouRcil, No. 1783, re pay, allowances and pensions. . 43e Eictract Order in Council, No. 1871, re pay, allowances and pensions. . 4 3e Radiotelegraph regulations, copy of amendment to 506 T-'^ Tioorge V Alpliabctical Indox to Scs-sional Tflpers A. 1917 Repulaiions re rank of Chief Skipper in Regulations re persons on stores, wharvts, etc., on which am.mutiilion Is handletl, Order in Counoil re- specting Regulations re i)ay and allowances to men after discharge. Order in Council respecting Report of Department of, for year end- ing 1916 Report of Fisheries Branch of Xaval Service, 1915-1916 Report of Department of year 1916.. Travelling allowances, Ofticers and men of, also allowances re lodging, etc Defence of Canada, order, Order in Council re News print paper. Order in Council, re exportation, price, sale, transport, and control of Newspapers, " Le Canada," " La Presse," " La Patrle," " Le Pays," " La Vigie," and "La Soleil," amounts 43f 43b 43i 38 43/ 457i 114 216 O'Connor, Commissioner, re cost of living. Reports of, re sugar O'Connor, Commissioner, re cost of living, Reports of, re Anthracite coal O'Connor, Commissioner, re cost of living, cold storage conditions in Canada.. Okanagan Telephone Coy Oliver equipment Overseas Forces, re number of appli- cants rejected on account of physical unfitness, etc Overseas Forces, number of men enlisted for, number since discharged, and where. Orders in Council, Copies of: — Re appointment of Parliamentary Under Secretary of State for Exter- nal Affairs Re appointment of Parliamentary Secre- tary, Department Militia and De- fence Re appointment Minister of Overseas Military Forces from Canada in United Kingdom Respecting, wheat Hour, and Semolina imported into Canada free of duty.. Ottawa Improvement Commission, Re- ceipts and Expenditures, 1916 P Parliament Buildings, re claims of losses by fire at, 1916 Parliamentary National Service Commis- sion, correspondence re Parliamentary term, War extension of.. 189 100 210(1 249 lOS 143 14 3(1 41 41 41 106 Patriotic Fund, amounts subscribed and voted, amounts by provinces, counties, etc Patriotic Fund, amounts paid into, pro- mised, etc Patenaude, Hon. E. L., Letter of, to Prime Minister re resignation Pearson's post ofllce, Nipissing, change of location of Penitentiaries, Report of Minister of Jus- tice, year 1916 Pension Regulations, copies of Order in Council respecting Pensions of officers or dependents, re ex- change of, between Imperial and Can- adian Governments Pensions and separation allowances, offi- cers, warrant officers, etc Pier at Margaree Harbour, N.S Postmaster General, Report of year ended March 31, 1916 F'ost Office, Canard and Splitlog, petitions, etc., re Post Office, Pearson's re removal of, etc. Post Office, Department, number in paid from outside service, names, salary, etc Printing of Parliament, Reports of re economy in printing public documents. I'roprietary or Patent Medicine Act, re petitions for repeal of, from Physicians, etc Public Accounts of Canada, year ended March 31, 1916 Public Works, Report of Minister of year ended March 31, 1916 Public Works, expenditures made by, since 1916 in different provinces of Canada, etc Public Printing and Stationery, 1916.. Q Quebec and Saguenay Ry. Co., Quebec Railway, Light and Power Co., Lot- bini^re and Megantic (Railway Co., and Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power Co, copy of agreement between Gov- ernment and Quebec and Saguenay Railway Co., etc.. Exchequer Court proceedings, re. . . . Quebec and Saguenay Railway Co., Judg- ment by court fixing price paid for, etc. Quebec City Board of Trade, correspon- dence between, and Premier re Report of Commission on Railways R liadiotelegraph Regulations, Amend- ments to, since 1914 :aort of Department of, Part V, 1916 10< Report of Department of. Part I, 1916.. .* I''' lieport of Department of, Part VII, 1916 1'. Trade Unions, Annual Return, re 62 Trade Con^mission to Great Britain, France and Italy, 1916, Report of . . 221 Transcontinental Rajlway, Report of Commission of, 1916 3i Transcontinental Railway, List of points where rails removed 1-"'' Transcontinental Railway, List of points where rails removed l^tn Tribunals, Local, Copy of Gazette con- taining list of -"^^ V Unclaimed Balances in chartered banks of Canada, December 31, 1915.. .. 7 V Vale Railway, Copy of agreement con- cerning lease of 4" Vancouver, Documents re purchase of land in, for purpose of an Armoury since 1913 232 Veterinary Director iieneral. Report of year 191& I'-f Victoria Bridge, Montreal, Copy of Order in Council, increasing toll rates on.. 117 War Purchasing Commission, Report of 1915 to 1916, inclusive 4' War Conference, Papers relating to, in 1917 42 War Measures Act, re British ships in f'anada, etc., re<|ui8ition of, for war purposes 1'" \V;ir Badges, Rules and Regulations re for members of Canadian EJxpedltlonary Force 274 Ward Fisher, Inspector of Fisheries, Western Nova Scotia, disbursements of 1912-1913 208 Wet Canteen system overseas, corres- pondence re abolishment of 204 Wharves : — " at Upper Prospect, N.S., 1915.. .. 124 " at Shad Bay, repairs to, in 191.5.. 12.''« " at Mushaboom Harbour, N.S., in 1913 12f. " at Port Dufferin West, Halifax Co, N.S., in 1913-14 131 ■■ at Port Dufferin East, Halifax Co, N.S., in 1916 132 " at Ecum Secum West, Halifax Co., N.S., construction of, at 133 •' at McKay's Point, exten.sion of and repairs to 199 " at Craignish, N.S 202 ■• at Harrigan Cove, Halifax Co., N.S., repairs to, in 1914-1915 120 " at Isle Perrot, Vaudreuil, Pointe Cavagnal. Hudson, etc 122b " at Finlay Point, N.S 242 " Breakwaters, etc., Co. of Anti- gonish, N.S 243 " of the Government at Crose Point, New Carlisle, etc., Quebec 244' " at Marble Mountain, N.S 245 " at Port Hood, N.S 247 Correspondence re wharves at Isle Perrot Sud, X'audreuil, Pointe Cavagnal, etc 122 " Correspondence re w'harves at Isle Perrot North, South, Vaudreuil, Pointe Cavagnal, Hudson, etc.. .. 122o \Vh;ii-.es. Breakwaters and other public works, Co. of Guy.«boro, N.S 250 Wheat, wheat flour, sexnolimi, Orier in Council re , 106 Whitehead, N.S., life saving station at. Order in Council referring to 27S Willi.s Kelzer, application of re Fishing weir at Square Cove, N.S 16C Wooden Auxiliary Sailing Ships. Con- tracts for, — Yukon Territory, Ordinances of 7C t'ukon Territory, Orders in Council re Government of TCa Yukon Territory, Orders in Council re Government of 1917 76b 8 7-8 George V Alpliabetii:al Index to Se&aional Papers A. II'IT LIST OF SESSIONAL PAPERS Arranged in Numerical Order, with tJieir titles at full length; the dates when Ordered and when Presented to the Houses of Parliament; the Names of the Senator or Member ivho moved for each Sessional Paper, and whether it is ordered to he Printed or not Printed. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1. (This volume is bound in tlu'ee parts.) 1. Report of tlie Auditor General for the year ended ?li>t March, 1916, Volume 1, Parts a b and A to K ; Volume n, Parts L to U ; Volume III, Parts V to Z ; Volume IV, Part ZZ'. Preser^ted by Sir George Foster April 19. 1917. Printed for distribution and sessionctl papers. CONTENTS or VOLUME 2. 2. The Public Accounts of Canada, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February 1, 1917. . .Prmfcd for distribution and sessional papers. 3. Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on the 31st March, 1918, and in accordance with the provisions of " Tlie British Xonh America Act, 1867," the Governor General recommends these Estimates to the Hou?e of Commons. Presented by Sir Thomas White, January 31, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 4. Supplementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on the Slst March, 1917, and, in accordance with the provisions of "The British North Ame'rica Act, 1867," the Governor General recommends these Estimates to the House of Commons. Presented by Sir Thomas White, February 5, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 5. Supplementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on the 31st March, 1918. Presented by Sir Thomas White, August 17, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 6. List of Shareholders in the Chartered Banks of the Dominion of Canada as on December 31, 1915. Preeiented by Sir Thomas White, January 25, 1917 Xot printed. 7. Report on certified cheques, drafts or bills of exchange, dividends remaining unpaid and unclaimed balances in Chartered Banks of the Dominion of Canada, for five years and upwards prior to December 31, 1915. Presented by Sir Thomas Whita, January 2', 1917 ,, ..\otpriH:rd. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 3. (This volume is bound in two parts.) 8. Report of the Superintendent of Insurance for the year 1916. Presented hy Sir Thomr.s White, Jxdy 27, 1917 Printed for distribiotion and sessional papers. 9. Abs'tract of Statements of Insuiance Companies in Canada for the year ended Decembfr 31, 1916. Presented by Sir Thomas White, May 2, 1917. Print e<1 for distribution and sessional papers 9 -8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Paperg- A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 4. 10. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended 3l9t March, 1916; Part I. — Canadian Trade (Imports In and Wxporta from Canada). Presented by Sir 0«org:e Foster, April 19, 1917.. ..Printed for distribution and aeasional paper*. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 5. lOa. Report of the Department of Trade and Conwnerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916: — Part II. — Canadian Trade with France, Germany, the United Kingdom and the United States. Presented by Sir George Foster, January 25, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. lOb. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916 — Part III. — Canadian Trade with British and Foreign Countries (except France, t Germany, United Kingdom and United Stales). Presented by Sir George Foster. April 19, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 10c. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916 (Part IV, Miscellaneous Information). Presented by Sir George Foster, June 4, 1917 Printed for distribution and stssional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 6. lOflf. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce. Part V — Grain Statlstica, compiled by the Inspection Branch of the Department, Ottawa, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916, the crop year end«d August 31. 1916, and the season of navigation ended December 14. 1916; and Report of the Board of Grain Commissioners. Presented by Sir George Foster, June 8, 1917.. .. Printed for distribution atid sessional papers. lOe. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce, for the fiscal year ending March .31, 1916 (Part Vl. — Subsidized Steamship Services, with Statistics showing Steamship TraflRc to Dect^mber .31. 1916, and Estimates for fiscal year 1917-1918). Presented by Sir George Foster. May ?. 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. \Of. Report of the Department of Trade and Commerce for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916: Part VII — Trade of Foreign Countrip„s. Treaties and Conventions. Presented by Sir George Foster. 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 7. 11. Report of the Department of Customs Cor the year ended March 31. 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr Reld. January 29. 1917.. ..Printed for disfrihnHon and se.ssionnl papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 8. 12. 13, 14. Reports. P.eturns and Statistics of the Inland Revenues of the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916. Part [. — liJxcIse. Part II. — Weight* and Measures. Gas and Electricity. Part III. — Adulteration of Food. Presented by Sir fames Lougbeed, January 26. 19 \7.. .Printed for diatributinn and ses.sinnnl onpers. 15. Report of the Minister of Agriculture for the Dominion of Canada, for the vear ended Marfh 31. 1916. Presented bv Hon. Mr Burrell. January 26, 1917. Printed for distribution and ses.sinvnl oavera. 15rt. Report of the Dalr>' and Cold Storage Commissioner for the flscal year ending March .31. 1916. (Dairyincf. Fruit. Extension of Markets and CJoId Storage.) Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell. 1917 ffot printed. 10 7-8 George V Alpliahrticnl Tiidox to So.^sioiiiil Papers A. 1017 CONTENTS OF VOLUME S—fonchidnd. 151^. Report of the Veterinary Director General for the year ending March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional paprrs. 15c. Report on "The Agricultural In.struction Act," 1915-16, pursuant to Section 8, Chapter 5 of 3-4 George V. Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, January 31, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 9. (This volume is bound in two parts.) IS. Report of the Director and Officers of the Experimental Farms for the year ending 31st Mai-ch, 1916. — Volumes I, II and III. Presented by Sir George Poster, August 13, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 17. Criminal Statistics for the year ended September, 1915. (Appendix to -the Report of the Minister of Trade and Commerce for. the year 1915.) Presented by Sir George Foster, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers 18. Return of By-elections for the House of Commons of Canada held during the year 1916. Presented by Hon. ^Mr. Speaker, 1917 .Kot printed. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 10. 19. Report of the Minister of Public Works on the works under his control for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rogers, January 26, 1917. ^ Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF. VOLUME 11. 20. Annual Report of the Department of Railways and Canals, for the fiscal year from April 1, 1915, to March 31, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and ses.tional papers. 20«. Canal Statistics for the season of Navigation, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid. May 7, 1917 Printed for distribution ajid sessional papers. 20b. Railway Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1916. Pre- sented iby Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 24, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessioiial papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 12. 20c. Eleventh Report of the Board of Railway Commissioners for Canada, for the year ending 31st March, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, January 23, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20''. Telephone Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1916. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20e. Express Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1916. Pre- sented by Hon Mr. Cochrane, April 25, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20/. Telegraph Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended June 30, 1916. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, April 19, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20(7. Report of the Royal Commission appointed to consider the general problem of transporta- tion in Canada, comprising : — Report of Sir H. F. Drayton and Mr. W. M. Acworth ; Report of Mr. A. H. Smith ; and. Appendices A and B, being Report of Appraisal of Canadian Northern Railway System and Grand Trunk I'aciflc Railway, by Mr. iJeo. P. Swain, C.E. Presented by Sir Thomas White, May 2, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 11 7-8 George V Alithabctical Lidcx to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 13. 21. Forty-ninth Annual Report of the Departmtnt of Marine and Fisheries, for the year 191 5-1 B — Marine. Treeented by Hon. Mr. Ilazen, January 23, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 22. List of Shirping issued by the L>ei.;irinniit of Marine and Fisheries, being a list of vessels on the Registry Bool< George V Alpliabctital ludi'x to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTEirrS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 40. The R<»port of the Joint. Librarians of Parliament. Presented by Hon. Mr. Speaker, January 19, 1917 Not prinfed. 41. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows: — P.O. 1917, dated the 15th day of July, 1916, respecting the appointment of a Parliamentary Under Secretary of State for External Affairs dijrlng the continuance of the war. P.C. 2576, dated the 21st day of October, 1916. respecting the appointment of Hugh Clark, Member of the House of Commons for the ETlectoral District of J^orth Bruce, to the position of Parliamentary Under Secretary for Exernal Affairs, during the con- tinuance of the present war. P.C. 1720, dated the 15th day of July, 1916, respecting the appointnnent of a Par- liamentary Secretary of the Department of Militia and Defence, during the continu- ance of the present war. P.C. 1730, dated the 19th day of July, 1916, respecting the appointment of Fleming Blancliard McCurdy, Member of the House of Commons for the Electoral District of Shelburne and Queens, to the position of Parliamentary Secretary of the Department of Militia and Defence, during the continuance of the present war. P.C. 2651, dated the 2Sth day of October, 1916, respecting the establi.shment of a ministry In London charged with the administration of the overseas forces of Canada, and the direction and control of the expenditures abroad In connection therewith. P.C. 2656, dated the 31st day of October, 1916, respecting the appointment of Honourable Sir George Halsey Perley, to the position of Minister of Overseas Military Forces from Canada in the United Kingdom. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, January 18, 1917 Printed for sessional papers only. 42. Papers relating to the Imperial War Conference, 1917. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, January 22, 1917.. PiHnted for sessional papers only. 42«. Copy of a Parliamentary Paper (Cd. 856'6), containing extracts from the Minutes of the Proceedings of the Imperial War Conference, 1917, and Papers laid before the Con- ference. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, June 15, 1917. Pnnted for distributioji and sessional papers. 43. Copies of Orders In Council, as follows : — P.C. 64-15-25, dated the 29th June, 1916, authorizing the superannuation of Mr. Silas Blair Kent, a clerk in Sub-division " B " of the First Division, employed as chief fishing bounty officer of the Naval Service Department P.C. 3192, dated 30th December, 1916, Regulations governing the payment of Separation Allowance in the Royal Canadian Navy and Royal Naval Canadian Volun- teer Reserve. P.C. 3108, dated 19th September, 1916, Regulations governing payment of "Com- mand Money " to officers on " Special Service," etc., In the Royal Canadian Nav^y- P.C. 2942, dated 29th November, 1916, Regulations governing payment of "Hard- lying Money " in the Royal Canadian Navy. P.C 2442, dated 11th October, 1916, Amendment to Order In Council P.C. 1334, dated 3rd June, 191S, establishing Rates of Pensions for the Military and Naval Forces of Canada. P.C. 2130, dated 9th September, 1916, Regulations for enrolment of men In the Royal Canadian Volunteer Reserve for service in the Royal Navy. P.C. 1939, dated 18th August, 191€, Order made under War Measures Act, 1914, to reduce risk of persons of enemy nationality landing in Canada under guise of neutrals. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, January 22, 1917 Not printed. 43a. Copy of extract. from Order in Council No. P.C. 942, dated 5th April, 1917, with reference to Regulations governing the Payment of Separation Allowance in the Royal Canadian Navy. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, June 11, 1917 Not printed. 43b Copy of extract from Order in Council No. P.C. 1397, dated 21st May, 1917 : Rules and Regulations to apply to persons who are employed In or who are In or in the vicinity of any store, wharf, etc.. In or upon which any ammunition, etc., is handled. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, June 14, 1917 Xof ipi-intcd. 14 7-8 Qeorg3 V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1017 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Contimicd. 43c. Copy of Extract from Order in Council No. P.C. 1576. dated 11th June, 1917: Regulations instituting the rank of Chief Skipper and Skipper In the Royal Canadian Navy. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, June 20. 1917 Not printed. 43d. Copy of Order in Council. P.C. 69/1774, dated 28th June. 1917, containing Regulations for the PajTTient of Specialist Allowance to R.N.CV.R, and R.N.C.V.R Overseas Division. Presented by Hon, Mr. Hazen, July 9. 1917 Not printed 43c. Copy Extract from Order In Council, P.C. No 1783. dated 29th June, 1917: — Rules and Regulations governing the issue of Pay, Allowances and Pensions, Department of the Naval Service — Copy Extract from Order in Council, P.C No. 1871, dated 6th July, 1917 ; — Amendment to the Regulations for the payment of Separation Allowance to the dependents of those on Active Service under the Naval Service Department. Presented by Sir James Lougheed. July 12, 1917. (Senate) Not printed. 43/. Extract from Order in Council. P.C 1993 of the 17th July, 1917: Scale of Subsistence Allowances to Officers and men of the Naval Service when travelling on duty. — And also. — Extract from Order in Council, P.C 1994 of the 17th July, 1917: Scale of Allowances in lieu of lodging, provisions, fuel and light, for Officers and men of the Naval Service. Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, August 6, 1917 Not printed. 439. Extract from Order in Council. P.C 2105. dated 9th Augnist. 1917: Amendments to regu- lations for the issue of pay. allowances and pensions to officers, warrant officers and men invalided, etc.. from the Naval Service Presented by Hon. Mr. Hazen, August 27. 1917 Not printed. 43ft. Extract from Order in Council ("Defence of Canada Order"), P.C. No. 2277, dated the 17th August. 1917: — Amendments respecting iNaval Service. The Senate. .2Vot printed. 43i. Extract from Order in Council, No. P.C. 2433, dated 1st September, 1917: — ^Regulations re P^ and Allowances to Officers and Men after discharge from the Canadian Naval Service. The Senate Not printed. 44. Correspondence relating to the withdrawal of the Ross Rifle from the Canadian Army Corps Presented by Sir Robert Borden. January 22, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 45. Report of the War Purchasing Commission, covering period from its appointment on May 8, 1915. to December 31. 1916 Presented by Hon. Mr. Kemp, January 23.. 1917. Not printed. 46. Copies of Orders in Council respecting the establishment of a National Service Board of CJanada, and appointments thereto, under the provisions of the War Measures Act, 1914. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, January 23. 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 47. Copy of Agreement between His Majesty the King and The Acadia Coal Ck>mpany, Ltd.. concerning the lease of the Vale Railway. Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, January 2.'?, 1917 Not printed. 48. Copy of Agreement between His Majesty the King and The Quebec and Saguenay Rail- way Co., The Quebec Railway Light, and Power Co. The LotbiniSre and Megantlc Railway Co., and The Quebec Railway Light Heat and Power Co., respecting the acquisition by the Government of the said railways Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, January 23. 1917 Not printed. 48a. Return to an Order of the House, of the 23rd April, 1917, for a copy of all proceedings in the Exchequer Court of Canada, and judgment of Mr. Justice Cassels concerning the reference of the Quebec and Saguenay Railway, the Quebec and Montmorency Railway and the Lotbinifire and Megantic Railway. Presented June 21, 1917. Mr. Lemleux. Not printed. 15 r-& George V Alphabetical Lidex to Scssioiial Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 48b. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14lh May, 1917, for a copy of the Judgment delivered by Mr. Justice Cassels on the 24th day of January, 1917, In the matter of fixing the price to be paid by the <'.overnment for the Quebec, Montmorency and Charlevoix Railwaj', the Quebec aiid Sagnienay Railway, and the Lotblni^re and Megantlc Railway, under the atatute of last session. Chapter 22, 6-7 George V. Pre- sented June 27. 1917. Mr. Graham Xot printed. 49. S:rit-. -Boj/cr Xot printed. 122^- Return to an Order of the House of the 30th April, 1917, for a copy of all letters, petitions, correspondence, telegrams and reports exchanged between the Government, the resident engineer and all other persons, concerning the construction and repairing done to tho wharves at He Perrot North, South and at the Church; Village of Vaudreuil. Pointe Cavagnal, Hudson, Graham, Rigaud and Point Fortune since. 1904. Also, a copy of all data and reports regarding above already produced at my request relating to documents prior to 1904, showing the amounts of rnoney paid for such construction and repairing, and to whom paid. And also, return to an Order of the House of the 30th April, 1917, for a copy of all letters, petitions, correspondence and telegrams exchanged between the Government, the district engineer, and any other persons concerning either the con- struction, repairing or purchase of the wharves at He Perrot South, the Church in the Village of He Perrot, Village of Vaudreuil, Pointe Cavagnal, Hudson, Rigaud, Graham, Pointe Fortune and He Perrot North, since 1904. Also a copy of all specifications and reports already brought down at my request in relation to above prior to, and since 1904, giving a statement of the amounts that have been paid for such construction or repairs, showing to Avhom they were paid. Presented August 13, 1917. — Mr. Boyer. Xot printed. 123. Return to an Order of the House of the 19th April, 1910, for a copy of all letters, petitions, corresppndence and telegrams exchanged between the Government, its resident engineer, and all other prsons, concerning the dredging work done at the following places: — Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Pointe Fortune, Ottawa River Channel between He au Foin and He ;\ Paquin, Graham channel, Rigaud channel, Hudson Heights channel, Hudson, Como, Pointe Cavagnal, channel at Vaudreuil Village, Dorion Bay channel, He Perrot Church, He Perrot Sud Wharf, and He Perrot Nord Wharf. Also, a statement of the amounts paid to different persons, companies, etc., for such work, the dates, etc.. and a copy of the estimates already brought down at my request, the whole since 1904. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. Boycr • Xot printed. 123^- Return to an Order of the House of the 16th February. 191t;. for a copy of all letters, petitions, correspondence, telegrams and repoi'ts exchanged between the Government, the resident engineer of the district, and all other persons, concerning the dredging work done at the places below named, and the amount of money paid to divers, persons com- panies, etc.. for such work, as well as the statements already presented at any request, the whole since 1904 : — At the wharf of He Perrot, North, South and at the Church; in Dorion Bay channel; at Vaudreuil Village channel; at Pointe Cavagnal; at Como; at Hudson ; at Hudson Heights channel ; at Graham channel ; in the Rigaud River chan- nel ; in the Ottawa river ; He aux Poires channel ; at Pointe Fortune, and at Ste- Anne de Bellevue channel. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. Boyer Not printed. 124- Iteturn to an Order of the House of the 3rd May, 191G, for a copy of all letters, telegrams, bills, vouchers and memoranda in connection with the repairs to the wharf at Upper Pre spect, Halifax County, N.S., in 191.'). Presented April 30, 1917. --.Wr. McLean (lialifa-T) Xot printed. 24 T-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sc'-sional Papers A. 1017 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21~Con finned. 125. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd May, 1916, for a copy of all letters, telcBrams, bills, vouchers and memoranda in connection with the repairs to the wharf at Shad Bay. Halifax County, N.S., in 1915. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. McLean (Halifax) Wot printrd. 126. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st Febru;iry, 1917, for a copy of all correspond- ence in the possession of the Department of Public Works bearing date after September, 1911, relating to the expenditure of money voted last session for harbour improvements at Tracadie, in the County of Antigonish, including copies of all letter's relating to the same written by Mr. G. A. R. Rollings to the said Minister of Public Works or to any other member of the Government. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair. .Not printed. 127. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd February. 1917, for a copy of all letters, telegrams, reports and other documents received by the Government during the years 1915 and 1916, relative to the repairs required on the breakwater at Souris, P.E.I. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. Hughes (Kinys, P.K.I.) Not printed. 128. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st February, 1917, for a copy of all correspond- ence in the possession of the Department of Public Works bearing date after September, 1911, relating to the extension of a breakwater at Breen's Point, in the County of Anti- gonish. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 129. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all corre- spondence, vouchers, etc., in connection with the construction of the- Mushaboom Har- bour Wharf, Halifax County, in 1913. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. McLean (Halifax) Not printed. 130. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a return showing all ex- penditures made since March 31, 1916, by the Public Works Department in the several provinces of Canada, specifying the name of the work, the amount already spent thereon, and the estimated total expenditure in each case. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. McLean (Halifax) Not printed. 131. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all correspond- ence, vouchers, etc., in connection m ith the construction of the Port Dufferin West Wharf, Halifax County, in 1913-14. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. McLean (Halifax). Not printed 132. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all corre- spondence, vouchers, etc., in connection with the repairs to the Port Dufferin East Wharf, Halifax County, in 1915. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. McLean (Halifax). Not printed. 133. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all correspond- ence, vouchers, etc., in connection with the construction of a wharf at Ecum Secum Wosr_ Halifax County. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. McLeav ^^a'lHf, , .. . .Not printed. 134. Return to an Order of the House of the 27th March, 1916, for a copy of- all correspondence, letters, telegrams, etc., in any way referring to the dredging at Margaree Harbour, In- verness County, N.S., during 1913, 1914, 1915 and 1916. Presented April 30, 1917. — Mr. Chisholm Not printed. 135. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1142, dated the 24th day of April, 1917, under the provi- sions of the War Measures Act, 1914, containing regulations under which British ships registered in Canada, or under construction for neutral owners, may until further order be requisitioned by His Majesty for the carriage of foodstuffs, etc., or for any purpose whatsoever; and cancelling Orders in Council, P.C. 2923, dated the 24th day of November 1916, and P.C. 1915, dated the 31st day of March, 1917, in respect thereto. Also certified copy of a report of the Committee of the Privy Council, approved by His Excellency the Governor General on the 30th day of January, 1917, respecting the exercise of the requisitioning power by His Majesty's Government in the case of Can- adian vessels. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid, April 30, 1917 Not printed. 25 "-8 Gcorgo V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2l~Cont{nued. 136. Hcturn to an Order of the IIou^je of the 23rd April, 1917, for a return show- inK: — 1. Tho namcH, former post offlce addresses, occupations and salaries paid to the censors and decoders In the employ of the Government at Hazel Hill and Canso during the year 1916. 2. How much has been expended in connection with this service at Canso and Hazel Hill since the first of August, 1914, up to the present date. 3. How much has been expended In connection with the said service In embracing all the stations in the province of Nova Scotia from August 1, 1914, up to the present date. Presented May 2, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 137. Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd April, 1917, for a copy of all contracts and agreements between Sir Charles Ross, his successors or assigns, and His Majesty the King, represented by the Minister of Militia and Defence, since and including the agree- ment between them dated the 27th day of March, A.D., 1902. Presented May 2, 1917. Mr. Sorthrup Printed for Sessional Papers only. 138. Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd April, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Militia and Defence on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporarj- civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914. 3. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1914. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented May 2, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald Not printed. ISS" Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Naval Affairs on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1017. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since Augrust 1, 1914. 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 191T, ' ^'iw many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented May 16, 1917. — Mr. Chisholm Not printed. 138!'. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Marine and Fi.«heries on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st day of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants anil cmiiloyees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the grosK amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and t€-mporar>' civil .servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all 26 7-8 George V Alpluibolical Indrx to Sessional Papers A. liMT CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Coxlhnwd. permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented May 31,1917. — Mr. ^inclmr Not printed. 138f- Return to an Order of the House of the 9th May, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants or oflTicials were in the employ of the Department of Ex- ternal Affairs on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and I temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented June 1, 1017. — il/r. Sinclair Not printed. IZSd. Return to an Order of the House of the 9th May. 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Justice on the 10th day of October. 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials v.-ere appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented .June 21, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 1386- Return to an Order of the House of the 14th May, 1917, for a return showing :^1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Finance on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented June 29, 1912. — M. Maclean (Halifax) Not printed. 138/. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants and officials were in the employ of the Department of Indian Affairs on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the Slat of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed 27 (icor-i' V Ali>lial)tti(;al liuicx tu SL^siunal Papers A. 1017 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continurd. by said neparlimnt Kiiice 1st of August, Hil4. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees wore employed by said Department since August 1, 1014, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1914. C. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911. under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented by Hon. Mr. Koche, July 10, 1917. — Mr. Kyle Xot printed. 138i' Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd April, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil seivants or officials were in the employ of the Department of Agriculture on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st day of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and emi^loyees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1S17. 3. How many permanent civil servants or offlcials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of Augu.ot, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1914. 6. W^hat was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented August 15, 1917. — Mr. Hughes {P. E.I.) Xot printed. 138''. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many permanent civil servants or officials were in the employ of the Department of State and Mines on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 2. How many temporary civil servants and employees of all kinds were in the employ of the said Department on the 10th day of October, 1911, and how many on the 31st of March, 1917. 3. How many permanent civil servants or officials were appointed by said Department since the 1st of August, 1914. 4. How many temporary civil servants and employees were employed by said Department since August 1, 1914, 5. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for §alaries and expenses to both permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1911. 6. What was the gross amount paid by said Department for salaries and expenses of all permanent and temporary civil servants and employees for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 7. How many civil servants were appointed by said Department since October 10, 1911, under the provisions of Section 21 of the Civil Service Act. Presented August 21, 1917. — Mr. McKenzie Not printed. 139. Return to an address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 23rd April, 1917, for a copy of the Order in Council and all other papers in connection with the awarding of the contract to J. C. Shields and others, or to the Inland Express Company for carrying the mails from Ashcroft to Fort George, B.C. Presented May 2, 1917. — Mr. Turriff Xot printed. 140. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 31st January, 1917,. for a copy of all correspondence exchanged with the Governement of the Province of Manitoba concerning a statute passed by the Legislature of Manitoba at its last session, entitled, "An Act to amend the Jury Act"; together with copies of all Orders in Council respecting same. Presented May 3, 1917. — Sir Wilfrid Laurier.. Not printed 141. Return to an Order of the House of the 7th February, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. The number of Interned aliens, and nationality of each, employed on public works since the 4th August, 1914. 2. The number employed in industrial work in the provinces of Canada, and the nationality of each, since the 1st of August, 1914. 3. The number so employed at the present time. Presented May 3, 1917. — Mr. Kyte Not printed. 28 I 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 101" CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 142. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May, 1917, for a copy of the report of the Royal Commission appointed by Order in Council, 20th September, 1916, to inquire Into and report upon the conditions in regard to the delivery of cargoes of coal to coasting vessels in the Maritime Provinces. Presented May 7, 1917. — Mr. Iluohes (Kinffs, P.E.I.) Not printed. 143. Return lo an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many applicants for enlistment in the Canadian Overseas JForces have been rejected on account of being physically unfit. 2. How many have been discharged after enlistment for the same reason. Presented May 7, 1917. — Mr. Steele.. ..Not printed. 143«. Return to an Order of the House of the 30th April, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many Americans have enrolled in Canadian Regiments since the commencement of the war. 2. How many natives of the British Isles are so enrolled in Canada since the 1st of August, 1911. Presented July 31, 1917. — Mr. Boulay Not printed. 143b. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. How many men have enlisted in Canada for overseas service. 2. How many of these have been subsequently discharged as unfit. 3. How many of these were discharged in Canada, and how many overseas. Presented May 7, 1917. — Mr. Graham. .Not printed. 143c- Return to an Order of the House of the 14th May, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. Whether the Minister of Militia or any of the authorities of the Militia Department has official statistics as to the recruiting of soldiers in Canada for overseas service. 2. If so, what the correct figures are of enlistments in the differ^t overseas regiments raised since August, 1914, to date («) Canadian speaking the French language; (&)Canadians speaking the English language and born in Canada; (c) British subjects by birth born outside of Canada; (d) British subjects by naturalization; (c) British subjects by birth born outside of Canada ; (d) British subjects by naturalization ; (e) French Can- adian soldiers in regiments commanded by officers speaking the English language raised In the province of Quebec; and (/) French Canadian soldiers in battalions raised in the other provinces of Canada. Presented June 14, 1917. — Mr. Lanctot Not printed. 143f/. Copy of Census Statistics showing Summary of Strength of all Units of the Canadian Expeditionary Forces in England, period 14th May, 1917, together with statement show- ing number of Canadian troops in France, England, in the Near East, St. Lucia and in Canada, June, 1917. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, June 15, 1917.. ..Not printed. 144. PC. 2314, dated 7th October, 1916, appointing a Special Seed Commissioner and three assistants, with authority to pui'chase seed wheat to fill requisitions for seed from municipal governing bodies in districts that have suffered crop failure due to the pre- valence of rust and frost. Also, P.C. 3073, dated 14th December, 1916, authorizing the Special Seed Commission to purchase seed oats and seed barley to fill requisitions for seed from municipal governing bodies and farmers' organizations in districts where there is no supply. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, May 8, 1917 Not printed. 145. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st February, 1917, for a copy of all communica- tions, reports and documents concerning the alleged treatment of Thos. Kelly, a pri- soner in the Stony Mountain Penitentiary. Presented May 9, 1917. — Mr. Buchanan. Not printed. 146. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 11S3, dated 28th April, 1917, authorizing the granting, at the request of His Majesty's Government in England, of a further 300 miles of rails for use in France in connection with the war. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, May 10, 1917 Not pri>ited. 146o- Return to an Order of the House of the 13th June, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. Be- tween what points on the Canadian Northern Railway Line west of Edmonton the rails are to be'taJten up to be placed on the Grand Trunk Pacific Line. 2. B«-tween what points on the Grand Trunk Pacific Line west of Edmonton the rails of the Grand Trunk are to be replaced by rails of the Canadian Northern Railway. Presented June 14, 1917. — Mr. Oliver Not printed. 29 r-8 George V Alpluibctical Index to Sessional Papers A. 191 T CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21 -Con tinned. 146''. Tabulated stiitemcnt showinp list of points on tlie Eastern Division of the National Transfontinontal Railway from which rails were lifted for shipment overseas to France, mileage lifted at each point and replaced with rails from Intercolonial Railway (to- gether with a map accompanying same). Presented by Hon. Mr. Cochrane, June 21, J9J7 Not printed. 147. Return called for by Section 88, of Chapter C2, Revised Statutes of Canada, requirintr that the. Minister of the Interior shall lay before Parliament, each year, a return of liquor brought from any place out of Canada into the Territories by special permission In writing of the Commissioner of the Northwest Territories, for the year ending 3l8t December, 1916. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, May 11, 1917 Not printed. 148. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 30th April, 1917, for a copy of the application for Arbitration Boards ma^de to the Labour Department by the Provincial Workman's Association or its oflicers and the United Mines Workmen of Nova Scotia or its ofUcers. Also a copy of all letters, copies of letters and other documents relating to this matter, along with all letters, papers, other documents and Orders in Council relative to the appointment of a Commission to investigate labour and other conditions in the County of Cape Breton. Presented May 11, 1917. — Mr. Kytc Not printed. 149. Return to an Order of the House of the 2nd May, 1917, for a copy of all letters, copies of letters, telegrams, reports and all other documents relative to the purchase of the two vessels, A. J. McKee and T. J. Drummonds, by the Railway Department under the Order in Council dated April 17, 1917. Presented May 14, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald. Not printed. 150. Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all correspoiul- ence, telegrams, memoranda, etc., by and with the Department of Railways in con- nection with the naming of stations on the Halifax and Eastern Railway. Presented May 14, 1917. — Mr. Maclean (Halifax) Not printed. 151. Return to an Order of the House of the 23rd April, 1917, for a copy of all statements, reports, evidence, letters and other papers and documents in the possession of the Department of Railways and Canals relating to a claim for a horse belonging to one Dan McFarlane, injured at Brinley Brook, N.S., by the Canadian Government Railway. Presented May 15, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 152. Return to an Ord«r of the House of the 25th April, 1917, for a copy of all documents, papers, correspondence and reports concerning the suspension of Polydore Lebel, engineer on the Intercolonial Railway at Rivifire du Loup, as a result of a wreck in the year 1916. Presented May 15, 1917. — Mr. Lapointe {Kamouraska) Not printed. 153. Return to an Order of the House, of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all letters, telegrams and other documents relative to the removal of Mr. Spenny as Trackmasiter on the Short Line, so-called, of the Canadian Government Railway, and to the appoint- ment of Henry Gray as his successor. Presented May 15, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald. Not printed. 154. Return to an Address to His Royal Highness the Governor General, of the 7th Februai-y, 1916, for a copy of all papers in connection with the appointment of L4on Roy as inter- preter in the Department of the Interior; and also a copy of the Order in iCouncil, documents and correspondence relating to his dismissal. Presented May 16, 1917. — t>ir Wilfrid Law'icr Not piHnted. 155. Return to an Order of tlie House, of the 30th April, 1917, for a copy of all letters, papers, telegrams and other documents relative to the establishment of the Canadian Govern- ment Railway Employees Magazine, showing the circulation thereof, the cost of pro- duction, receipts, and the persons employed In connection therewith, giving a sitate- ment of the amount received by said persons from the Railway in any capacity. Pre- sen'.ed May 21, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald Not printed. 30 -8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Fapcra A. 101' CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 156. Return to an Orcier of the House, of the 22nd March, 1916, for a Return showing: — 1. The number of conductors, brakemen, drivers and firemen, respectively, who were on duty on fhe Canadian Government Railways between Moncton and Campbellton during the month of February, 1916. 2. The number of hours each of the above mentioned trainmen and enginemen were on duty each trip between said points during said month of February, 1916. Presented May 21, 1917. — Mr. Copp Not prmted. 157. Report of Exchequer Court proceedings under Section 49A of the Indian Aot, in respect to the removal of the Indians from Sydney Reserve, Nova Scotia. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, May 22, 1917 Not printed. 158. Report of the work of the Military Hospitals Commission from its inception to the present date. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, May 23, 1917 .Vo( printed. 159. Copy of correspondence between Members of the Government and the Ctmadian Manu- facturers Association respecting the purchase of supplies for the CanadliUi Expedi- tionary Forces in England and at the Front. Presented by Sir Ro'ocrt .Bordc-n, May 23, 1917 .Not printea. 1G9. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of the correspondence between the Prime Minister and the ex-Minister of Militia and Defence, wV.ioh led to the latter's resignation or dismissal from the Government. Presented by Sir P.obert Borden, May 23, 1917. — Mr. Hughes (King's, P.E.I.) Not printed. 161. Return to an humble Address of the Senate to His Excellency the Governor CJeiieral, dated the 2Gth day of January, 1917, for a statement showing the date and object of all commissions instituted by the Government of the day, since Its accession to power in 1911, up to the present date; the number of days during w^hich each of these commissions sat, giving the names of the individuals who formed part of such com- missions, and what was the cost of each to the country. (Senate.) Not printed. 161ff. Part Return to an humble Address of the Senate, dated the 7th day of February, 1917. to His Excellency the Governor General, for: — A statement showing the date, the object and the personnel of all commissions Instituted by the late Government from its accession to power in 1896, up to the accession to power of the present Government in 1911, the number of days during which each of these commissions set, and what was the cost of eaoh to the country. (Senate.) Not printed. 162. Order in Council P.C. 1433, dated 24th May, 1917, containing regulations concerning the departure out of Canada of male persons who are liable to or capable of national service of a military or other character. Presented by Hon. Mr. Roche, May 29, 1917. Not printed. 163. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 23rd May, 1917, for a copy of the Order in Council, if any, providing that preference in appointments to the Civil Service should be given to returned soldiers. Presented May 29, 1917. — Mr. Boulay Not printed. 164. Return to an Order of the House, of the Srd February, 1917, for a copy of all reports findings, evidence, memoranda, etc., in connection with the inquiry into the damages sustained by H.M.C.S. Grilse en route from Halifax to Bermuda. Presented May 30. 1917. — Mr. Macleaii (Halifax.) Not printed. 165. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of all letters, peti- tions, correspondence, telegrams and reports in any way referring to the dismissal or retirement of D. McDermid, Superintendent of Fish Hatchery at East Margaree, and the appointment of his successor. Presented May 30, 1917. — Mr. Chisholm. Not printed. 166. Return to an Order of the House, of the 25th April, 1917, for a copy of all letters, tele- grams, reports and other papers and documents relative to the application of Willis Keizer of Hall's Harbour, King's County, N.S., for a license to operate a fishing weir al Square Cove, King's County, N.S. Presented May 30, 1917. — Mr. Maclean (Halifax.) Not printed. 31 i-b (Jeorge V Alphabetical liidt-x to So-sif.uial Tapers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 167. Return to an Address to His EJxcellency the (iovernor General, of the 23rd April, II'IT, for a copy of all correspoml'Cnce, memoranda. Orders In Council, e^c, in reference to the dismissal of Moses H. Xlckerson, as Inspector of Life-snvlnp: Stations in Xova Sootia I'resented May 30, Uil7 — 3fr. Mnclcnn (Ifalifar) \ot printed. 168. Copies of Pension RcRulalions with amendments iind as amended to Ffbrnnry 2S, 10' 7. with copies of Orders in Council relating thereto. Presented by Sir Thomas Whit' , May 30, 1917 Printed for sessional papers only. 168a. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 277, dated 30th January, 1017, regarding pensions of officers or their dependants in respect of the exchange of officers between the Govern- ment of Canada and the Imperial Government. Presented by Sir Kdward Kern;', August 20, 1917 Sot printed. 169. Return to an Order of the House, of the 14th May, 1917, for a copy of all letters, corres- pondence,, petitions, telegrams and reports between the Minister of Marine an '. P'isheries'and any person or persons in any way referring to the removal of the salmor nets on that portion of the coast of Inverness extending east and west from the moutl of the Margaree River. Presented May 31, 1&17. — Mr. Chishobn Not printed. 170. Return to an Order of the House, of the 2nd May, 1917, for a copy of the report of tii Commission appointed to investigate the condition of the Military Hospital at Halfax, with a copy of the evidence taken by said Commission at Halifax and all other docu- ments in the possession of the Department of Militia and Defence in connection with such investigation. Presented May 31, 1917. — Mr. HincUiir .Vof printed. 171. Return to an Order of the House, of the 7th May, 1617, for a return showing the amount paid or spent by tJie Department of Militia in advertising for rcruits in Canada, showing the persons, firms and corporations to whom the payments were madr-, up to April 1, 1917. Presented May 31. 1917. — Mr. Macdonald Xot printed. 172. Finding of the Court of Inquiry appointed by the Adjutant-General by Orders dated the 1st May, 1917, for the purpose of collecting and recording evidence in connection with the allegations contained in several newspapers that Troop Trains -had been stoned passing through Rivi&re-du-Loup, Quebec, and other places, and for the purpose of collecting and recording any other evidence which, in the opinion of the Member.-^ of the Court, in any way relates to or has a bearing on this matter. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, May 31, 1917 Xot prinlid. 173. Finding of the Court of Inquiry appointed by the Adjustant-General by Orders dated the 1st May, 1917, for the purpose of collecting and recording evidence in connection with the allegations contained in several newspapers accusing the citizens of Quebec of maltreating or allowing to be maltreated, soldiers returning from the War and passing through or sojourning in Quebec, and for the purpose of collecting and recording any other evidence which, in the opinion of the Members of the Court, in any way relates to or has a bearing on the matter. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, May 31. 1917 Xot printed. 174. Return to an Order of the House, of the 7th May, 1917, for a copy of all account;--. letters, claims, correspondence and other documents relating to the following amounts mentioned in the Report of the Auditor General 191C. Vol. 11. page I-i — 11 : — Mr. Justice L. P. Pelletier, travelling exiienses, $S77 ; Mr. Justice I. X. Belleau, travelling expenses, $1,984.44; Mr. Justice T. H. Chauvin, travelling expenses, $1,421.25; Mr. Justice B. LeTellier, travelling expenses, $1,923.80. Presented May 31, 1917. — Mr. Lanctut .Vof printed. 175. Htturn to an Order of the House, of the 30th May, 1917, for a Return showing: — 1. Tlie number of persons appointed to permanent position on the Canadian Government Rail- ways from January 1, 1916. to March 31, 1917, who were not previously employed on the said Railways. 2. Their names, salaries and the positions to whicli they were appointed. Presented May 31, 1917 — Mr. Copp Xot printed. 32 Y-8 George V Alphabetical Index tu Scs^j^^ioual Papers A. I'JlT CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 176. Return to an Order of the House, of the 12th February, 1915, for a Return showing how many persons of German nationality are eniployed in the several Departments of the Federal Government, in what capacity and the salaries received respectively. Pre- sented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Dclisle Not printed. 177. Return to an Order of the House, of the 1st May, 1916, for a copy of all corres-pondence and papers relating to the change in the location of the post office at Rosietoerg, Alberta. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed. 178. Return to an Order of the House, of the 8th May, 1916, for a copy of all correspondence, letters and telegrams relating to the dismissal of Augustin D. Lauteigne as Postmaster of Island River, Gloucester County, N.B. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Turgeon. Xot printed. 179. Return to an Order of the House, of the 31st January, 1917, for a copy of all letters and telegrams in the Post Office Department in reference to the removal of Pearson's Post Office, Township of Casey, in the Constituency of Nipissing, from where it was located to its present location. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Turriff.. ..Not printed. 180. Return to an Order of the House, of the 5th February, 1917, for a copy of all letters, reports, papers and other documents relative to the dismissal of John R. Mcintosh as Postmaster of Cummings Mountain, Pictou County, and the appointment of James Cummings as his successor. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Macdonald. . . .Not printed. 181. Return to an Order of the House, of the 2nd May, 1917, for a Return showing :^The gross amount paid by the Government since October, 1911, to H. P. Duchemin, of Sydney, N.B., for services and disbursements under the Public Inquiries Act. or other- wise. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 182. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd February, 1917, for a copy of all corres- pondence, letters, telegrams and other documents concerning the cancelling by the Post Office Department of the rural mail contract granted to Hyppolite Lambert of St. Antoinfi, in t(he County of Lotbiniere, Que. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Fortier. Xot printed. 183. Reports, pursuant to a Resolution of the House adopted on the ISth May, 1916, based on a recommendation of the Joint Committee of both Houses on Printing of Parliament, requesting information from the several Departments of Government with the view to effecting all possible economy i!i the matter of public printing and the distribution of public documents, and the extent, if any, to which such recommendations have been carried into effect. Presented by Hon. Mr. Patenaude, June 1, 1917.. ..Not printed. 184. Return to an Oi-der of the House, of 21st May, 1917, for a copy of all correspondence, reports and recommendations, if any, from tlie Grain Commission to the Department of Trade and Commerce or any other Department of the Government at Ottawa, follow- ing a Tneeting of the Grain Commissioners held in Lethbridge this year. Presented June 1, 1917. — Mr. Buchanan Not printed. 185. Order in Council passed in conformity with provisions of 4-5 George V., Chapter 20, S-15 (C. X. Railway.) — (The Senate) Not printed. 186. Return to an Order of the House, of the 3rd February, 1917, for a return showing the quantity and value of exports in following commodities for the first nine months of present fiscal year : — Horses ; brass and manufacturers of same ; wheat, breadstuffs ; oats and grain other than wheat ; automobiles, bicycles, motorcycles and parts of same, including engines and tires; railway cars and parts; chemicals; copper and manufac- tures of same; cotton manufactures; explosives; iron and steel and manufactures of same ; firearms and munitions ; leather and manufactures of same ; meat and dairy products ; alcohol ; vegetables, dried and canned ; lead ; wearing apparel of all kinds ; zinc and manufactures of same ; paper and manufactures of same. Presented June 4, 1917— ilfr. Maclean (Halifax) Printed for sessional papers only, 27360—3 33 -8 Gcorgo V Alphabetical Index to Se^3ioIlal Papers A. 1917 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Coidinued. 187. netuni to an Orcler of the House, of the 30th April, 1917, for a copy of all documents, oorresponflence, letters, teleerams, me^ioranda and reports exchanged between the Ser- (Efoant-at-Arms of the pTouse of Commons and the Honourable Albert S^vigny ; the Serjeant-at-Arms and the Justice Department, and between the Department of Justice and the Honourable Albert S^vlgny, concerning certain effects, furniture and orna- ments connected with the Speaker's Apartments. Also, copy of all accounts, receipt.'', bills of lading and transportation accounts concerning the said effects, furniture ami ornaments. Presented June 5, 1917. — Mr. Lanctot Kot printed. 188. Copy of Order in Council P.C. 1457, dated the 29th May, 1917, respecting pay to mem- bers of the Civil Service who join the Military forces of Canada either by voluntary enlistment or otherwise from and after the date hereof. Presented by Sir Thomas White, June 6, 1917 ^ot printed. 189. Copy of General Reports of W. F. O'Connor, K.C., Acting Commissioner re Cost of Living. concerning the production, cost, selling prices, and distribution system of refined sugar. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, June 6. 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 190. Copy of Reports of W. F. O'Connor, on the subject of the Anthracite Coal busine.ss in Canada. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, June 6, 1917. Printed for distribjition and sessional papers. 191. Return to an humble Address of the Senate to His Excellency the Governor General, dated the 22nd of May last, showing a copy of :— All correspondence exchanged between the Government or its Ministers, the Minister of Militia, the Militia Council, Major- General F. L. Liessard, C.B., Inspector-General, or any other person, and Lieutenant- Colonel Armand Lavergne, O.C, the &lst Regiment or any other person, on the subject of the territorial defence of the Province of Quebec, as well as copy of all Orders in Council or documents relating to this subject. — (Senate) Not printed. 192. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1579, dated 8th June, 1917, appointing a Fuel Controller for Canada. Presented by Sir George Foster, May 12, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 192a. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1460, dated 16th June, 1917, re the appointment of an Officer to be known as Food Controller for Canada, and specifying his powers and duties. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, June 19, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 193. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1&0'4, dated 11th June, re the establishment of "The Board of Grain Supervisors of Canada." And also. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 1605, dated 11th June, 1917, appointing certain persons as members of " The Board of Grain Supervisors of Canada." Presented by Sir George Foster, May 12, 1917. Printed for sessional papers only. 194. Copies of Census Statistics of male population of Canada, Cen.sus of 1911, between the ages of 20 and 45, both years inclusive, according to conjugal condition and nativity. Presented by Sir Bdward Kemp, June 13, 1917. Printed for sessional papers o7ily. 195. Copies of The King's Regulations and Orders for the Army, 1912, re-printed with amendments published in Army Orders up to 1st August, 1914. Presented by Sir Edward Kemp, June 13, 1917 Not printed. 196. Copies of Manual of Military Law, War Office, 1914. Presented Sir Edward Kemp, June 13, 1917 Not printed. 197. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 987, dated 10th April, 1917, as amended by Order in Council No. 1451, dated 25th May, 1917: Regulations, being as Consolidation of and ad ?,\, 1917.— 3/r. Hughes (P.E.I.) Not printed. 227. Return to an Order of the House of the 12th April, 1916, for a return showing: — 1. How many clerks there are in the Post Office Department who belong to and are paid from the outside service vote, and who work In the inside service. 2. The names of said clerks. 3. Salary paid to each. 4. How long each has been in the service of the Department. T,. If all or any of the clerks have passed any examination. If so, what examination, and on what date or dates. Presented July 14. — Mr. Turriff. .Not printed. 228. Copy of a memorandum presented by the Southern Slav Committee to the representatives of the British Dominions, setting forth the aims and aspirations of the Jugo-siavs (Serbs, Croats and Slovens) subject to Austro-Hungarian rule. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, July 20. 1917 Xot printed. 38 7-8 George V Alphahcticiil Jiulcx to St'ssiojuil i'apcrs A. I'M CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— Continued. 229- Claims made by Minister of Justice relating to payment of duties by certain provinces. (Senate.) Not printed. 230. Copy of Report of Honourable Sir Ezelviel McLeod, Chief Justice of the Province of New Brunswicl<, and the Honourable Louis Tellier, retired Judge of the Superior Court of the Province of Quebec, Commissioners appointed under the Inquiries Act of Canada, being Revised Statutes of Canada, 1900, Chapter 104 and Amending Acts, by virtue of an Order in Council passed on the 6th June, 1917, whereby the said Commissioners were empowered and directed to conduct an inquiry and investigation for the purpose of reviewing and considering the evidence taken by Mr. Justice Gait, a Commissioner appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor of Manitoba on the 15th day of July, 1916, to investigate and report upon certain matters of concern to the Local Government of the said province, in the execution of such Commission, and to review and consider his reports and findings on such evidence ; and to report whether such evidence sustains or supports the findings of the said Commissioner, as set forth in such reports, in so far as they reflect upon or prejudicially affect the honour or integrity of the Hon. Robert Rogers or the honesty of his dealings or transactions. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, July 27, 1917.. ..Printed for distribution-— Members and Senators only. 230a. Copy of evidence, exhibits, etc., in respect to the Report of Honourable Sir Ezekiel Mc- Leod, Chief Justice of the Province of New Brunswick, and the Honourable Louis Tellier, retired Judge of the Superior Court of the Province of Quebec, Commissioners appointed under the Inquiries Act of Canada, being Revised Statutes of Canada, 1906, Chaptar 104 and Amending Acts, by virtue of an Order in Council passed on the 6th June, 1917, whereby the said Commissioners were empowered and directed to conduct an inquiry and investigation for the purpose of reviewing and considering the evidence taken by Mr. Justice Gait, a Commissioner appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor of Manitoba on the 15th day of July, 1916, to investigate and report upon certain matters of concern to the Local Government of the said province, in the execution of such Com- mission, and to review and consider his reports and findings on such evidence ; and to report whether such evidence sustains or supports the findings of the said Commissioner as set forth in such reports, in so far as they reflect upon or prejudicially affect the honour or integrity of the Hon. Robert Rogers, or the honesty of his dea,Iings or transactions. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, August 9, 1917 Not printed. 231. Return to an Order of the House of the 13th June, 1917, for a copy of all correspond- ence, letters, telegrams and other papers relating to a contract for carrying mails between Grand River and Fourchu, in the County of Richmond, Nova Scotia, in the years 1916 and 1917. Presented July 28, 1917. — Mr. Kyte Not printed. 232. Return to an Order of the House of the 30th April, 1917, for a copy of all papers, letters, telegrams and documents relative to the purchase of land in Vancouver, B.C., for the purpose of an armoury, since January 1, 1913. Presented July 30, 1917. — Mr. Mac- donald Not pi'inted. 233. Return to an Order of the House of the 1st February, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. The names and present rank of all appointees as Chief Recruiting Ofiicers or as District or Special Recruiting Officers, not local or regimental, made since the beginning of the war. 2. The dates of their respective appointments. 3. The ages and vocations of respective appointees. 4. The name of military organization, if any, in which appointees had previously served. 5. The rank of appointees while serving in any military orga- nization. 6. Whether the services of any of these appointees have been dispensed with. 7. If so, their names, and dates on which they were retired. Presented July 31, 1917. — Mr. Turriff Not printed. 234- Return to an Order of the House of the 31st January, 1917, for a return showing: — 1. The date of the last order given by the Government to the Ross Rifle Company. 2. The number of rifles ordered. 3. Whether a recommendation of the British Army Council for the utilization of existing Canadian facilities in manufacturing the new and im- proved Lee-Enfield was received by the Government. 4. The date of the recommenda- tion, and when it was received. 5. Whether the recommetidation has been acted upon. Prjsented July 31, 1917.— Mr. Turriff Not printed. 39 7-8 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1017 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 21— CojdinucJ. 235. Return to art Order of the illouse of the 20th June, I'Jl", for a return showing: — 1. The names of the members of the military staff at North Vancouver. 2. Their respective duties or occupations. 3. The rank and rate of pay of each. 4. The amount that has been paid to each. 5. Upon what date or dates the members of the said staff cnlisteil, and how long they have been attached to the staff. Presented July 31. 1917. — Mr. Murphy Xot printed. 235a. Jleturn to an Order of the House of the 21st June, 1917, for a return showing the names, rank, pay, and nature and place of employment of all ofllcers attached to headquarters at Halifax and the various departments of the military service or connected in any way with Military Division No. 6. Presented August 2, 1917. — Mr. Tobin.. . .Xot printed. 236. Keturn to an Order of the House of the ISth July, 1917, for a return giving a list of the different Commissions created since the beginning of the war, concerning the soldiers, their pensions, hospitals, etc., showing the names of the various Commissioners who have comprised said Commissions. Presented July 31, 1917.— Vr. Boulay Xot printed. 237. Copy of Financial Statements in respect to the Canadian Northern Railway System: 1. Balance Sheet, 30th June, 1916. 2. Statement of Securities Issued and Fixed Charges, 30th June, 1917. 3. Statement of Liabilities, 15th June, 1917. 3a. Statement of Equip- ment Account. 4. List of Securities for Loans. 5. Gross and Net Earnings, 30th June, 1917. 6. Comparison of Earnings, 1913,^1916 and 1917. 7. Statement re Capital E>:- penditure and Betterments, year ending 30th June, 1917. 8. Mileage. And also, — Statements showing bonds, etc., authorized, issued and outstamling, and net proceerr\nT\!i:\T or Tin: .v.ir.iA skiivke 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 tions proceed. The outcome is an improvement in the basis of calculation by which greater accuracy is secured for future years. The work in Hudson bay has been continued during the past year. The results have been most useful to the Department of Railways and Canals in connection with the work on the terminal of the Hudson Bay railway at Port Nelson. Both there and in James bay. great assistance has been received by co-operation with other surveys. The department supplies these surveys with tide registering instruments which they supervise. The information obtained is eventually handed over to the Tidal and Current Survey when it has served their own purposes. Such co-operation has also been arranged on the St. Lawrence and in British Columbia. Advance information with reference to the tides, and slack water, is supplied to manufacturing and shipping interests for their information before it can be pub- lished in the tide tables. The demand for tide tables is continually growing. Besides their direct service to mariners, they are of great value to business concerns and fishermen who require to know the time of the tide, or the behavi&ur of the different tidal currents along the coast. The demand for the Pacific Coast fide tables required" an issue of 15,000 copies. An abridged edition giving the tide tables for Vancouver and the strait of Georgia is also widely circulated and requires 10,000 copies to supply the demand. The tide tables for the eastern coast are also greatly in demand, 8,000 copies being required. Pocket editions of the tide tables for Eastern Canada are also pub- lished in two sets, one for St. John and the bay of Fimdy and another for Quebec and the St. Lawrence. The edition is found very useful on account of its convenient size. A total issue of 18,000 copies of these two publications is now necessary. All editions of the tide tables are supplied upon request, free of charge. The report of Dr. W. Bell Dawson, Superintendent of the Tidal and Current Survey is appended at page 41. v.— HYDROGKAPHIC SURVEY. During the past year the work of the Hydrographic Survey Branch was carried out in the following districts: — Halifax harbour and approaches; Queen Charlotte islands; St. Lawrence river; lake Ontario; lake Superior; James bay. Automatic gauges were also maintained throughout the year in the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence river. Owing to complaints both from the officers of the Royal Navy and the Merchant Marine that the soundings in the approaches to Halifax harbour were inaccurate, a survey party in charge of Capt. F. Anderson was sent in C.G.S. Acadia to examine the offshore conditions in that vicinity. The area between Sambro island and Egg i.sland and for a distance of twenty miles offshore was carefully surveyed. Xo slioals were located, but the contour lines were closely charted and show slight variations from the old ones. The improvements to Halifax harbour were also surveyed, and the results will be communicated to the Admiralty for the correction of their plans of the harbour. In addition to this work the party also established a " measured mile " in Bedford DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 basin for the use o£ the dockyard officials. A Canadian chart showing the results of the survey will be issued. In addition to the regular work of the survey the Acadia was used in connection with the fishery investigation conducted by Dr. Iljort. Two trips between Halifax and Newfoundland were made in this connection during the season. The surveys in the vicinity of Queen Charlotte islands were carried out by a party in charge of Lt.-Commander P. C. Musgrave in C.G.S. Lilloett. Before taking up the regular work in that vicinity, however, a survey of Fisherman bay, at the north end of Vancouver island was made. Similar work was also carried out at Milbank sound, and the approaches to the Skeena river were examined. The party then proceeded to the Queen Charlotte islands. A member of the Geodetic Survey accompanied them for the purpose of selecting a point for the main triangulation along that coast. The survey of the east side of Queen Charlotte islands between Rose spit and Cumshewa head for a distance of ten miles offshore was completed, and the survey of the coast line of Graham island was extended from Frederick island to port Lewis. An examination of Skidegate inlet was also made to the west end of East narrows and buoys and beacons were placed in the channel for the Department of Marine. Soundings were taken in Dixon entrance and between Fan island and White rock at the entrance of Browning entrance. During the season, 90 miles of coast line were surveyed, 276 square miles were sounded and 930 linear miles of sounding were done from the ship and boats by the survey party. The weather in this district ovping to rain and fog is the cause of much loss of time in carrying on the surveys. During the past season twenty-six days were lost through rain and the party were able to work only 80 out of 186 working days. Mr. Charles Savary in charge of a party in C.G.S. Cartier carried out survey work in the St. Lawrence river between Matane and cape Chat on the south shore and pointe des Monts on the north shore. The work in this area is now completed and a chart giving the results of the work will be published. During the past season this party traversed 90 miles of shore line and took 1,000 miles of soundings from the deck of the ship and from boats. A survey was also made at Chicoutirai and the position of buoys \va3 noted for entry on the new chart of this area about to be published. During the winter of 1914-15 the Cartiev was used for examination service and it was not ready for service under the Hydrographic Survey until June. This delay shortened the season con- siderably for the St. Lawrence party. The survey of lake Ontario was in charge of Mr. G. A. Bachand with a party in C.G.S. Bayfield. The survey of the west end of lake Ontario, Hamilton bay, Port Dalhousie, Port Credit, Oakville, and Bronte harbours was completed. This com- pletes the work at the west end of the lake and charts of the whole area and of the harbours mentioned will be published shortly. In the latter part of the season a survey of Kingston harbour and approaches was begun. The work will be completed during the coming season. During the year 16 inirMiTMKST OF THE .v.ir.i/> service 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 90 miles of traversing were done and 460 miles of sounding from boats and 280 miles from the deck of the ship were taken. Mr. II. 1). Parizcau with a .survey party in C.G.S. La Canadienne carried out the work of this branch in lake Superior. A survey was carried on at Owen Sound and Byng inlet. The work begun the previous year at the latter place was completed, and a chart giving the results of the work is under preparation. An inspection of buoys at Little Current was made so that they might be in accordance with the chart recently issued. The main work of the party was carried^out between Oiseaux bay and Copper island, where off-shore soundings were taken. This work completes the survey of the north shore of lake Superior from Pigeon bay to Otter head, with the exception of Xipigon and Black bays. During the fall the triangulation of Xipigon bay was commenced. The party traversed 43 miles of coast line and sounded 624 miles from boats and 535 miles from the deck of the ship. The James bay sun'ey was in charge of Mr. Paul Jobin. The party proceeded to Moose Factory by way of Cochrane. At Moose Factory they chartered a small vessel for the season to carry on the work. A survey of the mouth of Moose river was completed, and a chart has been prepared. The party then surveyed the south of James bay as far as Charlton and Strutton islands. Upon the completion of this work they returned to Ottawa. Conditions for navigation in James bay were reported to be generally good during the season. The ss. Bonaventure arrived at Strutton island on the 3rd August, having encountered very little ice in Hudson bay. During the year, eleven automatic gauges were operated on the Great Lakes. On the St. Lawrence river sixteen gauges were operated. Particulars of the work in connection with the automatic gauges may be obtained from the report of the Hydro- graphic Survey Branch. In addition to the r^ular work of the branch considerable assistance has been given to the Tidal and Current Survey. Tide-registering instruments have been maintained by the different survey parties, particularly in the St. Lawrence river and James bay, and the information obtained has been handed to the Tidal and Current Survey. The work of the Hydrographic Survey has been carried on successfully during the past year. Several members of the survey have enlisted for active service and their absence has been keenly felt in carrying on the work. The report of W. J. Stewart, C.E., Chief Hydrographer, is appended at 54. VI.— CAXADIAX AKCTIC EXPEDITION. The Canadian Arctic Expedition which, for the past two years, has been attract- ing popular attention, has come through another year of successful exploration, and has added many interesting and instructive facts to the history of the arctic region.^. During the first year, owing to the unusual ice conditions, the expedition, which was divided into two divisions, was unable to proceed as far into the northern regions as had been planned. The southern division were prevented by the ice from follow- ing the coast further than Collinson point, Alaska, and were obliged to winter there. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 The members, nevertheless occupied their time very profitably from an expeditionary point of view and successfully carried out surveys of the coast as far as and including the Mackenzie delta. They also made a special study of the life habits of the natives in the vicinity, took tidal observations and carried out astronomical work. The northern division were also unfortunate. The party in the C.G.S. Karluh were carried by drift ice far to the eastward along the north coast of Canada. ]\[r. Stefansson and three companions in an attempt to reach shore from that vessel, on a hunting trip to increase the supply of fresh meat, were obliged to seek shelter, during a gale, on Thetis island. While there, the vessel was carried away and the party were left on the shore with very little provisions, and with winter approaching. The explorer's great experience in northern travel, however, enabled him to reach Collinson point without any great difficulty, where he joined the southern division. The party in the Ka/rluh were carried about for four months in the ice. In January, 1914, the vessel was crushed and sunk, and the party were obliged to encamp on the ice. The short diary entries of Captain Bartlett (Naval Service Annual Eeport for 1915, page 22) tell more clearly than lengthy reports of the hardships encountered by the members from the time the vessel was sunk until they were finally rescued. €aptain Bartlett's bravery and devotion to the members of the expedition are shown in his simple statement, "I intend to-morrow to leave with Eskimo for the Siberian coast .... leaving the men on the island." The distance to the Siberian coast is 160 miles, .across the ice, which was in a broken-up state, making travel very difficult and dangerous. He succeeded, however, in reach- ing shore and reported the fate of the vessel and the position of the survivors to this department. 'The department sent a relief expedition which succeeded in rescuing the party from "Wrangel island. Mr. Stefansson, upon his arrival at Collinson point, decided that the Karluk party could not be counted upon to carry out the work of the northern division. The whereabouts of the vessel and its ultimate fate were unknown to him for over a year later. Although the absence of the Karluk, with supplies, was a serious handicap, he .did not hesitate to adopt the one remaining course open for the exploration of Beaufort sea, that is, a journey on foot over the ice. He made all preparations and on March 22, 1914, accompanied by two men, he set out on foot over Beaufort sea. His objective was Banks island. On the journey from Martin point he made every effort to cover as much as possible of the little known areas of Beaufort sea west of Banks island. He continued his research on the sea ice until their food supplies became so low that they were obliged to live on limited rations, and were depending upon loose cakes of ice to carry them through the open leads. The scientific investi- gations carried out both on this journey and afterwards on Banks island are of great value. During the journey the eminent explorer showed the greatest courage and endurance and demonstrated his devotion to the work of the expedition. The desire for further investigation induced him to remain on Banks island until the sea ice again became firm, when he set out on a journey still farther north, over the ice of Beaufort sea. This journey brought him along the west coast of Prince Patrick island and thence north to cape McClintock. Here he found a cairn in which were deposited the records of Capt. F. L. McClintock, dated 15th June, 1853. 38—2 18 DEPARTMEyr OF Till-: XAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Captain McClinkick was, at that time, carrying on investigations in the nortli in search of some cluo as to the fflte of the Franklin expedition. It is a notable fact that under practically the same circumstances Mr. Stefansson was able to carry on successfully a trip on foot over the ice, whereas the Franklin party succumbed. This is entirely due to the efficiency of modern firearms and to the great experience of Mr. Stefansson himself. He insists on all the members of his party adopting the life methods of the Eskimo while in the north, for his experience has shown him that this is the best means of combating scurvy and other diseases prevalent in the northern regions. Upon leaving cai)e McClintock the party followed a course about northea.st by east for three days, when new land was sighted. During the time they remained in the vicinity of this new land the weather was so foggy that they were unable to obtain reliable readings for its exact location. The land, from what they saw of it, was of considerable size, hills and mountains appearing particularly to the northeastward, at a great distance. It is hoped that during the winter of 1915-16 the party were able to obtain much more definite information with, reference to their discovery. As by the time they reached the new land the season was well advanced and the summer of 1915 was fast approaching, they were obliged to hasten south to Banks island. Early in August the party arrived at Kellett, Banks island, from the northern ice trip, and immediately made arrangements with a whaling vessel to be taken to the mainland. The reports forwarded to the department contain a full description of the ice journey made and the scientific work carried on. The northern division were unable to attain the proposed base on northern Banks island but were obliged to winter at Princess Royal island, Prince of Wales strait. An ice journey was undertaken in April 1916 when Mr. Stefansson and party set out for the new land discovered last year. During the summer and fall of 1916 it was pro- posed to investigate thoroughly the new land working from a base at Winter Harbour, Melville island. The northern division of the expedition will probably return to civili- zation late in 1916 or in the summer of 1917. The southern division left Collinson point on the 25th July, 1914, and proceeded along the north coast of Canada to the eastward until they entered Dolphin and rnion strait. Here they found an ideal harbour from which operations could be carried on. This harbour was unmarked on the charts, so they named it Bernard harbour. It is situated on the south shore of Dolphin and Union strait, about mid- way between cape Bexley and cape Krusenstcrn. Using Bernard harbour as a base, the party have been carrying on survey work along the coast and also investigating the mineral deposits between cape Parry and Kent peninsula during the past two seasons. The habits of the Eskimos of the eastern regions, which, prior to Mr. Stefansson's expedition and life among them between 1908-13, were very little, if at all, known, were given further study, and many new facts with reference to them were brought to light. The southern shore of Victoria island was also visited and the ethnology of the Eskimos carefully investigated. DEPARTMENT OF THE N'AVAL fiERVICE 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 The work of the southern division throughout has been most thorough, and tlio area allotted to them has been covered in a very complete manner. During tho summer of 1916 the different surveys under way should be completed, and tho expedition is to return south in the fall. A complete report of the scientific work carried out by the different parties and also a chart of the dift'ercnt journeys made may be found at page 71. VII.— LIFE-SAVING SERVICE. The object of this service is to render assistance to the crews and passengers on ships in distress and to rescue persons from vn-ecked vessels along the Canadian coasts. The Department of the Naval Service also undertakes to reward bravery in life- saving at sea. It does not, however, deal with cases of life-saving in the rivers and on the coasts; such cases should be brought to the attention of the Royal Canadian Humane Society at Hamilton, Ont. During the past year thirty-seven life-saving stations were maintained through- out the Dominion, and the required number of drills have been performed by eacli station. Frequent inspections of the various stations have been made to ascertain their being in an efficient condition. The following table gives the number of stations in each province, together with information respecting their crews : — East Coast. Province. Number of Stations. Crew. Nova Scotia 1.^), One with a permanent crew, who live at the station throughout the year ; Two with permanent crews during the season of navigation only, and Twelve with volunteer crews, who drill twice a month and are called out on the oeca- sion of a wreck. New Brunswirk 4, One with permanent crew ; One with permanent crew during the season of navigation only, and Two with volunteer crews. Prince Edward Island. 5, With volunteer crews. &reat Lakes. Province. Number of Stations. Crew. Ontario 10, Three with permanent crews during the season of navigation only, and Seven with volunteer crews. • West Coast. Province. Number of Stations. Crew. British Columbia. 3, With permanent crews. As motor-boats are now replacing sail-boats in many of the fishing districts, the danger of the fishermen's vessels becoming disabled is gradually diminishing. The fishermen are also able to render assistance to one another in cases of breakdown, so that in many instances it is unnecessary for the life-boats to put to sea. 38— 2i 20 nFPARrMKXT OF THE .\.\VAL SEIiVirE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Assistance was, however, rendered on many occasions to the occupants of vessels wrecked or in danger. On several occasions the ves-sels themselves were brought into Bafe anchorage. Particulars of services rendered by individual stations are contained in the report of Vice-Adnmriil ('. E. Kinf^sniill on the Life-saving Service at page 81. VITT.— KADIOTELEGEAPII BRANCH. During the past year the work of the Radiotelegraph Branch has been carried out in an efficient manner : 142 stations composed of Government commercial and coast stations; government ship and licensed ship stations; public and private com- mercial stations; training schools and licensed experimental stations, have been operated throughout the Dominion. At the commencement of the war all amateur stations in Canada were closed down. * The following stations on the East coast, formerly operated by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company, have been taken over and are now operated by the Department of the Naval Service: Camperdown, N.S., on the 1st May, 1915; North Sydney, N.S., on the 1st August, 1915; Point Riche, Nfld., on the 1st September, 1915; Sable island. N.S.. on the 1st January, 1916. The amount of business handled by the East Coast, Great Lakes and West Coast stations shows a decrease over last year. This decrease is directly attributable to the war and the placiiig of these stations on a war basis. The business at LePas and Port Nelson stations on the Hudson Bay chain shows an increase. Following is a comparative statement of business handled during 1914-15 and 1915-16 : — 1914-15. 1915-16. Increase or Decrease. Decrease . . . Increa.se . Messages . Words. Messages. Words. Messages. Words. East Coast Great Lakes West Coast Hudson Bay 59,846 1.5,785 98,386 5,259 1,196,512 326,-505 1,.532,526 32.5,961 45,195 13.617 95,048 7.617 864.020 259,366 1,103,-395 570,281 14.6.51 2,168 3,338 2,358 3.32.492 67,139 429,131 244,320 Totals 179,276 3,381,504 161.477 2,797,062 Net decrea.se 17,799 584,442 The total revenue from this pervice during the past year amounted to $8,494.99. The department requires that all those entering the Radiotelegraph service as operators, pass a proficiency examination to determine their qualifications prior to acceptance. During the past fiscal year one hundred and seven operators were exam- ined at different points throughout Canada ; out of this number fifty-two were successful. Applications for entry as operators in the Radiotelegraph Service should be addressed to " The Deputy Minister, Naval Service Department, Ottawa." On account of the confidential nature of the messages passing through the hands of radiotelegraph operators, and the secret instructions with which they must be entrusted during the present time, it was considered advisable to enlist in the Royal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve all the wireless operators in the employ of DEPARTME^'T OF THE yAVAL HERYICE 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 the department; for this purpose the rank of wireless operator was instituted, and regulations were drawn up to meet the requirements in this connection. The operators have now been enlisted in the K.NjC.V.R. In addition to its regular work the Radiotelegraph Service has on many occa- sions been instrumental in obtaining assistance for vessels in distress and in com- municating instructions from their owners. The usual repairs to keep the different stations in an efficient condition and regular inspections of all stations were carried out during the year. The power of the North Sydney station was increased by the installation of a new transmitting apparatus of 2-k.w. power. Repairs were also carried out at Point Riche, Alert bay, Cape Lazo, Dead Tree point, Digby island, Estevan, Gonzales hill, Ikeda, Pachcna, and Triangle island stations. Work has been started on the new radiotelegraph station at Mansel island; the men and material necessary to carry out the work were trans- ported in C.G.S. Burleigh to Mansel island where the eight mast anchors and build- ing foundations were installed, and construction shacks were built. Preparations for the erection of the buildings and masts are now completed. When the station is completed it will be utilized to communicate with ships entering Hudson strait and bay. By the use of this station vessels entering Hudson strait will then be able to communicate via Mansel island and Port Nelson stations with tlie outside world. The department, in addition to the above-mentioned work, has equipped all munitions transports running between Canada and England with radiotelegraph apparatus and has supplied operators and supervised the operation of the stations in connection therewith. This work has been carried out on behalf of the British Admiralty, with whom an agreement has been drawn up for that purpose. The total number of persons employed in the Radiotelegraph Branch during the past fiscabyear was four hundred and four. The branch has carried out in addition to the above a great amount of work of a confidential character in connection with the war. It is got advisable at the present time to give particulars of this work. The report of Mr. C. P. Edwards, Superin- tendent of the Radiotelegraph Branch, is appended at page 84. GENERAL. I have much pleasure in expressing my satisfaction at the efficient manner in which officers of the department have carried out their duties during the year. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant. G. J. DESBARATS, Deputy Minister. 22 DErARTMEyT OF THE .VAVJL HEUVKE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Ottawa, August 10, 1916. The Deputy Minister, Department of Naval Service, Ottawa, Ont. Sir, — I have the honour to submit herewith a financial statement showing the expenditure under the various appropriations, and the revenue received by the department during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1916. The expenditure on account of H.M.C.S. Niohe, H.M.C.S. Rainbow, submarine C.C. 1 and C.C. 2 and depot, H.M.C.S. Shearwater shore depot and extraordinary expenditures for the dockyards at Halifax and Esquimalt have been charged to War Appropriation. The ordinary expenditure for the up-keep and maintenance of the Koyal Naval College, Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards has been charged to the Naval Service Appropriation. A statement of stores supplied, work done and advances made on behalf of the British, French, Japanese, and Russian Governments is also submitted. These dis- bursements amount during the fiscal year 1915-16 to $2,976,621.72, and to this should be added the sum of $708,996.46 transferred from fiscal year 1914-15, thus making a grand total of $3,685,618.18 debited against the Allies during fiscal year 1915-16. Credits and cash received during the year amount to $2,967,217.45, leaving an outstanding balance of $718,400.73 which is not included in the amounts charged to War or Naval Appropriations, but carried forward in suspense to the fiscal year 1916-17. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, L. J. BEAUSOLEIL, Chief Accountant. Statement of Jobs completed in the Workshops, and Stores Supplied by the Halifax and Esquimalt Dockyards, during Fiscal Year 1915-16. Service. Naval service Fisheries Protection service . Hydrographic surveys Life Saving service Radiotelegraph service Fishery Patrol service British Admiralty French " Russian Government Japanese " Commonwealth of Australia. Dept. of Marine " Militia and Defence. Sundries Wages paid . Salaries Halifax. $ cts. 425,504 64 20,289 22 13,638 75 2,478 7.916 05 6,422 11 200,590 17 1,170 56 1,325 18 403 89 2,692 37 682,431 72 Esquimalt. 30, 655 35 $ cts. 339,643 31 35.251 24 10,024 52 356 50 4,090 81 320 59 112,234 06 2.153 84 3,909 92 1,741 38 2,945 96 512,672 13 156,445 97 198,902 22 34,096 66 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Statement of Appropriation Accounts for Fiscal Year 1915-16. Service. Appropriation Expenditure. Balance unoxpcndcrl. Naval service Fisheries protection service Hydropri-aphic surveys RadioteloKraph service Tidal service Patrol of the Northern Waters of Canada New Fisheries Protection steamers Rewards for saving life, including life saving service Fisheries — Salaries and disbursements of fishery officers Building fish ways and clearing rivers Legal and incidental expenses Canadian Fisheries Museum Oyster culture Cold storage and transportation of fish Dogfish reduction works Services of customs officers re Modus Vivendi licenses. . Fisheries Intelligence Bureau < Fisheries patrol service Exhibit of fresh and cured fish (Toronto Exhibition) — Fish breeding establishments Inspection of canned and pickled fish Building fisheries patrol boats Fisheries patrol steamer for Lake Winnipeg Removal of obstructions, Fraser river Investigation of Hudson Bay fisheries Compensation to Captain Peter Carlson Marine Biological Stations and Investigations Expenses investigating claims for compensation under Pelagic Sealing Treaty Civil government salaries Contingencies Fishing bounty RECAPITULATION. Naval service Fisheries Civil Government. Contingencies Fishing bounty War appropriation . S cts. 1,000,000 00 375,000 00 .390,000 00 350,000 00 35,000 00 85,000 00 30,000 00 125,400 00 S cts 401,722 28 145,241 00 231,629 42 188,358 25 16,793 23 75, 616 44 95,065 65 S cts. 598,277 72 229,7.59 00 158,370 58 161,641 75 18,206 77 9,383 56 30,000 00 30,334 35 2,390,400 00 1,154,426 27 1,235,973 73 305,000 00 30,000 00 4,000 00 8,000 00 6,000 00 150,000 00 60,000 00 900 00 5,000 00 190,000 00 15,000 00 400,000 00 25,000 00 32,000 00 100,000 00 30,000 00 10,000 00 4,500 00 26,000 00 4,100 00 247,5.39 58 5,205 55 1,138 98 6,646 80 4,470 95 89,459 10 32,137 86 439 65 4,618 64 153,933 97 10,928 97 275,079 38 12,327 75 21,423 10 49,212 81 7,007 83 442 17 4,500 00 26,000 00 4,049 15 57,460 42 24,794 45 2,861 02 1,3.53 20 1,.529 05 60,540 90 27,862 14 460 35 381 36 36,066 03 4,071 03 124,920 62 12,672 25 10,576 90 50,787 19 22,992 17 9,557 83 50 85 1,405,500 00 956,462 24 448,937 76 170,600 00 50,000 00 150,795 81 42,869 71 19,804 19 7,130 29 220,600 00 160,000 00 193,665 52 158,741 05 26,934 48 1,321 15 2,390,400 00 1,405,500 00 170, 600 00 50,000 00 1,154,426 27 9.56,. 562 24 150,795 81 42,869 71 1,235,973 73 448,9.37 76 19,804 19 7,130 29 4,016,500 00 160,000 00 2,304,6.54 03 158,741 05 3,274,019 94 1,711,845 97 1,321 15 Total expenditure from appropriations, fiscal year 1915-16. . Suspense accounts (recoverable) transferred to fiscal year 1916-17, being amount due for stores supplied. and work done on behalf of tha British, French, Russian govern- ments, etc •* • • ■ 5,737,415 02 718,400 73 6,455,635 75 24 DFPARTMEXT OF THE .Y.IT.IL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Statement of Appropriation Accounts for Fiscal Year 1915-16 — Continued. SUSPENSE ACCOUNTS. Amounts outstanding in respect to stores supplied, work done, and advances made, ete. at end of fiscal year 1915-16. British Admiralty... $ 607,t,.'i. i., British war office 26,94»i i>'> Commonwealth of Australia 54,981 97 French Admiralty 18, 205 88 Russian CJovernment 6, 618 Go Militia and Defence Department 2,014 .55 Department of Marine '. 428 48 Miscellaneous.. . 1,578 58 I 718.400 73 Statement of Revenue of the Department of the Xaval Services for Fiscal Year ended March 31. 1916. Royal Naval College — College fees (13 cadets) Fisheries revenue Modus Vivendi (licenses to United States fishing vessels) . Casual revenue M i.scellaneous revenue Wireless apparatus licenses Wireless operators examination fees Radiotelegraph revenue: — Alert Bay station Cape Lazo station Dada Tree station Digby Island station Estevan Point station Gonazles Hill station Ikeda Head station Pachena point station Point Grey station Triangle station Mala.spina station Camperdown station Magdalen Islands station Kingston station Midland station Point Edward station Port Arthur station Port Burwell station Sault Ste. Marie station Tobermory station Toronto station cts, 491 11 347 85 413 17 .429 95 ,508 89 810 01 86 72 43 25 340 14 923 41 0 72 154 73 574 57 2 12 9 19 17 24 12 74 6 07 11 02 3 14 16 64 S cts. 1 , 300 00 96,376 26 9,912 00 55, 185 87 985 32 227 00 119 00 8,202 68 $ 172,308 13 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL ^SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 FiSHKRiES Eevenue for Fiscal Year ended March 31, 1916/ 25 Provinces. Amount Collected. Refunds. Net Amount. Ontario Quebec New Brunswick Nova Scotia Prince Edward Island Manitoba Saskatchewan Alberta British Columbia Yukon Modus Vivendi licenses $ cts. 2,600 65 7,006 89 15,098 80 7,109 18 3,165 35 5,926 00 3,215 00 5,2.37 85 46,872 54 315 00 cts. 1 00 140 00 20 00 10 00 96,547 26 9,912 50 171 00 0 50 $ cts. 2,600 65 7,006 89 15,097 80 6,969 18 3,165 35 5,926 00 3,195 00 5,237 85 46,862 .54 315 00 96,376 26 9,912 00 $ 106,288 26 26 DEiwnTMr.yT or the .v.ir.i/. service 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 M CO t^ 00 CO CO OS CO 0 iccor- ot- c» CO ©t- Oi-r C-1 3 X a> -H © 00 ■xr '»< 00 CO c-x CO f © CO CO CO ■>J< lO 1-1 t— © CJ 0 t5S "9 jg -- f -- C-l t^ ■f 00 IM CO OCO t^ co» t-- CO 00 c^i 0 1^ in © 0 OS -f CO 00 « c> t^ CO CO t^ — CO CO t^ 00 •^ l~ CO •«>< ^ 4* CO 0 0 CC CO XO t~ ^ OS 0 OS ■<»< COU5 0 0 0 ' ■^-f OS OS 000 00 '^ US CS COCM ss§ ^' ©"■*io esst^'-ij .-1 ci CO CMOO :* H 3 p5 cn t~ ICCO-H t^ *-H »— t r^ 1-H t-f-H *"• CM CO c^i r~ © •50 en ^ CO •<*' 0 H u CO CO © •eJ CO C-1 00 M CO "0 t^ OS V •^co §2 00 00 Non- ffective Pay. — 35 0 s « 00 X 0 0 0 t^ •^ u 23 CO CM § S ^ CO 00 C^ w .— CO rt' t>r w 1 CM 0 •* 00 •r 0 to 0 0 lO © UO "It © "S _« . ■2 C-- -^ c ■* -H CO OS CO 0 ess © t- CM c •-( OS OS •-< »o -r ic CO 00 CO 00 1 CB =< == t^ oTcM'co'rt (N *^ OS 0 -, 3g C-l C3 cvi 0 ira t- 10 CO CO © •c CO" com 10 Misc. ffcctivc ervices. 'fl CO C) ^ lO t-i ».o C^l •<)< cs OS CO t^ ©© CM u Tjl 0 10 CO 1.-3 ■* 10 *" CO 0 t~ 0 © J>- £ M oa > 0 ■> a. 3 »0 CM _m 0 0 0 0 "■ > c > 0 s 00 10 'm Ci C 05 «c c^ c- T-l ."S ^ " S «^ ^ t- ■^ 10 3 c.£ ^ 02 «t. CU iO c ) c C£ > T-< if3iO 0 C > »o©«f > ©" "c 10 0 s CO ■oc 0< 3 Tj< CO t>- OS tr t^iOt- © r- © 0 CO c > c 0 s -^ CO in •« c: 3 ci 00 >c c»• r- - c © Ol CM c 10 "S"? o» 0 0 J <^ c- J t^ r-t »— t c^ © 0 fc. co- r e^ ■- r i-Ti-T cm" -^cc '^ os 1- > t- OS OS M* -^ o' ) 'I'oooc 3 © Tf t^CM 0 S CM C^l CM t^ "S a> 0 3 c 3 C 5 t^ .-H OS -- c; > t^eoc 3 © CM © c S2 3 f- C£ 3 en CO cs 0 CS Oi-^ c > t^ © t^ CC CO »» 1 <^ 1 C£ 3 OS 0-^ Tl< 0 t^ oscc ) COCM T)< Cs © <-> C!-- C CQ ■< 53 0 'I <^ C- 1 OOOCO 0 crscM"-"! 0 OOCM c 1.H C£ ! t- C 3 -^ M t-H OS c ■* CO t^ t^ 2 > c > a 3 CO CO CO OS T) < T-< osh. . CM 10 S2 ^ CO ir 5 0 3 t- C^l 00 CM CO c > ■»!» oor- CD 00 © <: « S? 3" « ?" ? 3 t^ CO coco ir 3 Tj< CO CO 1-c — ", -^aac 3 «0 © © CO ci - r^ ;- -N . - - - • +> • (U . l^ 3Q 3g-Sa § si ft— CO w "0 ^ 5?? : B 3« ■' en 0 \l\ • 1 "c :co c ■coa 5^ ! 5.1 iSgs^ 2- •" : - 5,!» ^aj a: CO «5 . ^d aqdod"? '. c3 •-3 03 :^ ■CO 3^^ .~ c :ccc/ ?^^ ■ 00 a ; 0 0 r t CO s i2 CO ;d: c c > c 1- c X . c' = C ST. ' c J c c c c. c. — i C a ! tl 5ti S ' s :Ji :5 :k W S :s 3-i(M-H ... .-0 .... ot— ooto oiocotoo Oi CO OO >- t^ -H o ».< .-t< CI OS a n « ' — I »-i O 00 O Tt) O "O CO o 00 (M rH in to 00 CO -H (M O in !M CD lO O O C^^ CO o O! 05 "-H C-1 O >0 03 .3 >- M O -^ O lO CO -^ t^ CO o o CO o •-; iM T-l I— I lO !.< lO <-i t^ CO O .-* H B > £ O C "12 el c3 cS u TJ P a ft m > CD >l W C3 "5 ^ "I a o Q <;o 28 DKrXTiTMKST OF TUK .Vll i/. SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 NAVAL SERVICE. Departaiknt of the Naval Service, Ottawa, April 1, lOlfi. The Deputy ^linisttT, JJt'partment of the Naval Service, Ottawa, Canada. Sir, — 1 have the honour to report regarding the Naval Service, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1910. The progress, both mental and phj-sical, of the cadets at the Royal Naval College at Halifax still proves most satisfactory. An examination for the entry of cadets to the college was held in May, 1915, and six cadets were entered. The officers of the college continue to report most favourably on the cadets, and the midshipmen who have been serving in ships of the Royal Navy, H.M.C. ships Niohe, Rainbow, sub- marine C.C.I, and C.C. 2, and patrol vessels, have also been most favourably reported upon and proved themselves capable and efficient. The fourteen midshipmen who entered the college in January, 1911, were promoted to acting sub-lieutenant on December 1, 1915. Two of these officers are now serving in the British Submarine Service. Four lieutenants and five engineer lieutenants are serving in vessels of the Grand Fleet. The requisite number of the personnel for the manning of all H.M.C. Ships and Establishments has been maintained by the entry of men with previous naval experi- ence, and by the employment of R.N.C.V.R. officers and men. H.M.C. S. Niohe continued to be employed under the command of the Rear Admiral Cominanding, North American Station, until September last, when, owing to the very considerable amount of almost continuous steaming that she had done s^nce the outbreak of the war, it was considered that the general state of her machinery and boilers would not warrant her continuance on this duty. This fact, in conjunc- tion with the urgent necessity of a depot ship, to be used to accommodate numerous drafts of men passing through Halifax, and of a parent ship for the vessels employed on patrol work, etc., on the Atlantic coast, caused the decision to be made to pay her oif and re-commission her for the purposes indicated. Since that date, she has proved suitable for her new fmictions, and of considerable utility both in connection with the Canadian and Imperial services. H.M.C. S. Rainbow has been continuously employed on the west coast in trade protection and other important duties, under the orders of the Imperial Senior Naval Officer of that station. The two submarines and their parent ship, the Shearwater, have been actively employed for the defence of the British Columbian coasts, A large number of other vessels, both governmental and private, are being utilized in connection with the naval defence of the coasts on such duties as examination service, mine sweeping, patrfds, and other necessary work. The Naval Volunteers which were established just previous to the outbreak of the war developed largely in the West, where some 400 officers and men are enrolled. These volunteers have done good service both ashore and afloat, a considerable num- ber serving continuously in the Rainbow since the outbreak of hostilities, whilst others are in IT. M.S. Xeirrastlc and various vessels at Esquimalt, including the submarinea and their parent ship, the Shearwater. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAfj f^ERVICE 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A considerable number of E.N.O.V.R. offlccrs and men arc also employed in various ships on the East Coast. In April, 1915, the Admiralty requested the department to select a considerable number of men to be trained as pilots for the Royal Naval Air Service. This involved a very considerable amount of work and correspondence, many hundreds of applica- tions for entry being received from all over the Dominion. These were gone into individually, and arrangements made for interviewing and medically examining likely applicants. All those accepted then went to private flying schools to obtain their Aero Club Certificates, and, upon obtaining them, were sent to England. The number called for by the Admiralty was twice increased, but the full quota was obtained ; and the great majority entered up to the present have now obtained their flying certifi- cates and been sent to England. Recently the department was also requested by the Admiralty to ascertain what men could be entered for the Auxiliary Patrol (Motor-boat) Service. Several hundred applications have been received, and these have been classified, pending the arrival of a recruiting committee from England, who will make final selections. The duties and work carried out by the Naval Intelligence Department have increased considerably in magnitude and importance, and have been carried out in a very satisfactory manner. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, C. E. KINGSMILL, Vice-Admiral, Director of the Naval Service. 30 DKPARTMEyr O/' 77//; .V.iV.l/. SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 STORES BRANCH. Ottawa, July 21, 191G. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to submit the annual report of the Stores Branch for the Sscal year ending March 31, 1916. In keeping witli the organization of the branch, and for convenience, the report is divided into three sections : — 1. Purchasing and contract section, 2. Stores section, 3. Transportation section. I. Purchasing and Contract Section. The duty of this section is to execute and supervise all contracts and purchases. This includes the chartering of vessels, the making of contracts for the erection of buildings and other permanent structures, for water supplies, electric light and power, telephone services, etc., for the victualling of ships crews where the victualling is not done by the department, and the purchase, by contract or otherwise, of all necessary stores and supplies of every discription. In addition to the Naval Service proper, the following branches are served in this way : Ilydrographic Surveys. Tidal and Current Surveys, Radiotelegraph Service, Fishery Protection Service, Fishery Patrol Service, Fish Breeding Service, other fisheries services. Life Saving Sen^ice. As far as possible all branches utilize the stock-keeping facilities maintained at the dockyards at Halifax and Esquimalt, and draw supplies from these points. The mam duty of this section is, therefore, the procuring of supplies in replenishment of stores kept there. Demands are received from each dockyard at the commencement of each year, providing, as far as possible, for all requirements during the ensuing year. Sup- plementary demands are received at intervals thereafter providing for unforeseen requirements. Demands are classified under six headings, and include : Provisions, clothing and materials, medical supplies, naval stores, consisting of lumber, metals and hardware, tools, textiles and cordage, packings and rubber goods, paints and oils, leather goods, glass, furnishings, brushes, etc., electrical supplies, and fuel; ordnance stores and ammunition, and stationery and printing. Tenders are called for the main items by advertisement in the press. The lesser items are purchased by limited tender, i.e., tenders distributed amongst known reli- able firms, or in cases of special patented or proprietary articles, by direct order. Items of small value, where no benefit can be derived through purchase in the wider markets, are referred back to the dockyard for purchase locally. Certain other items, peculiar to ships of war, t re obt;iinable, under existing conditions, only from or through the Imperial Government. These are demanded by special requisition, for\y:irdod tlirough the office of the High Commissioner in London. Stationery and printing is, of course, all pi-ocured tln-ough the Government Printing and Stationery Depart- ment. As far as possible, contracts are made to call for fixed quantities, of .specified make and quality, for delivery within a given period. In cases where the exact require- DEPARTMEST OF THE AAVAE .SERVICE 31 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 meul-.s caimot be actually forecasted, or the facilities do not permit of large quantities being stored, contracts are made to call for delivery as required. This applies also to supplies of a perishable nature, such as fresh provisions. Miscellaneous demands from the Fisheries and other branches, that cannot con- veniently be referred to the dockyards, are dealt with to best advantage along similar lines. Considerable purchases were made on behalf of the Imperial Government, and in lesser degree on behalf of the Australian Navy and Allied Governments. As far as possible, all purchases were made in Canada, from Canadian manu- facturers. Contracts were entered into for the charter of eighteen vessels of varying dimen- sions, and nineteen large motor launches, for service as required. Expenditure under this head totalled $373,139. Altogether twenty-three ships were victualled by contract, necessitating the execu- tion of a like number of contracts. Contracts were maintained on both the east and west coasts for the supply of fresh provisions at short notice to all service ships requiring such, both Canadian and Imperial. Also contracts were made for the supply of staple provisions. The Imperial Government and ships of the Imperial service took advantage of these contracts to a very considerable extent. Exclusive of purchases made by Imperial ships direct, pur- chases under this head totalled $262,973. Contracts were entered into for materials for uniforms and clothing, for the making of uniforms and clothing, and for ready-made clothing of all kinds. Con- siderable difficulty was experienced in this connection owing to the great scarcity of raw materials and dyes, but these were overcome. Purchases under this head totalled $211,842. Medical supplies to the value of $7,026 were purchased as required by ships and establishments to replenish. Difficulty was also experienced in placing contracts for metals and procuring deliveries, owing to the unprecedented demand for the manufacture of munitions, and to the diversion of labour and facilities to this purpose. There was, however, no dislocation of operations on this account. Other naval stores were procured to best advantage, either by contract or purchase. Contracts were made for coal, to be sup- plied as required, not only to ships of the Canadian Service, but also to ships of the Imperial Service, and to transports. Altogether purchases under this head totalled $1,913,766. Practically all ordnance stores and ammunition were procured from the Imperial Government. Purchases under this head totalled $42,852. All stationery and printing was procured through the Government Printing and Stationery Department. Purchases under this head totalled $46,810. Following is a summary of the purchases made during the year: — Provisions $ 262,973 Clothing.. 211,842 Medical stores 7,026 Naval Stores, not including fuel 832i,503 Fuel 1,081,263 Ordnance and ammunition 42,852 Stationery and printing 46,810 $2,485,269 II. Storekeeping Section. The work of the whole branch hinges largely on the activities of this section, and the activities of the section depend on the demand for su'pplies. Organized primarily for the purpose of keeping ships of the Naval Service supplied with stores, the branch has expanded in keeping with the growth of the department, until, in addi- 32 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 tion to ships and establishments of the Naval Service proper, service is also rendered to nine ships of the Fishery Protection Service, a number of small vessels connected witli the Fisberj' Patrol Service, six vessels of the Hj'dropjraphic Surveys, and to the Royal Canadian Naval Volunteer Reserve, the Radiotclef?raph Service, the Life-Saving Service, and to the fish hatcheries and other fishery establishments throughout the Dominion. Necessarily the work of the dockyards in the manufacture and repair divisions has increased also in keeping with the growth of the department, and the filling of demands from this source is not the least of our duties. During the year there were added to the Naval Establishment three small ships by purchase, two others by loan from private individuals, two by transfer from other departments of the Government, and thirty-seven vessels of sorts by charter, or forty- four in all. Of the latter, nineteen were motor launches, requiring little aside from uniforms, and fuel and oil, in the way of stores. In addition, during the year ships of the Imperial Service, and transports, and in lesser degree ships of sister colonies and allied Governments, have taken increased advantage of our facilities to secure supplies, drawing freely as occasion demanded. Supply depots are maintained at both the Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards. These are in cliarge of experienced store officers, who supervise the work and who are responsible to headquarters for the performance of the duties allotted to them. It is their duty to be prepared at all times to provide and issue supplies, of what- ever nature required, to all ships and establishments under the jurisdiction of the department, and to such others as may be approved by headquarters; to make a strict and careful accounting of all such issues; and to see that all supplies purchased are in accordance with specifications and suitable. The variety of stores handled is necessarily very wide, and includes staple pro- visions; uniforms and clothing of all kinds and materials; medical supplies, surgical instruments and hospital equipment; lumber of all kinds; metals of all kinds and in every state of manufacture; hardware and tools; textiles and cordage; packings and rubber goods, paints, oils, glass, leather goods, brushes, furniture and furnishings, tackle, navigating instruments; charts and other miscellaneous supplies of every nature; electrical stores; fuel; and ordnance and ammunition. In the inspection and choosing of these expert knowledge and wide experience are essential. For ships of war particularly, excellence of quality and reliability are of almost vital importance. The nature of the service demands that large reserves must be maintained and kept readily available at all times. In times of peace ships' requirements can be fore- casted very accurately, as their allowances are regulated carefully and authorized by warrant. In time of war, however, these allowances are increased automatically, and in addition, preparation must be made for the unexpected. Ordinarily and within reason these reserves are based on six months' requirements for all purposes. To the end that all demands might be met promptly, reserves for this year were materially increased, particularly at Halifax, at which point it was anticipated the bulk of the unexpected business would be done. At the commencement of the year the reserves at Halifax totalled in value $376,000, and at Esquimalt, $280,000. At the close of the year the reserves at Halifax totalled in value $.504,763, and at Esquimalt $298,532. At the commencement of the year requisitions were prepared as usual, pro- viding as far as possible for all requirements for the ensuing year, and the main- tenance of reseiT^es. Unforeseen requirements were covered by supplementary requisi- tions as necessary, those of an urgent nature being purchased locally to best advant- age. Receipts during the year totalled in value, at Halifax, $639,096, and at Esqui- malt, $301,866, involving, all told, approximately 9,000 transactions. Issue transactions during the year numbered approximately 10,000 at Halifax and 8,000 at Esquimalt, aggregating in value $.510,333, and $283,334, respectively. The Imr)erial authorities have kept in reserve at both dockyards large supplies of special stores for use of ships doing duty in North Atlantic and Pacific waters. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 33 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 These reserves are confined to stores peculiar to parlicnihir shii)s and not common to all. Assistance was afforded them in the handling? and accounting for these. Trans- actions and values in this connection are not included ahove. At the commencement of the year there was in stock at Halifax, 13,984 tons of coal, and at Esquimalt 9,700 tons. During the year there was received, at Halifax (),902 tons, and at Esquimalt, 5,94G tons. Issues during the year totalled, at Halifax, 13,938 tons, and at Esquimalt 11,544 tons. As this was in large part Admiralty coal, the total value is not included in the figures given above. In addition, very large quantities were accounted for in direct issue to ships by contractors and from colliers. In this manner 97,42*7 tons were handled at Hali- fax and on the east coast, and 26,129 tons at Esquimalt and on the west coast. Supply depots were maintained at outlying points for the convenience of vessels doing duty along the Atlantic coast and in the gulf of St. Lawrence. A general stocktaking was inaugurated at both dockyards in the fall of 1915 and completed at the close of the year. Stock to the value of approximately $800,000 was brought under survey, and the result, under the circumstances, was most grati- fying. III. Transportatiox. The arrangements under which the department in conjunction with Mr. A. H. Harris, Acting Director of Overseas Transport, is responsible for the necessary work in connection with the export of materials on behalf of the Imperial Government, have been continued in force and greatly extended during the financial year 1915-16. This service had its origin shortly after the outbreak of war, in the provision of cargoes for empty Admiralty colliers returning from this side of the Atlantic to European ports. Since then it has gradually developed into the present organiza- tion under which several thousand tons of material of all kinds are gathered every day from all parts of Canada at the ports of loading and are shipped overseas. ' ■ The sailings under this service now average more than one a day. All ships are fine modern vessels of suitable capacity for the Canadian trade, and are allocated by the Admiralty for this service as necessary. Control of the trafiic inland, by rail and otherwise, its reception and storage at the shipping ports, the allocation of cargo to the different ships, and stowage on board of the various materials so as to provide for the maximum use of the tonnage at our disposal comes under the jurisdiction of Mr. Harris and his staff, who have been lent to the Government for this purpose by the Canadian Pacific Railway Com- pany. The movement and control of the ships are under the direction of the department, who act for the Imperial Government, and are the medium of communication with them on all matters relating to the service. During the season of navigation on the St. Lawrence the arrival, loading, and despatch of ships proceeded with regularity. The average time of loading being under five days for each ship. Owing to the unusually severe winter conditions and consequent snow blockades on the railways during February and March, the work was performed under great difficulties during the winter season of navigation. In view of the greatly increased export business and consequent congestion of shipping at St. John and Halifax, the task of finding accommodation for all vessels required the most careful consideration and constant attention from the port and rail- way authorities and staff of the transport service. At St. John practically no delays were experienced, but owing to the longer railway haul and less efficient equipment the congestion was more acutely felt at Halifax. 38—3 ' ' 34 DEPARTMENT OF THE A. 4 1. 1/. SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Arrangements have been made with the harbour authorities for the provision of dock accommodation at Montreal, St. Jolin, and Halifax as necessiyy for the efficient handling of the vessels. Through the courtesy of the CaTiadian Pacific Railway authorities, thoir facilities at all ports have been placed at the disposal of the service. Advantage has boon taken of these to a large extent. All disbursements, with the exception of those on account of bunker coal, on behalf of the service are made in the first instance by that company, who are after- wards reimbursed by the department on presentation of certified claims covering the expenditure incurred on account of each ship. Contracts for the supply of bunker coal have been arranged for with Canadian firms, and many thousands of tons have been purchased for the use of the various vessels in the sers'ice. Arrangements have been entered into, as necessary, for the docking, repair, and fitting of ships for special purposes and for the supply of such provisions, stores, and gear as are required while the ships are in Canadian ports. In addition to the ordinary work of the service, more than forty cargoes of timber have been exported from Pacific and Atlantic Coast ports. These aggregate upwards of 125,000,000 feet b.m. in the period under review. The following statements show the growth of the service, its extent, and the disbursements made on account of the same by the department. Overseas Tonnage Cleared, 1915-16. Month . Port. Tons. Total. Month. Port. Tons. Total. April St. John. N.B Halifax N S 23,218 12,089 Tons. 35,307 43,331 38,859 41.187 58,544 69,891 October — November. December.. January, . . . February... March Total Montreal, Que Charlotte town. P.E.I. Vancouver, B.C Montreal, Que Vancouver, B.C St. John, N.B Halifax, N.S 54,479 1,385 14, 173 Tons. St. .John, N.B Montreal, Que Halifax, N.S 9,060 26,085 5,286 2,900 May 90,916 12,282 70,037 New York, U.S.A.... Montreal, Que June 38.859 67,484 35,600 103, 198 32,272 3,951 362 4,602 uly St. .John, N.B Halifax, N.S 103 OS 4 65,516 30,126 9,610 Vancouver, B.C Montreal, Que St John, N.S Vancouver, B.C St. John, N.B Halifax, N.S 38,312 7,293 6,6.36 6.303 105,2.52 August 79.808 51.769 Halifax N S Vancouver, B.C Montreal, Que St. John, N.B... Vancouver, B.C St. John, N.B Halifax, N.S 131,577 109,225 63,692 621 September. 49,704 6,587 13.600 Esquimalt, B.C 173,538 973,805 DErARTME^T OF THE T^ATAL SERVICE 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Statement of Disbursements on Account of Overseas Transport Service, April 1, 1915, to March 31, 1916. Bunker Coal. Stevedoring, supplicH and ships expenses, etc. Repairs, fittings, alterations, etc. Total. $760,993. ?674,654 5185,200 $1,620,847 General. It is desired to express gratification at the manner in which the staff of the Stores Branch at Ottawa and at the dockyards have performed their duties during the period under review. All have shown by their zealous and painstaking efforts and the constant interest they have taken in the work, their desire to build up an efficient service. At the dockyards, in particular, the work has been strenuous. The routine work of the department has proceeded without friction or delay. Constant unforeseen require- ments have arisen and have been dealt with in a manner which reflects great credit on the Naval Store officers and their staffs. At headquarters the staff, though short of members lent for service temporarily to the dockyards to assist in coping with the greatly increased work there, have been able to deal effectively with all qvxestions arising and have spared no efforts to keep pace with the increased work and responsibility. The Naval Store officers at Esquimalt and Halifax, and the heads of the pur- chasing and storekeeping sections at headquarters deserve great credit for their work during the year. As regards the transportation section of our work, for obvious reasons no details have been entered into. The harmonious relations which have existed between the acting director overseas transport and his staff and the department, and the ready co-operation in all matters relating to the transport service have made the duties of great interest and pleasure. Too much cannot be said of the remarkable work which has been accomplished by Mr. Harris and his staff. I have the honour to remain, sir, Your obedient servant, J. A. WILSON, Director of Stores. 38— 8i 36 i)i:r.\RrMi:\T or Tin: .v.ir.w, .service 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 FISHERIES PROTECTION SERVICE. DK^AKTME^■T OF TIIK NaVAL SERVICE, Ottawa, April 1, 1916. Tlie Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to report as follows regarding the Fisheries Protection Service for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916, as to the number of vessels and men employed, the stations of the different vessels, brief descriptions of the same, and the names of the commanding officers. I have also included extracts from the reports of the various commanding officers to give some idea of the work carried out during the season. I may add that although it was found necessary to utilize these vessels to a great extent for examination service, mine-sweeping, and other duties in connection with defence, both on the East and West Coasts; at the same time instructions were given to commanding officers to keep a strict lookout for any infraction of the fisheries laws, while primarily occupied with other duties. The Fisheries Protection Service still consists of ten vessels, although one of these, the Canada has been commissioned under the White Ensign for considerably over a year, and will probably continue in the Naval Service until the cessation of hostilities. NAMES OF VESSELS AND THEIR COMMANDING OFFICERS. Canada. — Lieut. Commander C. J. Stuart, R.N.R. Curlew. — W. J. Milne. Constance. — J. E. Morris. Gulnare. — Clement Barkhouse. Fetrel.—C. O. McDonald. Vigilant. — P, C. Robinson. Galiano. — Lieut. R. M. Pope, R.N.R. Malaspina. — Holmes Newcomb. Restless. — Charles Moore. Newington. — (Chartered) — IT. R. Bilton. C.G.S. "CANADA.'^ Is a twin-screw steel ship, length 206 feet, beam 25 feet, draught 11 feet 2 inches, registered tonnage 411 tons, speed 16 knots. When on fisheries protection duty she is armed witli two 12-pdr. (^.F. and two 3-pdr. Ilotclikiss guns. The vessel is electrically lighted tliroughout, and is fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement is sixty officers and men, all told, and she was built by Yickers, Sons & Maxim, Limited, England, in 1904. She is commanded by Lieut.-Commander Charles J. Stuart, R.N.R. The Canada was commissioned under the White Ensign, as above stated, shortly after the outbreak of hostilities, and has not since been engaged in fisheries protection work. DErARTMl'lST OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 37 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 C.O.S. " CURLEW." Is a composite, single-screw vessel, length IIG feet" 3 inches, beam 19 feet 8 inclios, draught 11 feet, speed lOi knots, and registered tonnage 157-85 tons. Her comple- ment is twenty-two officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. W. J. Milne. On April 1, 1915, the ship was at H.M.C. dockyard, Halifax, undergoing repairs, on completion of which she returned to the bay of Fundy station. Here after a few days on naval service she patrolled the fishing grounds off St. John, Grand Manan, Brier island, and Seal island, searching for illegal fishing, also visiting the life- saving stations at Brier and Little Wood islands. On the Slst May a dispute among the salmon fishermen at Gulliver's cove, Nova Scotia, was settled by the commanding officer, and on the 2nd June the United States fishing vessel Martj A. Osier was stopped at Black's Harbour for a breach of the Customs laws and turned over to the Customs authorities, who imposed a fine upon the owners; the vessel was later transferred to the British- flag. The early part of June was spent in watching American steam trawlers to prevent fishing in Canadian waters or other breach of the law. During the latter part of the month assistance was given to the overseer of fisheries in obtaining evidence to con- vict two Canadian fishing boats of engaging in the use of purse seines in the vicinity of Moore's Bank, Brier island, the owners and crews of these vessels being heavily fined. Part of July, ship was engaged in carrying out orders from headquarters in matters connected with defence, and from August to the end of December she carried out fisheries protection duties except for short periods now and then when called upon for other services. During August the United States smacks fishing for lobsters out- side territorial waters near Seal island were carefully watched to prevent fishing within the three-mile limit. In November, Little Wood island and Brier Island life-saving stations were again visited, and on the 14th December the fishing schooner Allert J. Luiz, blown ashore at Yarmouth in a gale, was taken off and towed to safety. Seal Island life-saving station was visited on the iTth December, Curlew after- wards leaving for Halifax, where she arrived on the 23rd, and was docked for minor repairs. She proceeded on naval duties again about the 23rd January, and continiied on them until the end of the fiscal year. During the winter she was able to render assistance to the capsized schooner Fricillia^ and the three-masted schooner Moama, wliich was found anchored in dangerous proximity to the rocks off the Sugar Loaf. During the year, various foreign vessels, yachts, lobster smacks, and sardine boats in the harbours and territorial waters were boarded, their crew lists and other docu- ments examined, and orders given them to report at the customs house; the fisheries officers were assisted in their duties, and fishing boats searched for illegal gear. The commanding officer reports very few pollock schooled about Grand Manan during the past season, but that an unusual number remained all summer schooling in the tide rips at Brier island. Early in the season a considerable number of pollock were caught with purse seines outside the territorial waters about Brier island. C.G.S. "" CONSTANCE.-" Is a single-screw composite steamer, whose length is 115 feet 6 inches, beam 19 feet 6 inches, draught 11 feet 6 inches, and registered tonnage 125 tons. Her complement is twenty-three officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. J. E. Morris. Constance was required for examination service and other defence purposes throughout the spring and summer of 1915 ; on the 27th October she went into dock- vard hands and remained there until the 19th December, when she took a short cruise 38 DFrARTMi:\T OF TIN-: A.I I 1/ sF.I{\ HE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 in the straits of XortluiiiilM'rlajid and alon^ the west coast of. Capo I>retoii, before returning to naval duty. On the 2Stli February she again returned to Halifax for annual refit. During the year Constance steamed 8,874 miles. C.G.S. " rKTIJEL." Is a steel, siugle-serew ship, length IIG feet, beam 22 feet, draught 9 feet, speed 11 knots, and registered tonnage 191 tons. Iler complement is twenty-four officers and men, all told. Tlie vessel was commanded by Capt. Clement Barkhouse until the 15th ^Nfarch, after which date Capt. C. O. ^McDonald took charge of the vessel. This vessel re-commissioned at Shdburne, N.S., on the 1st April, 191.5, and up to the 2Gth May was on defence duty; she was then placed in dockyard hands for annual refit, on completion of which, about the 18th June, she proceeded to Canso and Cheticamp wlicre the life-saving stations were inspected. Throughout the remainder of the year she was required for naval purposes, with the exception of a few days spent in inspecting life-saving stations, having boilers cleaned, etc. On the 14th September an unsuccessful effort was made to refloat the schooner Vera B. Roberts, stranded on the east end of the island (Pictou), and on 2nd February assistance was rendered to a disabled motor-boat which was found drift- ing seaward; this boat was towed to Head harbour. The American tern schooner Andrew Nehhinger, which grounded at Beaver harbour, was also taken off and towed to safe anchorage. C.G.S. " GULNARE." Is a steel, siugle-«crew vessel whose length is 137 feet, beam 20 feet 5 inches, draught 12 feet, registered tonnage 262 tons. Her complement is twenty-five officers and men, all told. This vessel was commanded by Capt. C. T. Knowlton up to 13th October, 1915, when he resigned and the ship was placed under the command of Mr. Sm'th, tirst officer. On the 8th January, 1916, Capt. P. C. Robinson was placed in command vmtil relieved by Capt Clement Barkhouse, appointed commanding officer from the 15th March, 1916. Throughout the year the Gulnare was required for naval duties and was not avail- able for fisheries protection service. She steamed 6,894 miles, and was at sea 3,901 hours. C.G.S. "vigilant.'' Is a twin-screw steel ship, whose length is 177 feet, beam 22 feet, draught 9 feet 6 inches, registered tonnage 242 tons, and speed 16 knots. She is electrically lighted throughout, and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement is thirty officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. P. C. Robinson. On the 1st April, 1915, ship was put into commission at Port Dover, the necessary repairs have been carried out during the winter months, and she at once proceeded to the west end of lake Erie to patrol the fishing gTounds. In May the vessel visited the life-saving station at Point Pelee, where the ship's crew assisted the life-saving crew to build a now run-way for launching the life-boat. The latter part of June and tlie early part of July was spent at Port Colborne, where the electric welding of the boilers was completed. Vigilant then proceeded to lake Ontario, where she cruised until 21st July, when she returned to lake Eric. On the 23rd July the Canadian fishing tug Anko, adrift in lake Erie, was picked up and towed to Port Dover. During August and September pati'ol work was carried out continuously, as American fishcrmin were actively engaged in illegal fishing in the vicinity of Long Point. The work of patrolling the boundary line was continued until the 18th Novem- ber, when the ve-o-cl pr c cilccl t > P( rt Colborne to meet the Director of the Naval DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Service and the ConsultiiiK X:iv:il l<]iijj;incor, the latter examining the engines of the vessel. She then proceeded on i)atrol duty again until the 7th December, when, ice having begun to form, orders were sent to lay up for the winter, and the ship went into winter quarters at Port Dover on the 17th December. During the season the usual amount of poaching was attempted. In past years poachers always used buoys on their nets, but this season they adopted the plan of setting nets without the least mark on them, so that they could not be seen and almost all of the nets seized were taken with grapple. The owners of the nets could find them by running from a mark buoy south of line. In all the ship steamed 7,351 miles and seized 1,531 nets, the greatest number of which were sold at auction and the proceeds forwarded to the department. C.G.S. " MALASPINA.''' Is a steel single-screw vessel, whose length is 160 feet, beam 26 J feet, draught 12^ feet, speed 14i knots, and displacement 700 tons. She is electrically lighted through- out and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement is thirty-three officers and men, all told, and she was built by the Dublin Dockyard Company, Dublin, Ireland, in 1913. She is commanded by Capt. Holmes Newcomb. In April this vessel was on examination and other services, but in May proceeded to patrol the northern waters on fisheries protection service, returning to Esquimalt on the 6th June ; on the 9th June she was inspected by the Director of the Naval Ser- vice, afterwards being placed in dry dock for painting and overhaul. From the 6th July to the 22nd September the vessel was on fisheries protection service with the exception of two days when her services were required at Esquimalt. During part of this time the Sea-lion Commission were on board, making investigations. From the 1st October to the 13th December she was cruising in northern waters and then returned to Esquimalt for other service, which continued until the 6th January, 1916. From the 7th January to the 27th February, ship was in the dockyard undergoing repairs, after which she again went on naval service. From the 7th March to the end of the fiscal year Malaspina cruised along the coast .on combined naval and fisheries protection duties. C.G.S. " GALIANO.''' Is a steel, single-screw vessel, length 160 feet, beam 26^ feet, draught 12i feet, speed 14^ knots, and displacement 700 tons. She is electrically lighted throughout and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement is thirty-three officers and men, all told, and she was built at Dublin, Ireland, by the Dublin Dockyard Co., in 1913. She is commanded by Lieut. R. M. Pope, R.N.R. This vessel was in commission on the 1st April, 1915, upon which date she left Union bay and proceeded to Esquimalt. On the 8th April she proceeded on naval duties, and while in the vicinity of Massett also interviewed the fishery overseer, Mr. Harrison. The vessel then returned to Esquimalt via the west coast, arriving on the 17th April. From the 23rd to the 26th .April she was utilized in connection with mine- sweeping in company with C.G.S. Malaspina. On the 29th April she proceeded north on fisheries protection duty. A schooner sighted back of Discovery Island was found to be the Liefe of Seattle, anchored for shelter, but as the weather had then cleared she was ordered to sea. Galiano proceeded on patrol until the 2nd May, when orders were received to return to Esquimalt, when she was utilized for other service until the 31st. On the 1st June ship proceeded to Vancouver to meet the Director of Naval Service who remained on board for some days, making a tour of inspection of the life-saving stations ; on the 12th June he was landed at Vancouver and ship returned to Esquimalt, proceeding on regular fisheries patrol work on the 19th, and continuing in that service until the 2nd August, when she returned to Esquimalt for other service. 40 DEPARTMEXr OF THE .V.IF.IL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 On the 17th August slie again proceeded on fisheries duty along the coast of Van- couver island, and on this cruise the Aineri(;an fishing hoat Solnno of Seattle was seized for fishing within territorial limits and handed over to the Chief Inspector ot J^'ish- eries at Xew Westminster. On the ;^>()th August, ship returned to Esciuimalt, and on 8th September was placed in drydoek for repairs, after which she undertook naval duties until 7th October, when fisheries work was again taken up, and the fleet of boats operating arcwmd Beecher bay was visited. About the 20th October Galiano liroceent into drydoek for refit. Between the 15th and 28tb ^farch she again acted under naval orders, afterwards preparing to take up the regular work of the fisheries protection service for the coming year. During the year sixty-one Canadian and four American vessels were spoken, and thirty-seven place-^ were visited; 8,200 miles were steamed on fisheries work and 2,882 on Naval Service. c.G.s. "'restless.'" Length 71 feet, beam 17 feet, draught 7 feet, is commanded by Capt. Charles Moore. This ves-el has been employed continuously on naval duties at Esquimalt, since the outbreak of war. On the 12th May, 1915, she underwent her annual inspection and refit, returning to duty on the 22nd May. She was again docked on the 22nd November for refit of machinery and boiler, returning to duty on the 3rd December. During the year Bestless steamed 1,522 knots and was under way 627 hours. c.G.s. " NEWIXGTOX." Is a chartered vessel and has been throiighout the past year employed on naval duties, and therefore unavailable for fisheries protection. She is commanded by H. R. Bilton. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, C. E. KINGSMILL, Vice Admiral, Director of the Naval Service. DEPARTMEXr OF TIJE NAVAL SERVICE 41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 SURVEY OF TIDES AND CURRENTS. Department op the Naval Service, Ottawa, March 31, 1916. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to submit the following report regarding the Survey of Tides and Currents during the twelve months ending March 31, 1916. Considerable progress has been made in directions which will contribute to the greater accuracy of the tide tables in future years, in addition to the regular work of their preparation and pviblication, and the maintenance of the tidal stations them- selves. Further information on the tides and currents in eastern Canada^ has now been added to the tide tables; and in several cases the methods of calculation have been improved by revision and the incorporation of additional data to extend the basis from which they are ;niade. The region of Northumberland strait, which has always been a complex one, has now been dealt with comprehensively; which will benefit the harbours there, including the new car ferry terminals, to which special consideration has been given. - The currents in Bras d'Or and Grand Narrows were investigated, and their movements brought successfully into relation with the tide tables. Some observations were obtained in the gut of Canso, which at least enable the extremely complex nature of its ctirrents to be definitely understood, and their behaviour to be explained. The tidal observations at the head of the Saguenay have made it possible to give satisfactory tidal data for the whole region, which will be helpful to the growing industries there. In British Columbia, the time of slack water in additional navigable passes has been reduced to law, and further observations obtained to improve the accuracy of the tables calculated for the principal passes. This will be of benefit to the lumber and coal industries, as well as to general navigation. The data from which the tide tables for Nelson in Hudson bay are calculated, have now been revised throughout, and improved by the incorporation of further observations. Tidal information from new localities in James bay has been obtained, which will enable this survey to fur- nish fairly good data for any railway terminals in that bay, until more complete obser- vations can be secured. Further data for mean sea-level as a basis for levelling operations throughout Canada, have been furnished to other departments; especially for work in British Columbia. For the extended levels throughout Prince Edward island which are in progress, the true value of mean sea level at Charlottetown has been supplied. This is based on five complete years of tidal observations ; and no such accurate value could be obtained at short notice when important levelling operations are imdertaken. PRIXCIPAr. TIDAL STATIONS. There are six principal stations maintained in eastern Canada, from Quebec to the entrances of the gulf of St. Lawrence, and in the bay of Fundy. All these require to be constructed with tide pipes protected by a surrounding air chamber in which heating is supplied, to prevent freezing in winter, and thus to secure a continuous record. In British Columbia there are five principal tidal stations which are main- 42 DEPARTMEWT OF THE .V.1T-.4L SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 iaincd in continuous operation throughout the year. Various methods are employed to obtain correct time at these stations; at some of them the time being obtained direct from the sun by a meridian instrument; at others a chronometer is used, or a hifjrh-^Tade watch where the time can be checked by telegraph or by wireless signals. I'he other essential to give value to the observations is a correct datum, which is main- lined from year to year by special levelling at the station, and by comparisons made ';iily by the observer. The harmonic analysis of these observations made during the past year has been c liicfly for the benefit of eastern Canada; as more of this was done for the Pacific loast the year previously. Two complete years of tidal record from Quebec were ubmitted to analysis, two years from Father Point, two from St. Paul island, and !\To from rharlottetown; as well as one additional year from Victoria, B.C. This work will improve still further the accuracy of the tide tables for these ports. FURTHER TIDAL OBSERVATIONS OBTAINED. The tidal observations during last season were carried out for definite purposes; is the tidal stations were either established for reference, or to obtain data for ievelopments in new regions. They may best be smnmarized imder the various regions where they were taken. Nortlnimherland Strait. — There were two objects in view here; to complete the eastern end of the strait, along the coast of Cape Breton island, by obtaining obser- vations at Port Hood and Cheticamp; and to obtain data for the car ferry to Prince Edward island, now under construction between cape Tormentine and Carleton head. As a reference station for comparison, a tide gauge was established at Pictou; and the permanent stations at St. Paul island and Charlottetown afforded simultaneous obser- vations for comparative purposes. This work was started early, at the end of May, to cover the period of the solstice, IS the region is known to be under the dominant influence of declination. The iigineers in charge of the car ierry works, Mr. F. B. Fripp at cape Tormentine, and Mr. H. M. Downing at Carleton head, were supplied with registering tide gauges, ;ind they kindly undertook to give the observations their supervision, to see that the time was accurately kept, and the datum level for the height of the. tide correctly maintained. The outcome of this work is explained further on, in its general relation to Xorthumberland strait as a whole; and the grouping of its harbours for tidal accuracy. Cape Breton; northeast coast. — On this coast the tide gauges were erected at St. Ann harbour, which is developing as a shipping port; and at Sydney, as the only 'bservationg so far obtained there were for one month in 1901. The time of the tide at these harbours is referred to St. Paul island; and the difference in time as found for Sydney in 1901 by a special method for dealing with so short a period of observa- tion, was oidy modified tb.ree minutes by the' result of the new observations. These further observations will have other uses, however, in connection with tide levels, etc. By comparison of the new results with the former observations of 1901 at Neil liarbour, values for Tngonish were also obtained, based on difference of establishment, which will be quite satisfactory. Sagurnay region. — The railway from Chicoutimi to Bagotville in Ha Ha bay at the head of the Saguenay, and the shipping facilities which are under construction at Bagotville, are indications of the growing importance of this region. The only observations previously available at Chicoutimi were taken in 1897 for two months; but they were sufficient to show the remarkable similarity of the tide there to Quebec. The extended observations of last season will now give reliable differences with Quebec for high and low water; and will make the tide tables, which DEPARTME'ST OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 43 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 are computed locally, as accurate as our published tables. The tide scale for height in the observations was set accurately in correspondence with the low-water datura established by the Public Works Department. The rise of the tide as given on the chart, proved to be erroneous; probably owing to misunderstanding regarding the change during the freshet period in the river. The actual rise of the tide has now been ascertained, with distinction from the freshet levels. At Bagotvillc, which is at the true head of the Saguenay inlet, the tide was fouijd to be in correspondence with Father Point on the Lower St. Lawrence. This will enable the tide throughout the whole of the Saguenay to be known; as the new observa- tions show that the difference in the time of the tide from Tadoussac to Bagotville is only twelve minutes. So small a difference can readily be allowed for, in the naviga- tion of the Saguenay, and by the industries along it. The new information obtained will thus apply to the whole region; and the tide is an important matter, as the rise is from 17 to 18 feet at spring tides. Lower St. Lawrence. — Observations were obtained last season by co-operation with the Hydrographic Survey, at Grand Mechins and Godbout; this latter place being practically the same as Point des Monts, the true dividing point between the gulf of St. Lawrence and the estuary. The establishments, which indicate the time of the tide, were seriously out until recently, for the region between Father Point and Anticosti'; but sufficient observations have been secured in recent years to enable a general revision to be made. Tide levels at the summer stations. — Wherever a low-water datum existed, it was made use of for the new observations. At cape Tormentine and Carleton head, the established datums were utilized for reference ; and a low-water datum at Pictou, which was determined by this survey in 1902, has been used for all observations since obtained. At Sydney, the masonry building on which the Tidal Survey bench-mark of 1901 was placed, was demolished; but it was found possible to recover and maintain the same levels as in the former observations. At Port Hood, Cheticamp, and St. Ann harbour, new bench-marks were established to which the tide levels were referred. At Chicou- timi and Bagotville, the tide scales for the observations were set accurately in corre- spondence with the original low-water datums established by the Public Works Depart- ment and by the Chicoutimi and St. Alphonse Railway, which are defined by existing bench-marks. By thus fixing the tide levels permanently with reference to bench-marks, the observations are much enhanced in value; as they become available in harbour improvements or dredging for which the levels of high and low water at extreme tides are of importance. On the other hand, if this trouble is not taken, the tide levels are quite lost after a few years. Their value is evident, as the levels must be known in advance, when any wharf repairs of consequence or other harbour improvements are undertaken. Pacific coast. — In 1914, when the moon still maintained as great a range* in declination as it attains during the 19-year cycle, a tide gauge was established at Caulfeilds, the pilot station near point Atkinson, in the strait of Georgia. The tide of the open strait is thus being obtained, which is practically identical with the original station at Sand Heads ; and the observations will be maintained for two complete years to supplement the Sand Heads series. A truly corresponding datum level for refer- ence ha-s also been determined. These observations at Caulfeilds were also utilized for comparison with the time of slack water in the passes which were investigated in 1914 and 1915. It is known that the time of the tide at Caulfeilds does not differ more than five minutes with Sand Heads; and a comparison with the simultaneous tidal record there, is more steadily accurate than with the ]:)redietcd times at Sand Heads. The Caulfeilds station is thus serving a double purpose. 44 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Observations were obtained at (langes harbour last season; an important shipping point for produce in the (iulf ishiiids. Tlie ori,t,'inal Admiralty low-water datum was* utilized lor the e observations, and aecurate time was used. Two tide gauges were lent to the Ilydrograpliic Survey for use on this coast; and in this way observations have been obtained at Shingle bay at the mouth of Skidgate inlet to compare the open tide with the range within the inlet at Queen Charlotte city. This comparison was continued at the two places simultaneously for over two months. Further tidal record was also obtained at Pacofi in the Queen Charlotte islands. The object of tliese observations is jn-imarily for the reduction of soundings in the hj'^drograpliic work, and the registering gauges save much trouble and expense in obtaining this information ; while at the same time the record obtained is of value to this survey. The observations at Nelson in the seasons of 1911. 1912. and 1913, consisted of readings on a staff or fixed scale, taken by the Ilydrographic Survey, which were afterwards plotted as tide curves. The various standards of time used were local, eastern standard and central standard, this last being the correct standard time for Nelson. iBy careful reduction, by which the observations were brought to the same time standard and also to a iniiform datum, good results were obtained. In 1913, two registering tide gauges were supplied to the Railways and Canals Department, there being thus a duplicate instrument in case of accident; and Mr. D. W. McLachlan the engineer in charge at Nelson, kindly undertook the supervision of the observations. There was much difficulty in obtaining correct time, however; so that when the observations of 1914 were reduced, it was found that they could only be utilized for the difference of time between high and low water, which is one of the essential factors that the observations afford. Now that the wireless station is estab- lished, the difficulty in obtaining correct time has been overcome. The observations of 1915, in charge of Mr. A. Sutherland, the wireless operator, have thus been entirely satisfactory, except for interruptions occasioned by carelessness during construction. It has always been found that during construction no respect is paid to a tide gauge; and filling will be thrown around its column, choking it up, or a derrick arm will strike it- and destroy it; although the whole design of the works is based on the data for tide levels which a tide gauge affords. In James bay, further observations have been obtained by co-operation with the Hydrographic Survey and the Timiskaming and Northern Ontario Eailway, to whom tide gauges were supplied. The observations thus obtained were taken at Strutton island off the mouth of Rupert bay; during two months; and at Moose river, both in the estuary and at Ship sands off its mouth. It is in these vicinities that any railway to James bay is likely to have its terminus. INVESTIOATIO.V OF THE CURRENTS. Pacific coast. — Of the four passages between the Gulf Islands, Active pass is the most important, as it lies on the main route between Vancouver and Victoria. Next to this is Porlier pass, with a heavy freight traffic; and for these two, complete tables of slack water are calculated and published in the Tide Tables. These two are now utilized as standard passes to which others in this region are referred. The mariner thus finds the time of slack water in other passes by applying a difference of time to the slack-water tables, instead of taking a difference with the time of the tide. This is quite as convenient, and the result is more closely accurate, for the reasons explained in the Tide Tables. Observations begun in the previous season in Dodd narrows, were continued throughout the winter until April, 1915. The observer was then moved to Gabriola pass, where observations were obtained for six months, from 'May to October. These passes, though accommodating a large local traffic, have uninhabited shores; and it was DEPARTMENT OF THE -^AYAL SERVICE 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 necessary to erect a temporary house for the observer and his cook, and to provide a complete outfit and supplies. For comparison with these passes, simultaneous obser- vations were continued in Porlier pass; and to make double use of these observations, the tidal stantions at Caulfeilds was maintained, which gives a tidal record for the strait of Georgia; as the comparison with this tidal record affords an extended basis from which to calculate slack water in Porlier pass itself. From these observations, and the resulting comparisons for extended periods, ■differences of time for high-water and low-water slack Avere obtained for Dodd narrows and Gabriola pass, which enable the time of slack water to be accurately known in them. This is the information chiefly desired, as transportation is largely carried on by towing, which must be timed to go through such passes at slack water. Another important region for which observations have been obtained, is Seymour inlet; which runs into the mainland opposite the northern end of Vancouver island. The object in view is to obtain the time of slack water in tlie narrow opening that leads into Seymour island itself, which is 35 miles long; together with Belize inlet, Federick, Nugent, Mereworth, and Alison sounds, which open off it. The total area of these inlets and sounds is so large that the rise of the tide within them i^ only 6 to 8 feet; while in the open the rise is 14 feet on the average. Such a difference of level causes the tide to pour through in a torrent, as it rises and falls. The region around this group of inlets and sounds is an important lumbering area; but the entrance is unin- liabited, and there is no regular means of communication. The importance of know- ing the time of slack water is very evident, as any attempt to tow lumber out at any -other stage of the tide necessarily results in wreckage. The difficulty of installing an observer in a suitable spot was overcome; and correct time was obtained with a chronometer. Observations of the time of slack water, which is brief and definite, were secured for six and one-half months in 1915. To obtain the time of high and low water for comparison, a tide gauge was erected at Wadhams in Kivers inlet, only 25 miles distant. It was not at all certain, however, that the time of slack water would have any constant relation to the local tide; and considerable investigation was required before a satisfactory result could be obtained from the observations. Great Bras d'Or and Grand Narrows. — The traffic through these narrows is partly local and partly on the through line from Halifax to Sydney ; as many steamers prefer the inside route by way of the Bras d'Or lakes. These lakes are connected with the ocean by the Great and Little Bras d'Or which communicate with the first expanse; and this again communicates, through Grand Narrows with a second and larger expanse. The rise of the tide in the open is 3 to 5 feet, but the lakes have not time to fill up in the tidal period, and their variation in level is only about 6 inches. The time of slack water, at the turn of the current, was observed at the entrance to the Great Bras d'Or during daylight for three months in 1915; and it was obtained at Grand Narrows by means of a registering apparatus, day and night, for five months. This apparatus was especially designed, and worked electrically. At both localities, arrangements were made to obtain accurate time for the observations. ' The main object in view is to obtain from these observations a time difference hetween the turn of the current and high or low water at one of the tidal stations for which Tide Tables are published. The chief difficulty is to find such a difference which is reasonably constant; so that the mariner can know which way the current is run- ning, by simply applying the difference to the time of the tide in the Tide Tables. If the difference is not constant, the result would be misleading. As the rise and fall in these lakes is so slight, no relation is obtainable with local high water. Also, as the level is so nearly constant, the turn of the current coincides -approximately with half-tide in the open. Preliminary trials showed the variation in 46 l>FrAnT.]ff:\T of THK .V.lT.l/> SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 the (liflFcrence between current and tide to be about 1^ hour early or late, in an irregular way. This shows the amount of error that may possibly result from the use of a constant differcnee; which it is the ol)ject of the investifration to reduce. The first series of trials was made for the mouth of the Great Bras d'Or, which was likely to be less complex than Grand Narrows. Each trial comparison between current and tide was based on two or three weeks of observation. The leading trials made and the general procedure were as follows: — The difference between high and low water at St. Paul island and the time of slack water, was not very satisfactory; and the difference with Pictou was even more variable, which pointed to an earlier tide as being better tlian a later one. Also, it is now known that in Northumberland strait, the current accords best with the tide in the two opposite directions across the gulf. Combining these ideas, a trial was made with the previous high water at Halifax for the one slack, and the previous low water at Father Point for the other slack. This gave an improvement, and the relation with Father Point was remarkably constant, the greatest variation being only thirty-three minutes eai SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Some further surveying was done for a distance of 8 miles oflFshore, between P'an island and Wliito rock, at the entranco to Browninf? passage. To summarize, during the season, about 00 miles of ooafit line were surveyed, some 27G square miles were sounded and 930 linear miles of sounding were done from both the ship and boats. To convey some idea of the difficulties of surveying on this coast, I might mention that of the 168 working days, sixty were lost through bad weather, oi which twenty-six were rain, but on the whole the season was rather better than 1914, because the party had eighty days of actual work as compared with only fifty in 1914. ST. LAWRENCE RHER SURVEY. Mr. Charles Savary, being in charge of the survey work at the lower entrance to the St. Lawrence river, had for assistants, Messrs. E. Chysens, M. A. McKinnon, and C. Smith, with Capt. H. J. McGough as sailing master, and Mr. E. Belanger as chief engineer, on board the steamer Cartier. The steamer was used in the winter of 1914-15 in the examination service at the entrance to the bay of Fundy and for this reason was not able to be outfitted and made available for work until the 23rd June when she left Quebec to survey between Matane and cape Chat, on the south shore, and pointe des Mouts on the north shore. This work is just about completed, and a sheet embracing the above mentioned district will be handed to the King's Printer this spring. During the season Mr. Savary and party traversed 90 miles of ocean line, sounding 1,000 miles from the ship's deck and 400 miles from the boats. Returning in the autumn the steamer visited Chicoutimi to locate the buoys in the river there for placing on a new chart being compiled. The old surveys which had been used for this work were found to be quite inaccurate, and more work was therefore necessary. It is hoped that this chart will be forwarded to the King's Printer in the spring. Mr. Savary reports that his staff and ship^s officers have given him valuable assistance during the season. Mr. Smith enlisted for service overseas at the close of the season. The steamer is laid up at Quebec, and only slight repairs to her engines will be required this winter. LAKE ONTARIO SURVEY. This survey, under Mr. G. A. Bachand, is composed of Messrs. J. W. Beauchemin, E. B. MacCoU, and W. K. Willis as assistant surveyors; Captain McQuade, sailing master, and John Nisbet, chief engineer. The party fitted out the steamer Bayfield at the lighthouse depot, Prescott, Ont., and left there on the 26th April last. The season between this date and the 20th September was taken up in completing the survey of the west end of lake Ontario, Hamilton bay, Port Dalhousie, Port Credit, Oakville, and Bronte harbours; tliis completes the survey of the lake, and charts of these har- bours as well as the coast will be placed in the hands of the King's Printer this spring. On the 21st September the party left for Kingston and started a survey of that harbour and approach, working from Snake island to Cataraqui bridge and between Bell point on Wolfe island to point Pleasant on the west. This work will be completed this- spring. During the season, in addition to the triangulation necessary for tlie work, there were' 00 miles of traversing done, 400 miles of sounding from "boats and 280 miles from tlie deck of the ship. The party returned to Prescott on the 30tli October, and the ship laid up at the Dominion lighthouse depot for the winter. DEPARTMENT OF THE SAVAL SERVICE 57 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 3B LAKK St I'KUIOU SURVEY. This work is in charge of Mt. II. 1). Parizeau, who has for assistants, Messrs. II. H. Lawson, F. R. Mortimer and II. L. Leadman, but the former joined the overseas forces last winter and was therefore not available for work during the season. The party uses the steamer La Canadienne, with Captain Playter as sailing master, and Mr. N. C. Munro as chief engineer. After some slight work surveying and locating changes and improvements in Owen Sound harbour the party left the latter place on the 28th April and reached Byng inlet the following morning. Work was resumed there on the plan of Byng inlet, which was started in the autunni of 1914, and was completed on the 5th June, and a chart has been prepared, which is now with the King's Printer for publication. Leaving Byng inlet the party proceeded to Little Current to inspect the positions of the buoys in that channel that they might be in accordance with the new charts recently issued. On the trip between Little Current and Sault Sto. Marie opportunity was taken to examine some suspicious soundings in False Detour channel and off the south shore of Drummond island. In one case it was found necessary to remove a shoal printed on the chart and in another case to register a shoal that had been uncharted. With the assistance of the steamer's crew a new automatic gauge was installed at Michipicoten harbour, in accordance with the desire of the International Commis- sion and its order relating to the control of the levels of lake Superior. Regular surveying work was resumed on the 15th of June at ship sounding off- shore between Oiseaux bay and Copper island. The survey of the north shore of lake Superior is now completed from Pigeon bay as far east as Otter head, except for the large Nipigon and Black bays. There remains only one shoreline between Otter head and cape Gargantua and around Michipicoten and Caribou islands. When autumn weather set in, about the middle of September, it was deemed advisable to move the steamer La Canadienne to quieter waters, and a triangulation of Nipigon bay was undertaken and completed. During the season, Mr. Pariseau and party traversed 43 miles of coast line, sounded 624 miles from boats and 535 miles from the deck of the ship. The party reached Owen Sound on the 30th October, and laid up the steamer there, the officers returning to Ottawa. After laying up the steamer, Mr. Parizeau visited Key harbour and searched for a new danger reported there, on which a vessel had struck, but ascertained that the accident was due to a misplaced buoy. He also visited Penetanguishene harbour and made a survey of changes that have taken place there since the last issue of the chart. JAMES BAY. ' Mr. Paul Jobin was again placed in charge of the work in James bay, with Mr. R. T. Bowes, assistant. The party, consisting of the surveyors and five men, left Cochrane on the 6th of May, proceeded down the Moose river and arrived at Moose Factory on the 12th. The launch which had been left there was first overhauled and a small schooner hired from Revillon Freres to be used for a houseboat for the party. A survey was made of the mouth of Moose river, and a plan of this has been prepared. Upon the completion of this work the party moved to Strutton and Charl- ton islands to do some sounding in Charlton sound, which was completed on the 21st September. The party then returned to Ottawa via Moose Factory and Cochrane, arriving here on the 15th of October. An automatic gauge was erected at the mouth of Moose river, and two months' record of the tides obtained; this has been handed over to the Superintendent of the 58 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Tidal Survey. Conditions for navigation were generally good this year; the ss. Bona- venture arrived at Strutton island on tlie 3rd August, having seen only a small quan- tity of ice in Hudson strait. AUTOMATIC GAUGES. The following eleven gauges were operated on the Great Lakes during the year 1915: Port Arthur Luko Superior.. . . Jan. 1 to Dec. 31. Mifhipicotcn Harbour " June 15 to Dec. 31 (new). Sault Stc. Marie Above Locks Jan. 1 " 31. Sault Ste. Marie .-. Below Locks Jan. 1 " 31. Collingwood Georgian Bay May 22 to July 27. Nov. 22 to Dec. 31. Goderich Lake Huron May 21 " 15. Isle Au.x Pechc.« Detroit River Jan. 1 " 31. Fighting Island " Jan. 1 " 31. Port Colborno Lake Erie Jan. 1 " 31. Port Dalhousie Lake Ontario May 20 " 15. Kingston " Jan. 1 " 31. During November, 1915, the Collingwood gauge was installed in such a way as to secure complete yearly records. The only gauges on the Great Lakes not now obtaining yearly records are Goderich and Port Dalhousie, but arrangements have been made for such an installation of the Port Dalhousie gauge at Port Weller, when the- approaches to the New Welland canal are completed. Records of the Michipicoten harbour gauge cannot be reduced to mean sea-level until such time as an elevation for our bench-mark is obtained from the Geodetic Survey. On the St. Lawrence river the following sixteen gauges were operated for the Montreal-Quebec Ship Channel Commission and the Montreal "Water Level Commis- sion : — Pointe Claire Lake St. Louis Verdun St. Lawrence River. Montreal Harbour Longuc Pointe Varenncs Vercheres Lanoraie Sorel Lake St. Peter Three Rivers Batiscan Cap a la Roche Richelieu Rapids Pointe Platon Neuville....- St. Nicholas May 24 to Dec. 31. Aug. 20 ' > 31 (new). April 20 31. " 21 31. " 22 7. " 23 6. " 17 6. " 10 6. " 17 2. " 14 2. " 21 3. May 10 3 (new). " 12 3 April 21 to Nov .30. '• 22 to Dec . 2. " 23 " 4. The above gauges were operated in a more satisfactory manner than in previous years, and in very few cases were there any breaks to cause incomplete records. The Pointe Claire and Verdun gauges are still operating to obtain winter records. The Montreal and Longue Pointe gauges were operated till January 10, 1916, when high water made it necessary to remove them before flooding. All gauges on the St. Lawrence river are now connected with authentic Canadian bench-marks with elevations by latest adjusted level line. During 1915 there was an addition of five new gauges, making twenty-seven during the summer months and eleven during the whole year. The automatic water gauge work is conducted by Mr. C. A. Price, assisted by .Nfessrs. A. R. Lee, Wm. J. Miller (on active service), C. G. Smith (until June 11, 1015), and C. F. Hannington (from July 12, 1915). Attached are the following appendices, giving records obtained from the gauges : — I. Table showing corrected elevations of Bench Marks and corrections to be applied to Water Surface Elevations of Lower St. Lawrence, as given in r^orts of, 1913 and 1914. T)EP.\TiTMENT OF THE AMT.47> HERYICE 59 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 II. Monthly Mean Water Surface Elevations of the Great Lakes, for 1915, referred to United States datum or mean sea level. III. Daily mean elevation of Lake St, Louis at Pointe Claire. IV. Daily mean elevation of St. Lawrence river at Yerdun. Y. Daily mean elevation of St. Lawrence river at Montreal. VI. Daily mean elevation of St. Lawrence river at Longue Pointe. VII. Daily mean elevation of St. Lawrence river at Yarennes. VIII. Daily mean elevation of St. Lawrence river at Yercheres. IX. Daily mean elevation of St. Lawrence river at Lanoraie. X. Daily mean elevation of St. Lawrence river at Sorel. XL. Daily mean elevation of Lake St. Peter at Eange Light No. 2. In closing this report I have to express my thanks to all the members of the staff for the valuable service they have rendered during the past year. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, WM. J. STEWAET, Hydrographer. 60 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Corrected Elevations of Bench-marks, and changes to be applied to Water Surface Elevations, of Lower St. Lawrence river, given in the Keports of 1913 and 1914. Location. Old Elovfition of Benrh-inark used till Jan. 1. 1915. New Elevation of Beneh-mark used .sinee Jan. 1. 1915. Correction for Readinn-s 1913 and 1914. Montreal.. 36-46 36-46 40-66 40-477_ — 183 32-451 31-97 — 481 30-844 30-78 — 064 37-399 37-399 Sorel 46-80 46-80 26-526 26-403 — 123 26-70 26-565 — 135 29-736 29-68 — 056 56-381 56-481 + •10 16101 16-19 -I--089 29-43 29-53 + -10 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 61 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 eS a- en c CO 00 o -fl t- «5 o ■o CO eo o to (M CO OO O (M "1 CO , "5 o CO CO in 00 i Ci OO -Ifl IM O O 05 CO 00 to 00 in CO o OO CO U5 OO 00 a »c p CO CO CO z cOo to c -5 i 3 OO CD c.? CO (M o 03 IM Location. c • Cl c c c 5 cc 1 & c c ) c c c ;^ & c : 1 c c c £ p t c p- c c rr j2 1 i c c . t- > > c '5 c c C ! c c t- X p J 5 5 c 2 ■3 3 J < 3 62 Di:i'\ni Ml \T or riir \ in/, sum ice 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Daily Mean Water Surface Elevations of Lake St. Louis, at Pointe Claire, Que. Ele- vations are above Mean Sea-level and are referred to Bench-mark CCCCIII on Southeast corner of Roman Catholic church. Elevation, 83-95. Days. 1915. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 68-37 68-30 68-28 68-24 68-21 68-17 68-16 68-12 68,09 68-08 68-00 67-98 67-97 08-07 68-16 68-23 68-22 68-10 68-12 68-11 68-08 67-99 67-92* 67-99 68-04 68-04 68-07 68-11 68-11 68-06 67-98 67-92 67-92 67-93 67-98 67-94 67-95 67-88 67-77 67-73 67-75 67-80 67-80 67-78 67-77 67-72 67-67 67-66 67-68 67-74 67-70 67-67 67-63 67-58 67-51 67-47 67-45 67-42 67-42 67-42 67-39 67-31 G7-fi'> 67 •A') 67-44 67 -SR 2 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 68 68 68 68 67 67 67 67 29 23 10 13 24 35 43 58 68 73 76 74 74 75 78 76 71 70 72 75 77 91 06 14 10 04 90 80 82 87 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 80 77 73 69 70 70 71 74 71 67 60 50 50 56 62 65 61 53 55 54 53 53 51 46 38 47 47 41 43 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 35 37 50 63 73 75 72 71 67 68 72 74 72 67 55 47 52 56 56 54 51 47 39 44 47 51 52 49 43 41 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 47 43 39 23 17 12 13 15 24 20 11 16 26 33 31 29 24 04 10 41 55 56 48 31 18 12 16 21 33 67 67 67 67 67 "66 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 30 3 '>6 4..: ■>! 5 10 6 07 7 8 9 10 11 '. 12 13 9=)* 14 O'' 15 13 16 u 45 17 69 18 58 19 34 20 31 21 3'> 22 ''4 23 68-74* 68-75 68-75 68-68 68-59 68-51 68-49 68-41 68-37 16 24 ''1 25 ?5 26 •>?, 27 ?6 28 33 29 30 30 59 88 68-59 68-12 67-66 67-67 67 60 67-56 67 27 67-30 * Denotes Mean of less than 24 hourly readings. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 . ' 63 Daily Mean Water Surface Elevations of St. Lawrence River taken at Verdun, Que. Elevations are above Mean Sea-level and are referred to Bench-mark " V4 " on. R. Bennett's house opposite wharf. Elevation, 58-07. Days. 1915. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 .34 25* 34 04 34 05 34-07 34-06 34-05 34-03 34-04 34-01 33-99 34 00 34-00 34-00 33-99 33-99 33-99 33-99 34-00 33-99 33-98 33-94 33-93 33-96 34-03 34-05 34-03 34-02 34-00 33-98 33-98 33-97 33-97 33 98 2 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 24* 23 22 20 16 17 17 17 18 17 14 12 11 12 13 13 13 13 10 10 11 10 10 10 04 01 03 03 03 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 H 34 34 34 04 02 07 n 12 14 16 16 14 14 15 16 16 15 13 09 09 09 09 09 09 08 06 06 07 07 07 07 06 OF, 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 33 33 33 33 34 33 34 34 34 08 3 90 4 98 5 96 6 95 7 ; 95 8 95 9 95 10 95 11 94 12 o-? 13 91 14 94 15 03 16 ?0 17 39* 18 V 19 13 20 05 21 08 22 05 23 99 24 97 25 96 26 96 27 34-36* 34-32 34-27 34-25 34-26 01 28 99 29 06 30 -. 74 31 76 Mean 34 13 34-09 34 00 34 06 * Denotes Mean of less than 24 hourly readings. 64 DKl'AnTMFST OF Till' \ H I /, sKUVKK 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Daily Mean Water Surface Elevations of St. Lawrence River taken at Montreal, Que., (Foot of Lachine Canal). Elevations are above Mean Sea-level and are referred to Bench-mark No. 637. Elevation, 36 46. 1915 Days. - .\pril. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1.. 23-25 21-06 20-45 19-31 19-87 19-33 18-86 18-85 2... 23 32 21 41 20 52 19 46 19 72 19 31 18 90 18 87 3... 23 38 21 01 20 37 19 31 19 70 19 15 19 04 18 81 4 23 11 20 78 20 23 19 00 19 62 19 12 19 00 18 78 5 22 85 20 59 19 99 18 89 19 50 19 18 19 14 18 75 6 22 22 22 56 33 16 20 20 20 41 28 10 19 19 19 90 90 94 18 19 19 93 00 10 19 19 19 44 48 58 19 19 19 55 67 68 19 18 18 01 87 94 18 18 18 89 7 87 8 83 9 22 06 20 23 19 91 19 38 19 63 19 76 18 97 19 03 10 22 22 22 22 22 11 18 05 34 19 20 20 20 19 20 20 08 04 99 16 19 19 19 19 19 74 65 71 87 88 19 19 • 19 19 19 63 66 72 75 73 19 19 19 19 19 66 67 65 68 58 19 19 19 19 19 78 69 70 76 69 19 19 18 18 18 08 06 91 78 73 19 18 18 18 18 04 11 83 12 58 13 ' . 63 14 97 15 22 21 21 21 21 21 21 09 93 80 70 78 68 47 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 27 37 45 49 14 21 30 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 90 86 84 73 68 71 72 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 76 80 99 84 71 65 63 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 59 61 57 48 30 36 29 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 75 45 13 18 17 27 29 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 79 93 80 65 87 71 86 18 18 19 19 19 19 19 80 16 85 17 07 18 55 19 - '',5 20 21-35* 21-29 16 21 18 22 21-09 21 17 20 27 19 61 19 67 19 48 19 31 19 13 19 16 23 , 20-97 21-04 21-12 21 • 19 21 21 21 21 21 24 29 46 20 20 20 20 42 37 44 40 19 19 19 19 53 40 43 41 19 20 20 20 76 04 22 33 19 19 19 19 41 39 36 17 19 19 19 19 31 18 16 10 19 19 19 19 22 22 07 01 19 19 19 19 ?,?, 24 26 25 25 26... 33 27 21-49 21 31 20 39 19 35 20 28 19 57 19 15 18 94 19 11 28 21-82 21-91 22-73 21 21 21 21 23 35 12 11 20 20 20 46 51 46 19 19 19 19 31 35 32 20 20 19 20 14 02 95 03 19 19 19 53 42 33 19 19 19 19 18 14 13 01 18 18 18 76 81 74 19 19 19 19 16 29 25 30 44 31 81 21-45 21-96 ''O 41 19-76 19-67 19 5? 19-36 18 93 19 05 Denotes Mean of less than 24 hourly readings. DEPAPTMEXT OF THE Y.lF.l/> SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 65 Daily Mkan Water Surface Elevations of St. Lawrence Eiver at Longue Pointe, Que. Elevations are above Mean Sea-level and are referred to Copper Plug Bench-mark in southeast corner of Longue Pointe Asylum pump-house. Elevation, 40-477. % 1915 Days. Apiil. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 22-28 19-84 19-23 18-10 18-57 18-09 17-59 17-56 17-71 17-70 17-87 17-80 17-70 17-77 17-79 17-88 17-88 17-75 17-57 17-52 17-57 17-68 17 -.58 17-41 17-70 17-57 17-65 17-60 2.. 22 22 22 21 21 21 21 20 20 20 20 21 21 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 33 39 09 79 47 21 00 89 89 96 84 08 02 92 76 62 48 54 46 £3 20 19 19 19 19 19 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 19 19 19 18 18 19 22 80 55 36 19 04 82 94 93 82 81 78 88 98 06 15 21 90 95 01 19 19 19 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 1.3 02 75 58 59 63 61 49 43 46 62 63 64 62 63 52 43 43 46 18 18 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 09 76 64 66 73 84 09 33 34 38 44 46 49 50 68 55 43 35 34 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 17 41 39 30 19 12 14 24 31 37 38 38 43 35 35 31 25 18 03 05 97 18 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 17 17 17 17 IS 10 94 89 91 27 40 43 52 56 47 44 49 42 49 22 91 92 89 97 00 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 17 18 6? 3 59 4 57 57 6 71 7.. 71 8 66 9 86 10 87 11 67 12 43 1.3 . . 44 14 79 15 . 60 16 68 17 9?, 18 .38 ^9 1? 20 99 21 20-02* 02 22 19-90 19 92 18 98 18 36 18 39 18 17 18 03 17-86 18 01 23 19-74 19 95 19 19 18 28 18 46 18 11 18 04 17-95 18 12 24 19-80 19 97 19 15 18 17 18 69 18 06 17 94 1800 18 17 25 19-89 20 00 19 21 18 19 18 85 18 11 17 91 17-86 18 15 26.. 19-96 20 18 19 18 18 17 19 00 17 94 17 84 17-80 18 24 27 £0-28 20 07 19 15 18 13 18 98 18 33 17 87 17-74 18 00 28 20-68 20 00 19 21 18 08 18 86 18 30 17 91 17-58 18 00 29 20-80 20 14 19 25 18 12 18 77 18 20 17 86 17-62 18 11 30 21-66 19 94 19 22 18 10 18 68 18 11 17 84 17-49 18 38. 31 * 19 9? 18 08 18 74 17 74 18 86 Mean 20-27 20-79 19 16 18-51 18-38 18-24 18-11 17-71 * 17-90 Denote:? Mean of less than 24 hourly readings. ;)8 — J 66 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Dmi.y !\fE.\N Water Surface Elevations of St. Lawrence Kiver taken at Varennes. Que. Elevations arc above Mean Sea-level and are referred to Crow's foot Bench-mark on stone wall in rear of wharf. Elevation, 31-97. 1915 Days. 1 April. Ma.v. June. July. Auk. Sept. Oct. Xov. Dec. 1.. 21-21 18-42 17-84 16-56 17 00 16-50 15-94 15-97 "> 21 24 18 91 17 95 16 66 16 81 16 54 15 84 16-04 3 21 20 28 95 fil 18 18 17 46 13 91 17 17 17 76 58 ?5 16 16 56 22 16 16 16 78 68 58 16 16 Ifi 36 28 ?7 16 16 16 01 03 '>6 1602 4 16 01 .5.. 16-04 6.. "JO ?3 17 71 16 99 16 51 16 63 16 ?3 16-21 7.. 19 91 17 5'' 16 99 16 5?, 16 81 16 15 8.. 19 69 17 25 17 06 16 20 16 60 16 87 16 25 9.. 19 55 17 37 17 06 16 43 16 71 16 98 16 25 10.. 19 51 17 35 16 96 16 71 16 79 17 05 16 29 11.. 19 54 17 27 16 90 16 76 16 81 16 97 16 30 12.. 19 42 17 26 16 91 16 81 16 83 16 90 16 18 13.. 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 18 18 18 18 71 64 52 37 24 06 07 98 76 41 42 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 30 32 48 59 70 75 40 47 53 53 79 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 16 16 Ifi 08 12 13 12 11 00 88 86 89 80 71 16 16 16 16 17 16 16 16 16 16 16 88 91 96 95 12 99 86 76 75 83 85 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 91 82 80 75 66 59 44 43 34 54 51 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 94 87 92 64 29 30 27 35 40 43 44 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 16 16 94 86 79 99 91 74 15 06 05 21 32 14. 15 16 17 18 19.. 20 21.. 18-56* 18-47 18-29 22 23 24... 18-38* 18 41 17 76 16 62 17 10 16 45 16 39 16 41 25.. 18-54* 18 45 17 81 16 64 17 27 16 52 16 35 16 30 26.. 18-59 18 63 17 76 16 64 17 43 16 37 16 31 16 27 27.. 18-99* 19-43 19-60 18 18 18 54 48 68 17 17 17 74 79 81 16 16 16 59 54 57 17 17 17 43 35 27 16 16 16 75 73 63 16 16 16 29 30 26 16 16 16 24 04 09 28.. 29 30.. 20-50 18 49 17 80 16 56 17 17 16 ,54 16 20 15 87 31 18 46 16 53 17 '>n 16 in 19-40 17 70 16-99 16-89 16-65 16-52 16 10 Denotes Mean of less than 24 hourly readings. DEPAUTMEAT OF THE NAVAL 8ERTICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 67 Daily Mi-iAx\ Water Surface Elevations of St. Lawrence River taken at Vercheres, Que. Elevations are above Mean Sea-level and are referred to Crow's foot Bench-mark on North side of windmill near wharf. Elevation, 30.78. 4.. 6... 7... 8.. 9.. 10.. 11.. 12.. 13.. U... 15... If).. 17... 18... 19... 20... 21... 22... 23... 24.. 25... 26.. 27... 28... 29.. 30.. 31.. Days. 1915. April. 1717* 17-27 17-40 17-51 17-91 18-43 18-69 19-65 Mav. 20-38 20-4r 19-61^ 19-31 18-97 18-71 18-55 18-49 18-51 18-40 18-69 18-63 18-52* 18-36 18-21 17-99 17-98 17-88 17-67 17-34 17-30 17-26 17-32 17-49 17-42 17-40 17-62 17-46 17-44 June. July. 16- 16- 16- 16- 16- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- 15- Aug. 67 15 80 15 59 15 39 15 06 14 74 14 70 14 75 15 77 15 71 15 67 15 69 15- 87 15 93 15 94 15 96 15 96 15 86 15 72 15 68 15 •70 15 62 15 53 15 44 15 46 16- 46 16 43 16- 42 16- 46 16- 46 15 44 15 -46 -54 -45 •10 -91 -86 •90 •00 •25 •52 •56 -60 -67 -71 -77 -76 -89 -78 -64 -54 •53 -60 -63 -85 -03 -18 •22 -14 -08 -99 -99 Sfpt. Oct. Nov. Dec. Mean. 18-25 1649 15-00 15-62 15-44 15-30 14-92 Denotes Mean of less than 24 hourly readings. 38- 68 nrrwRTvi \ I <>i j in. \\\ \i. >i:i:\i< i: 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Dmi.v Mkan \V:itt.'r Surface Klcvations of St. Liiwn'iice Kiver taken at Lanoraie, (^ut.. Kk'vation.s are aWove Mean Sea-levi-l and are referred to Beneh-niark top of iron pin in Ilydrographic Suition west of api)roaeh to Lanoraie wliarf. Elevation, 37.399. 4.. .5.. 6.. 7.. 8.. 9.. 10.. 11.. 12.. 13.. 14.. 15.. 16.. 17.. 18.. 19.. 20.. 21.. 22.. 23.. 24.. •2.-).. 26.. 27.. 28., 29.. .'',0. 31., Day.« 1915 .\pril. May. Mean. 16-84* 16-61 16-38 16-27 16-16 15-92 15-71 15-76 15-92 16-07 16-55 17-11 17-46 18-46 16 -.52 19 24 19 -.30 19-23 18-83 18-47 18 02 17-fK) 17 41 17 15 1704 16-99 lG-92 17-18 17-15 1701 16-88 16-75 16-50 16-41 16-27 1606 15-74 15-64 15-58 15-63 15-80 15-75 15-83 16-09 16-01 15-98 16-92 June. 14-93 July 15 15- 15- 14- 14- 14- 13- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 14- 13- 13- 13- 13- 13- 13- 13- 13- 13- 13- 14-21 Aug. ■18 13^ -.30 13 • -07 13 • -83 IS- •46 IS- -00 13^ ■94 13 • -00 13 • •04 IS- 03 IS • •04 13 • •09 13 • •27 14 • ••34 14^ •.35 14^ •40 14^ •42 14 • •31 14^ •11 13^ •03 13 • •05 13- •97 13^ •89 13- •82 14- •84 14^ •88 14^ •87 14^ •89 14 • •94 14- •96 14^ •93 14 1395 St'pt. 14 05 1381 1371 13-59 13-48 13-45 13-51 13-63 13-81 13-95 14-00 14-03 1415 14-08 14-03 13-92 13-76 13-65 13 -.53 13-52 13-53 13-66 13 68 13 60 13 70 13 62 1398 13 90 13 80 13-72 13-76 0«t. 13-63 13-68 13-45 13-35 IS -.35 13-59 13-85 14-03 14-18 14-28 14-24 14-14 14-14 1403 13-98 13-69 13-31 13-27 13 .30 13 37 13 45 1348 13 46 1353 13 52 13.52 13 42 1336 13-29 13-17 13 09 13 62 Nov. 1292 1277 12 92 13 01 13 -.36 13-46 13-48 13-62 IS 64 1360 13 .58 13 47 13 14 1295 I 1296 1310 12 95 12 76 13 37 13-45 13 -.30 13-26 13-40 13 -.55 13-50 13-48 13-43 13-24 13-25 12-96 13-26 Df<- 1292 1296 1300 1304 13 20 • Dcnrito.'; Moan of le.^s th:in 24 hourly reading-^. DFi'Mn wnjyr of the yxvAL service SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 69 Daii.y Mean Water Surface Elevations of St. Lawrence River taken at Sorel, Que. Elevations are above Mean Sea-level and are referred to Canadian Bench-mark MCCCVII on northwest side of entrance to Sorel Post Office. Elevation, 46.80. 1915 Days. April. May. .June. •July. Aug. Sept. Oft. Nov. E f-c. 1 18-83 15 -.39 14-73 13 -.50 13-65 13-22 12-51 1 2-5? 2 18-91 15-83 14 86 13-51 13 41 13 25 12 37 1 2-55 .3 18-83 18-45 15-39 14-95 14 14 62 38 13-42 13-08 13 13 29 15 13 r? 02 9? 12 1? 51 1 60 1 2-60 4 >-67 .5.. 18-04 14-65 14 02 12-83 13 05 12 93 12 97 1 2-83 6... 17-57 17-13 16-86 16-68 16-56 14-40 14-18 13-96 13-97 14-02 13 13 13 13 13 57 47 51 58 59 12-75 12-76 12-87 13-14 13-41 13 13 13 13 13 03 08 21 41 57 13 13 13 13 13 13 42 62 77 88 13 13 13 13 13 09 ... 13 ... 28 ... 30 ... 22 ... 7... . 8... . 9 10 16-81* 11 1709 16-50 14-00 13 61 13-47 13 62 13 85 13 21 ... 12 17-64 16-45 14-05 13 66 13 -.54 13 65 13 74 13 10 ... 13 17-65 16-67 14 15 13 83 13-62 13 78 13 75 12 78 ... 14 17-40 16-65 14 15 13 91 13-68 13 71 13 62 12 56 .. 15 17-05 16-52 14-27 13 92 13-76 13 66 13 53 12 56 ... 16 16-71 16-40 14-25 13 98 13-74 13 53 13 25 12 70 ... 17 16-44 16-27 14-31 13 98 13-77 13 36 12 87 12 54 ... 18 16-16 16-02 14-35 13 88 13-65 13 24 12 83 12 38 ... 19 15-92 15-91 14-27 13 70 13 -.52 13 12 12 88 12 99 ... 20 15-79 15-76 14-13 13 61 13-41 , 13 12 12 95 13 12 .. 21 15-68 15 -.53 14-13 13 63 13 -.39 13 16 13 03 12 96 ... 22 15-43 15-23 14-23 13 55 13-47 13 29 13 06 12 88 ... 23 15-20 15-11 14-55 13 48 13-55 13 31 13 04 13 01 ... 24 15-25 15-04 14-62 13 42 13-72 13 21 13 13 13 15 ... 25 15-43 15-10 14-62 13 43 13-93 13 32 13 11 13 11 ... 26 15-60 15-27 14-53 13 47 14-08 13 25 13 11 13 11 ... 27 16-06 15-27 14-50 13 48 14-12 13 60 13 01 13 05 28 16-66 15-36 14-56 13 52 14-06 13 51 12 93 12 86 ... 29 17-04 15-00 14-59 13 00 14-02 13 40 12 85 12 86 ... 30 18-03 15-55 14-61 13 58 13-96 13 32 12 74 12 58 ... 31 15-51 13 =i5 13-75 12 65 Mean 16-43 16-44 14-45 13-78 13-53 13 37 13-20 12 88 ... Denote.s Mean of less than 24 hourly readings. 70 nrr\Rr\ff:\T or the \\v\n kfrvice 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Dmi.v ^[kax Water SurfiU'o Elevations of Lake St. Peter taken at Range Light No. 2. Elevations are above Mean Sea-lovel and are referred to Bench-mark, a brass plug in north side of confretc pier. Elevation, 18.603. Day 191.'') .\pril. May June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec, 3 4 6.. . . . 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 15-27* 19 15-08 20 14-91 21 , 14-77 22 14-52 23.. 24.. 25.. 14-28 14-26 14-47 26 14-73 27 28.. 29 . 30 31 .15-23 15-82 16-28 17-06 13-75 13-84 13-62 13 -.35 12-99 12-45 12-26 12-27 12 -.37 12-45 12-46 12-52 12-68 12-76 12-78 12-84 12-85 12-75 12-51 12-39 12-36 12-29 12-22 12-18 1216 12-24 12-28 12-35 •12-39 12-42 12-35 -83 •81 ■61 -48 -.52 -74 -07 -42 •60 -72 -74 -63 -63 •48 •27 -02 -59 -52 ■67 •75 -90 -96 -89 -05 ■05 -04 -97 -81 •70 -61 -49 II 41 Mean. 15-13 15 13-44 12-62 12-18 11-97 1199 11-84 * Denotes Moan of less than 24 hourly readings DFr.iRTMENT OF THE yAVAh SERVICE 71 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION. The Canadian Arctic Expedition, under the leadership of Mr. Vilhjalniur Stefansson, was fitted out in the summer of 1913. The expedition was divided into two divisions. The northern division sailed in C.G.S. Karluk from Victoria on the 20th July. The vessel became icebound and the party were unable to reach Banks island, where they were to have wintered. Near Thetis island Mr. Stefansson, with D. Jenness, B. M. McConnell, and Geo. IE. Wilkins, undertook a hunting trip to the mainland. During a gale which followed, the vessel was carried away and they were obliged to join the southern division winter- ing at Collinson point. The vessel was carried about in the ice for three months, until January, 1914, when it was crushed and sunk. In endeavouring to reach land eight members of the shipwrecked party were lost. The remaining members succeeded in reaching Wrangel island, whence, with three exceptions, they were rescued and landed at Victoria. Upon the arrival of Stefansson at Collinson point he immediately began prepara- tions for a trip, on foot, over the ice of Beaufort sea. Although the fate of the Karluk was not known to the party at Collinson point, Mr. Stefansson realized that the men in that ship, owing to ice conditions, could not be counted upon to carry out the work of the northern division. As the work of this division was to consist of the exploration of Beaufort sea to the west of Banks island and Prince Patrick island, oyer areas hitherto unexplored, Mr. Stefansson undertook the trip on foot, across the ice, to carry out this work. For the purpose of utilizing the supplies therein, and to assist him during the summer of 1914, he purchased the auxiliary schooner North Star. Before setting out, Mr. Stefansson gave instructions to have a ship (preferably the North Star) sent north to Banks island during the summer of 1914 in the event of his not returning to camp. The length of his trip over the ice was to depend entirely upon ice conditions and the possibility of establishing himself at a more northerly base. The ice party, composed of Vilhjalmur Stefansson, Ole Andreasen, Storker Stork- erson, accompanied by a supporting party, left Martin point on the 22nd March, 1914. After leaving the land-fast ice, the party experienced great difficulty from the drift of the flow which had been set in motion by a gale a few days previously. The drift, southeast, following the trend of the shore, was so fast that only two miles northing a day was averaged during the first two weeks. Mild weather added further to the difficulties of travelling. The party were further delayed by an accident to Captain Beneard, which necessitated his return to shore. On the 7th April the party reached N. Lat. 70° 20' 04", W. Long. 140° 50' 30". From this point the supporting party returned to shore, leaving the ice party to pursue their trip to the north. On the 9th April the party were obliged to pass through fields of loose ice in some instances ferrying themselves across open spaces on single cakes not more than 50 feet square and two feet thick. During the night of the 9th April a terrific gale set in which caused the ice to raft considerably. Cold weather set in after this storm and the travelling over the ice became com- paratively good. Up to the 27th April, clear, calm weather prevailed. The thermo- meter varied from ten to twenty degrees below zero. The distance travelled ranged from fifteen to twenty-five miles a day. Thus far their direction had been due north approximately along the 140th meridian. On the 27th April they arrived at N. Lat. 72° 58' 28", W. Long. 140° 47' 30". Owing to the advanced season and the scarcity of food animals on the floe it became necessary for them to make for land. They shaped a great circle course for cape Alfred, Banks island. During the first few days, owing to the character of the ice. 72 iti:r\mMK\T of the v n j/, sfryice 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 tlii'v niaik' iiiort' imrlliiii^ tliaii a ;.M'cal SKUMCE 73 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 wiiitoriiig- there. Coiisideriililc difficulty w^is exix^ricnced on the journey over land owing: to the uneven nature of southern Banks island, across which they travelled. T>o Sails bay was readied on the 3rd January, l!»ir>. The party proceeded across Prince of Wales strait and followed the coast of Victoria island alons' a ') or 0 mile stretch, a few miles north of Ramsey island, but no trace of people could be found. Owing to the advance of the winter and the necessity of making preparations for an ice trip to the north over B(^aufort sea, the party were obliged to return to Kellett. They arrived at Kellett on the 27th January, where preparations for the ice trip were well under way. Early in February, 1915, Mr. Stefansson, accompanied by Storker Storkerson, Ole Andreasen, and Charles Thomson, and with a supporting party consisting of Crawford, Xatkusiak. and Wilkins, set out from Kellett, on an ice trip to explore Beaxxfort sea. They followed the shore of Banks island to cape Alfred. From this point the support- ing party returned. ]\Ir. Wilkins was instructed to go south to bring the schooner Norili Star to Banks island in the spring for the use of the northern division. For some days after the supporting party left them the ice party found travelling good. They soon came to a part, however, wdiere currents keep the ice broken during the whole year. Soft snow, open leads, and rafters began to cause numerous delays. Pro- gress was further delayed by the dogs becoming footsore. On the 26th April in N. Lat. 75° 44', W. Long. 126° 01' the party met with the only accident of the .i(nirney. In passing over some thin ice the sled broke through. Although it was pulled on to solid ice before it had time to sink, the load was saturated with water. Had the sled been lost the ice trip would have ended there. The next day was spent in drying out the load. On the 28th April they obtained their first '' no bottom," sounding at a position 17 miles northwest of N. Lat. 75° 44', W. Long. 126° 01'. In taking soundings at this point the party improvised a sounding wire by utilizing the 860 meters of good wire which they had,' together with strong linen fishing line, making up a line of 1,286 meters. As the above mentioned position was about off Lands End, Mr. Stefansson decided to risk the whole line to try to get bottom. It was all paid out, but no bottom was reached. In taking up the line, however, owing to the great strain on the rather heavy fishing line, it broke and all of the line and some of the wire was lost. Thereafter the party were limited to 828 meters, which had to be the maximum depth of all their future soundings. Up to the latitude of Lands End, currents had chiefly interfered with progress by creating open water that prevented advance, rather than by carrying the party back, though they drifted back slightly. On account of the devious character of the sled course through rough ice, the keei^ing of rdiable reckoning was difficult. After the 1st May the drift of the ice was about S.S.W. The current had the trend of the west coast of Prince Patrick island. Owing to the great areas of young ice encountered and the presence of open water to the westward, the party were obliged to postpone further research in that direction until the next year. They changed their course so that they traA^elled in a general northerly direction which brought them along the west coast of JPrince Patrick island. To the west of Prince Patrick island the current was steady and unifonn over large areas. By the 20th May open water forced them to seek land-fast ice. Before they could make land they were carried 50 miles south. During May the ice in the open leads did not freeze over sufficiently to permit the passage of the sled. In some instances they were obliged to negotiate the open leads by ferrying themselves across on loose cakes of ice. Land-fast ice was finally reached some 8 miles off shore from Prince Patrick island in N. Lat. 76° 05'. The supply of kerosene gave out, and cooking was thenceforth done with seal blubber. In following the coast of Prince Patrick island, north, they found it so low that it was necessary, in many places, to dig deep holes to determine if they were on land or sea. • On the 15th June they reached the islands off cape McClintock. Up to here they had carried on charting of the shore-line. 74 i>i:rM;nii:M of tiii-: a.ii i/> skrvick 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 At oape ^fcClintoek they found n cairn in wliidi were discovered the records of F. Ty. ^fcClintook. These records read as follows: — "CYLINDER BURIED 10 FEET TRUE NORTH FROM THIS TAIRN.— None. "TRACES.— None found. "PARTY: All well. Have examined this shore to the south eastward for about ir)0 miles. Tlie sled is now rcturninp: to the SE. preparatory to crossinj; to Mt'lvillo island. I am about to proceed to the westward with a light sledge and two men for three marchct? and will then return after the main ])arty and make the best of my way to point Nias and Dealy island. " F. L. ^McClintcx'K, " 15th June, P.M." On the reverse side of the sheet there is a i)rint('d form. In the appropriate blank •paces are entries showing that the party depositing this record were from the Intrepid, that it was deposited on the 15th June, 1853, and it was signed again by McClintock. The party proceeded three days to the northward, and on the morning of the third day sight(>d land not shown on any chart. JThey were at the time near the intersection of 117 W. meridian and the 78th parallel north. The visible portion of the shore appeared in a northeasterly direction from this locality. On the 19th June they arrived at the new land and journeyed in a southeasterly direction along the shore. On the 21st June they crossed a large bay which extended over 20 miles inland. This they named Wilkin's bay, after George H. Wilkins of the expedition. The accompany- ing chart gives approximately the position of the new land and the shore-line travelled as described by Mr. Stefansson. (See page 79.) From observations taken from prominent points in the vicinity the land appeared hilly and extended beyond their vision. During the few days which they remained in the vicinity the atmosphere was foggy and they were unable to see far. To the west- ward, however, the visible portion of the land appeared low and uniformly snow-clad. To the east and northeast partly snow-free hills of some elevation could be seen, apparently at a great distance. The only thing which gave a clue to the direction of the coast to the westward was the water sky over the shore lead, which ran at first in a direction somewhat north by northwest and then turned abruptly to the west. The })resumption is that the shore has a somewhat similar trend. Animal life on the new land is plentiful, seals, caribou, foxes, lemings, hutchins geese, gulls, owls, longspur and buntings having been seen. It was also ascertained that a continuous chain of small islands or reefs, running west of those marked on the chart, connects Prince Patrick island with the new land. The line where the landfast ice meets the ice that is continually in motion at all seasons passes about 12 miles from the new land. This is probably the average dist- ance of the floe from Prince Patrick island also. Owing to the advance of the season, the party were obliged to return to Banks island for the summer work. The return journey was uneventful. They returned on the east side of Prince Patrick island. Travelling over the ice, owing to thaws, was bad. They arrived at Kellett on the 8th August, 1915. The party were absent on tliis journey 171 days. Tiiey took with them very little food supplies, as their sledges were loaded with other re^iuisites for the trip. Yet they were able to live in a healthy condition throughout, and were short of food at no time. This is the longest successful trip by foot on record in the history of Arctic exploration. A considerable portion of Beaufort sea hitherto unvisited was covered during this trip, and the shores of Prince Patrick island were also closely investigated and sketches of the shore-line were madi;. DKPMiTMF.ST OF THE yAVAL SKRYIQE 75 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Oil the 19th August the Polar Bear, an auxiliary schooner engaged in fishing and trading, arrived iit Kellett. As Mr. Stcfansson was anxious to reach the mainland and return to Kellett before the freezi^ up of Beaufort sea. and as the North Slav had not arrived at Kellett, he purchased the Polar Bear from Captain Lane. lie proceeded to Biiillie Island, (expecting to find the North Star there. As it had not yet arrived, he left instructions for it to proceed to Banks island without com- municating wifh him. lie then went to Ilerschel ishmd where the Ruhy, containing supplies for the expedition, was met. Althougli a good outfit was sent in that vessel, the sui)ply of sleds and sled material was short. The services of the Atkon, a shallow draught power boat, belonging to the English Church Mission, were obtained to send after sledges belonging to the expedition which were up the Mackenzie river. The Atkon left Herschel island on the 22nd August, and Mr. Stefansson in the Polar Bear felt on the following day. Upon his arrival at Baillie island he purchased the Gladiator, a small auxiliary schooner adapted to work in the ice, to use between the winter base at Kellett and the more northerly base to be established. The presence of the Gladiator at Kellett would leav(> the members stationed there independent of the rest of the expedition. It would also afford j.rotection to the party further north in the event of damage to the Polar Bear. The Gladiator was sent in search of the Atkon, which had not been heard of since leaving Herschel island. If the Atkon had not reached Kittegaryuit, where the sleds were to be obtained, tilie Gladiator was to pick them up and return to Baillie island. It was then to be utilized in shipping distillate to Kellett and, in company with the North Star, was to proceed to the north end of Banks island, the North Star having arrived at Baillie island and proceeded to Banks island in accordance with instructions. Accord- ing to the latest report the North Star sailed from Kellett on the 24th August for Prince Patrick island. If the party in her were unable to reach so northerly a point they were to establish a base in JSTorthern Banks island. No uneasiness was felt as to the fate of the Atkon, as weather conditions were ideal and a fair wind prevailed. The vessel probably met with some minor accident which necessitated landing. The members could easily join the southern division, as she probably managed to get past the Mackenzie. Mr. Stefansson, in the Polar Bear, set out from Kellett for Northern Banks island on the 9th September. From there they planned to establish a base on Prince Patrick island early in the fall of 1915 from which the expeditions in the winter and early spring could be carried out. The party in the Polar Bear however in endeavouring to get north on the east side of Banks island were able to proceed only as far as Princess Royal island. Prince of Wales strait, where they wintered. The North Star was unable to get further north than Kobilliard.island on the north west coast of Banks island where the party wintered. The ice trip over Beaufort sea to be undertaken in February or March of 1916 with the North Star as a base could not be carried out owing to the loss of some dogs and the unfit condition of others. Under the circumstances Mr. Stefansson did not wish to attempt a trip over the open sea. He, with a party, however, set out in April for the new land discovered the previous year. At the time of the latest reports received he had attained the north west coast of this land. After carefully investigating this land the party were to return soiith as far as Melville island in the fall of 1916, where the members of the Polar Bear crew who had not gone north were to store sufficient pro- visions to carry them through the winter. This base was to be located at Winter Harbour, Melville island. The time of the return to civilization of the whole division is not definitely known but will probablj' be late in the fall of 1916 or in the summer of 1917. The health of the northern division of the expedition is reported to be excellent. With the exception of the men lost in attempting to reach land from the Karluk and J. Jones, engineer of the Polar Bear, who died of heart disease, there have been no deaths in this division. 76 n^p^T?T^fE\T or rin: v.nt/. ^r.uvicE 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 SOITIIKIIN DIVISION. Till' siiutluTu (livisidii of tlu' i'Xi)i'dition suilod from Victoria in C.G.S's. Alaska j.nd Mara Sarlis on the lOth nnd 20th July, V.^Vi, resjjoctively. Owing to ice conditions tlic iiarty were uiiahlc to reach Coronation iiu]i, where their winter . 11. Wilkins was sent to Denuirkation i»oiiit to take eharpre of the Norlli Star which had been purchased by ^Ir. Stefansson. On the 7th July the Alaska and Mary Sachs were free from the ic^. The i)arty were delayed until the 25th July on account of ice holding close to the shore outside the harbour. On the 25th July they left Collinson point. They reached Demarkation point on the 4th August, where they took up the supplies i)urchased by !Mr. Stefansson. They arrived at Herschel island on the 5th August, where they met Mr. Wilkins with the Xorth Star. On the lltli August Geo. H. Wilkins, in charge of a party in the Marij Sachs sailed for Banks island. This party purposed to locate the Stefansson party if possible. Proceedings after their arrival at Kellett, Banks island, have been reported in connec- tion with the northern division. The members of the southern division left Herschel island on the ITth August, and Bailey island on the 22nd August. On the 24th August the party came to a har- bour near Chantry island, which is unmarked on the charts. This harbour is situated about 15 miles east of Cockburn point, on the niiiijiland, and on the south side of Dolphin and Union strait about midway between cape Bexley and cape Krusensterii, directly south of Listen and Sutton islands. The harbour is practically land-locked, with an average depth of four fathoms. The division made their headquarters for the coming winter at this point and named it Bernard harbour. During the summer the sea' was practically clear of ice east of Herschel island, while west of that place the ice remained closely packed. On the Cth September, Dr. Anderson, accompanied by Messrs. Sweeney, Castel, Blue. Sullivan, and two Eskimos, set out in C.G.S. Alaska from the new base for Her- schel island for supplies. They arrived at Herschel island on the 11th September and loaded the required supplied. On the return voyage the vessel was frozen in at Bailey island. Leaving Mr. Sweeney and Enginei^r Blue in charge of the vessel. Dr. Anderson, with the remaining members of the party, set out on foot along the coast on the 20th November to join their division at Bernard harbour. They arrived at the base on the 25th December. During the winter Dr. Anderson, with Aarnaut Castel, attempted a trip to fort Noman to despatch mail. Owing to rough ice on the Coppermine river, and deep snow on the Deas river, they were unable to carry out the journey. They returned to the base, arriving on the 1st April, where they found that the winter's work i\i\d been car- ried on in a satisfactory manner. John K. Cox and D. Jcnness surveyed the coast in detail from the winter base east along the north side of the strait to cape Krusenstern and as far as point Lockyer. D. Jenness during the winter succeeded in bringing to liglit much information in connection with the hitherto little known groups of Eskimos in this region. He found that the groups are not so definite as was fornu-rly isupposed. but that they are prett.v thoroughly mixed. He took gramoi)hone records of Eskimo songs and spoken words and he succeeded in learning man.v of the different dialects spoken by the native-^. He carried out all the trading with Ihe Eskimos, and collected large numbers of speci- mens of their tools, weapons, clothing, etc. In the early spri)ig he made arrangements DEPATrrMi.sT or the ami 1/. sKnyjcK 77 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 to go to Victoria island to study the othnolofry of the natives there. He set out for Victoria island on the 18th April, where his investigations should add materially to the already exhaustive information compiled. He was to return to the base as soon as the sea would freeze in Dolphin and Union strait in the fall of 1915. Keiuioth G. Chii)man and Dr. J. J. O'Neill started on the western survey from Bernard harhour on the ITth March. It had been decided that Mr. Chipman should work with Dr. O'Xeill in covering this region, as they had already made a ])reliminary reconnaissance by sled as far west as Keat's point in November and December, 1914, and were familiar with the features of the problems to be encountered. They went west as far as the southwest portion of Darnley bay in order to connect with the previous surveys of the cape Parry peninsula. From this point the survey was carried eastward during Ai)ril. the season being much further- advanced than it was farther east during the same period. As there are no rock exposures near the coast on the south side of Darnl(>y l)ay. Dr. O'Neill was able to remain on the east side of the bay to carry on geological investigations. One of the largest unnamed rivers flowing into Darnley bay was ascended for some distance. Considerable assistance was obtained from the friendly aid of Capt. C. Klengenberg, an ex-whaler and trapper, and from a family of Alaskan Eskimos, who were temporarily located on the east side of the bay. Captain Klengenberg's son acted as interpreter for the party. The rock exposures around the coast were found to be quite continuous from the south of cape Lyon around to the east of Dewitt Clinton point, and Dr. O'Neill was able to follow them uj) and made a practically continuous section, including one or two important contacts on the diabase with the prevailing dolomitic and coiiglomerate rocks of that section of the coast. A good series of geological specimens was collected by Dr. O'Neill at all points touched, including certain fossils from the superficial formations around Darnley bay. Dr. Anderson set out from Bernard harbour on the 21st April and met Messrs. Chipman and O'Neill coming east near Deas Thompson point on Amunsden gulf. The Eskimos, Ikey and Palaiyak, who were with the party, were sent on to Bailey island with the mail, and to help on the Alasha. Dr. Ander- son returned to the eastward with the survey party. Mr. Chipman reports that the whole country surveyed is evidently a portion of the coastal plain described by Tyrrel (Tyrrel, J. B., report on the Doobaunt, Kazen and Ferguson rivers, volume 9, page 158), which west of Hudson bay reaches an elevation of 500 to 600 feet, and varies in width from 75 to 300 miles. Inland on the east side of Darnley bay beach gravels and terraces were found above 500 feet, and everywhere east of t^iat point the country for some distance from the coast is of the same type. From Darnley bay to th^ east of Deas Thompson point there are a nnnil)er of high ])oints but no definite system of range is apparent. The highest < f these points are near the Croker and luman rivers. The coast has a well-defined shore-line of rock or boulders and gravel. None of the rivers flowing to the coast east of Darnley bay extend any great distance inland, for their valleys are small, and both valleys and beds indicate a very heavy run-off in a short time. The Croker is the largest river, with its delta built out a short distance, and occupies a triangular valley some 4 miles wide at the coast, and extending inland for 3 or 4 miles. The river spreads out over its delta, and none of its channels are very definite. The beds of this and other rivers are composed of heavy boulders, and the quick run-oft" is further indicated by the continuous sand bars built across their mouths when the water is low in summer and fall. At the back of Darnley bay two fairly large rivers flow to the coast. The survey of this entire stretch of coast line was completed northeast to the base station to connect with the survey made by Mr. John R. Cox. The coast line as traversed from cape Lyon east is seen to be somewhat straighter than the charts show. Messrs. Chipman, O'Neill, and Anderson reached the station at Bernard harbour on the 24th ^fay. Throughout the spring uimsunlly mild and clear weather prevailed, 78 in:rMri \ii:\T or iin: ^A\AL seuvke 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 \siii«li iiiablcd tlie diffurent partio 1o i;iirry out their work to the host possible ndvantafjo. John R. Cox. with Jas. Sullivan as oamp assistant, on the 16th April, took lip the survey which ho hnd left f>fT at point Tvoekyer. Coronation pulf. He con- tinued to survey around Basil TTall hay. cape ITearne, cape 7\endall. up into Back's inlet, and up the Rao river. lie ascended and surveyed the Bac river for about VO miles until it forked into two small crocks. Mr. Cox found rather larpo willows at fre- quent intervals on the Bae river after ffottinfc some wa.v from the coast, but no spruce or other timber was found. After reachinfr the head of the Bae river, he made a six- day portajre across country with his sled, striking the Arctic coast on the south side of Stapylton bay. He also surveyed a section of the coast from Yoniifr point fthe west- ern end of Stapylton bay) oast of the home station, reaching Bernard harbour on the 2.^>th ^fay. He found that South bay (southwest of Cape Bexley) is somewhat deeper, and Stap.vlton bay is not so deep as the existing charts indicate. Maps covering the results of these surveys are in course of preparation. Mr. Fritz Johansen, marine biologist, botanist, and entomologist, carried on exten- sive work throughout the year. He collected and preserved considerable marine and fresh-water biological material from the harbour and from the neighbouring lakes, ponds, and streams. A practically complete collection of the local flora has been pre- served, and the large collections made at Collinison point, Alaska, and Herschel island. Yukon territory, have been arranged. A good many interesting entomological speci- mens were obtained, and he also succeeded in rearing some larvae collected the previous season at Collinson point, and working out some hitherto unknown points in the life history of the various forms of Arctic insects. He obtained interesting data in con- nection with the various insects at the northern limit of spruce trees during a short trip up the Coppermine river, in February. About 500 specimens of mammals and birds, besides a number of sets of eggs, with nests, M'ore collected. Photographs of the uepts of Arctic birds were also taken. On the 21st May, 1915. George H. Wilkins, James R. Crawford, and an Eskimo, arrived at Bernard harbour from Kellett, the base of the northern division ; they came on foot from Kellett, making the journey across the soiithern end of Banks island, Prince of Wales strait. Prince Albert Sound and Dolphin and Union strait, in twenty- five days. Mr. Stefaiisson had sent this party in charge of Wilkins to the southern base to bring the Sorth Star to Kellett for the u.se of the northern division as soon as possible after the o])oning of navigation. Mr. Wilkins brought a cinematograph outfit with him from the northern party base and exposed about 2,000 feet of film, principally of views of the local Eskimos. He has also made a very good series of portrait studies of the Eskimos, men. women, and children, for Mr. Jenness' ethnographical work, and has taken photographs of growing plants, flowers, insects, birds, mammals, etc.. which are of great scientific as well as of artistic value. During the summer of 1915 it was i)roiX)sed to carry on the survey of the coast east of Bernard harbour as far as Cape Barrow. Mr. J. R. Cox and Dr. J. J. O'Neill set out from Bernard harbour to the eastward on the 9th June. The party were to pro- ceed by sled, if possible,*to the Tree river or the Unialik, or one of the other small rivers on the south side of Coronation gulf east of the Coppermine river. During the early summer they were to carry on geological work up some of these rivers as far as they would judge desirable and then eastward along the coast as far as Cape Barrow on the western extremity of Bathurst iidet. At Cape Barrow the circumstances of the season and the condition of the party and boats were to determine the extent of the survey which would be made of Bathurst inlet during the latter part of the summer. They desired to finish as much as jmssible of the eastern end of the assigned territory during the sunnner, leaving the region nearer Bernard harbour for the early fall or (oniing s])ring when the luifinished ends could be worked to better advantage from the DEPARTAfENT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE 79 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 base station. To enable these arranprements to be carried out it was necessary that the North Star be utilized to ship supplies of provisions' and gasolene, upon the opening of navigation, to designated points along the shore, where caches were to be made. It was also essential that the party should have a boat to assist in carrying out their work. As the North Star was the only vessel available at the southern base, the Alaslca being at Bailey island bound for Herschel island before coming to Bernard harbour, it was necessary to use it to carry out the work in connection with the eastern survey before turning it over to Mr. Wilkins to be taken to Banks island. The North Star was loaded for her trip east before the break up of the ice, so that she would be able to proceed innnediatoly upon the opening of navigation. 80 i)i:r \m \ii:\T or riii: \ ii w. skuvue 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The suumiiT 15 in this area was, however, very eold, and the ice melted slowly. liernard harhour was free of ice from the 20th July, but Dolphin and Union strait was hloekod. A steady strong northwest wind, practically a gale, for three or four days kept drifting the ice down into and bloc-king up the strait until the 1st August. On the !»th August the vessel was worked out through tlie ice east of Chantry island and then north of Lambert island, thence around cape Krusenstern. On the 10th August, ice, lightly massed, was found on the south shore from Chantry island to the south side of Lambert island and to cape Krusenstern. After passing cape Krusenstern very little ice was encounten^ and Coronation gulf was entirely free to the eastward. The i)arty in the North Star reached Epworth point (Tree river) and found that Dr. O'Neill and J. R. Cox had worked in that region fVom early in June until they got their boat out in Coronation gulf on the ;30th July, and then had gone east to cape Barrow. Upon arrival at cape Barrow a beacon was found stating that the survey party had reached that point on the 2nd August. Caches of provisions and gasolene were put down at Epworth point and at cape Barrow. The North Star was then handed over to ^Ir. Wilkins to be taken to Banks island, and the party continued the survej- further eastward, using the gasolene launch and a skin boat. The*North Star proceeded to Bailey island, where instructions had been left by Mr. Stefansson to proceed immediately to Banks island and thence as far north as possible. Messrs. K. G. Chipman, J. R. Cox, J. J. O'Neill, and Dr. R. M. Anderson, com-, loosing the eastern survey party, carried on survey work along the coast in the vicinity of cape Barrow throughout the summer. They returned to the base at Bernard har- bour in the fall where the different surveys were completed to the base station. The survej' of the mainland coast line in detail was completed from the west side of Darnley bay to a point well down into Bathurst inlet including a large number of the islands in the Coronation Gulf region, as well as large portions of several of the hitherto unexplored rivers of the region, including one of the Darnley Bay Rivers, the Croker river flowing into Amunsden gulf, and the Rae river and the Tree river flowing into Coronation gulf. The geological features of the region have been investigated and the relation of the different formations studied in detail at the most important points of contact. ^ The geobigical investigation included the detailed niai)i)ing and estimation of th<' available copper-bearing rock in a great new area hitherto little known in the Bathurst inlet region. Dr. O'Neil reports vast quantities of copper-bearing rock in which he saw native copper in this region. Mr. D. Jenness. ethnologist, made a careful !-tudy of the language, maimers, cus- toms, etc., of the natives of Victoria island as well as a collection of specimens of their tools and dishes, and has taken gnimophone records of tlieir dance songs and shaman- istic performances. The marine biologist. Mr. Frits Johansen. has also made extensive collections of Arctic insects and other >pecies of the little known animals of the north. The southern division should complete the survey of the territory allotted to them during the summer of 191G. With the exception of engineer Blue, who died of scurvy during the winter of 191.3-14, the health of the southern division of the expedition is reported as very good. The expedition, both northern and southern divisions, are to return from the north in the fall of IKlfi or early in 1!)17. Very valuable scientific work has been carried on by both the iiortliern and southern divisions, and much useful information, both as to the nature of the areas investigated and the inhabitants of the Far North, has been obtained. Com]>lete reports covering the whole period from the departure until the return of the expedition will lio ijrcjiared ujkhi the arrival of the members from the north. DKr\RT.yEXT OF THE ^.WMj fiERVTCE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 81 LIFE-SAVIXG SERVICE. Ottawa, l.st April. 191fi. Tho Deputy Minister, DepartuKMit of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to re])ort below with referenee to the Life-saving Service of Canada for the fiscal year endin"- 31st March, 1916. Every year now the work of these stations seems to be gradually lessening and the life-boats are used more for t^ie salvage of property in most cases than for saving life. The station at Kincardine, Out., has been done away with, as the buildings were badly in need of repair and the services rendered did not seern sufficient to justify further expenditures. Frequent insj^ections of the various stations have taken place during the year, and the regular drills have been carried out. NOVA SCOTIA. Bay View. — Permanent crew. Some fourteen fishing boats have been towed to safety; the life-boat also succeeded in towing the schooner Cora and Gertie oft the rocks west of Digby gut, after six hours' work, on the 10th February, 1916. Herring Cove. — Volunteer crew. This crew succeeded in saving part of the cargo of the ss. Perry, which ran ashore on the 7th June, 1915, in Chebncto harbour, and became a total loss. They were also of considerable assistance in running lines, stand- ing by, etc., for almost the whole four days while the oil tank s.s. Potomac was ashore at Willis' pom? in February, 1916. Seal Island. — Subsidized volunteer crew. Went to the assistance of the fishing schooner Little Ruth, grounded on the southern side of the island in May, 1915, and towed her oflF. Landed a considerable amount of lumber from the abandoned schooner Lewis K. Cottingham. Whitehead. — The volunteer crew at this station succeeded in towing the schooner James U. Thomas off when it was stranded on the eastern side of the harbour in a dangerous position in ISTovember, 1915. XEW BRUNSWICK. Cape Tormentine. — This volunteer crew assisted in refloating a steam trawler which grounded on Jourmain Island reef on the 2nd August, 1915. Richihucto. — Permanent crew. Various disabled fishing boats received assistance from this station; also the barkentine Ocean Ranger and the schooner Nova Zemhla were refloated. The schooners Beaver and Seedonis were rendered assistance. ONTARIO. Point Pelee. — Permanent crew. — Stood by for two days, when the schooner Phillip Minch grounded in a fog on the southeast shoal, on 4th May, 1915. In Decem- ber the Victory grounded on the east side of Point Pelee; tho life-saving crew pro- cured a tug and she was towed off after two days. A boy was also saved from drown- ing in July by one of the members of this crew. 38—6 82 DEPARTMFKT OF THE yAVAL RERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Toronto. — Permanent crew. On tlie Srd Autrust, 1915, in the worst storm of the season the steamer Alexandria went a.^hore; the life-saving crew took off four members of the crew, including the captain, the others having left the ship previously. This station, which is very up-to-date and well equipped, is kept busy during the season of navigation in watching the various pleasure boats which are so numerous in that vicinity. Last year 107 launches, yachts, sail-boats, etc., grounded, capsized or other- wise disabled, were assisted, besides eleven hydroplanes, and nineteen injured persone; twenty-one drowned persons were also recovered, and the pulmoter was used thirteen times. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Banfield. — Permanent crew. The gasolene launch Sarita, with four people on board, wa.s taken off a reef near cape Beale and towed to safety, on the 28th June, 1915. In September the vessel Dexter floated on a reef at Blizzard if-land and the crew succeeded in taking her off and towing her to safety. Several launches also received assistance. Clayoquot. — Permanent crew. The Anglican Mission launch went ashore on the rocks near Tofino on 16th November; the lifeboat took two men off, and at high water next day succeeded in floating the vessel. On 25th November crew was called to the assistance of the Carelmapu and succeeded in saving five men; eighteen persons were lost. Uchu'let. — Various launches, etc., have received assistance from the permanent crew at Ucluelet, which crew was also called out to the Carelmapu. The coxswain reports the work on the station as being mainly preventive, the crew constantly ren- dering assistance to vessels before thfe dariger has become too great. The attached statement shows the number of stations in each province, with the number of their crew, name of coxswain, description of boat, and date of establish- ment. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, C. E. KINGSMILL, Vice-Admiral Director of the Naval Service. LIFE-SAVING STATIONS OF CANADA. No. Stations. Estab- lished. Coxswain. Crew. Dosffiption of Boat. 1 Xew Brunswick. Little Wood Is. (P) RichibuPto (P.N.) 1910 1907 1908 1912 Harrv Harvcv 8 7 7 7 Becbe-McLell%n twin screw motor boat; schooner chart- ered for winter months. Race Point .surf-boat 24 ft. long. Bccbe-McLellan self bailing. 2 3 Thos. Lpgoof E. F. Fliegcr., I.Allen. 4 Capo Tormentine DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 83 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 LIFE-SAVING STATIONS OF CANADA— Concluded, Stations. Nova Scoliii. Rakor's Cove Blanche Clark's Harbour. Canso Devil's Island. . . . Dunf'an Cove. Herring Cove. Pictou Island. Port Mouton. . Scattarie Seal Island, (P).... Whitehead Chetieamp, (P.N.). Bay View, Digby, (P.N.) Westport, Brier Is. P. E. Island. Priest Pond Charlottetown. Souris Cascumpeque.. Alberton Britiah Columbia. Banfield, (P) Ucluelet, (P) Clayoquot, (P) Ontario. Great Lakes. Cobourg Collingwood Godericb Long Point, (P.N.) Point Pelec, (P.N.).. Port Hope Port Stanley, Toronto, (P.X.). Consecon Southampton, Estab- lished. 1886 1889 1900 1885 1886 1885 1889 1889 1885 1880 1890 1911 1911 1909 1907 1907 1907 [19091 11907/ 1908 1908 1882 1885 1886 1902 1900 1889 1885 1883 1898 1907 C'oxsw&,in. R. L. Baker Edgar Rwaine.. Byron Swim J. J. Barrigan B. H. Henneberry .1. W. Holland Edw. V. Dempsey. Duncan McCalluiu. Walter Cook Jas. Nearing Smith G. Penney .John Phalen L. J. AuC^oin J. W. Hay den. Ralph Welch.. Cha^s. Campbell. E.White Pius Cheverie. Joshua Hutt. , . S. Gallant Geo. Murray... F. Tyler (act.). J. Mcljcod D. Roonoy... G. F. Watts. Male. McDonald. Jas. Smith L. Wilkinson John McMahon... W. Brown. W. F. Chapman. R. Bedford Hector McLeod. C'rew 14 De.scription of Boat. Dobbin's pattern .self-righting,. 28 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan, self-bailing, 25 ft. long low ends. Dobbin's pattern, surf-boat, self-bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Dobbin's pattern self righting and bailing, 25 it. long. « a it Beebe-McLollan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan boat on East side. Beebe-McLellan boat on West side. Dobbin's pattern surf-boat, self-bailing, 25 ft.-long. Beebe-McLellan, twin screw motor boat. 36 ft. self-bailing, self-righting power boat. Subsidized motor boat. Board of Trade rocket appa- ratus. Beebe-McLellan self bailing. Board of Trade rocket appa- ratus. Self-righting, self-bailing, 36 ft. power boat. Doherty's Improved Beebc- McLellan, 25 ft. long. Dobbin's pattern self-righting and bailing. Beebe-McLellan self-b ailing surf-boat. Surf -boat. Dobbin's pattern, self-righting and bailing. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Two motor launches. Dobbin's pattern, self-righting and bailing. Becbe-McI/ellan, surf-boat, self self-bailing. XoTE. — Stations marked "P ' have permanent crews, always on duty; those marked "P.N." have crews always on duty during the s.:'ason of navigation. The other stations simply have volunteer crews, which drill twice a month and are called out on the occurrence of a wreck. r,8— 6* 84 in:r'\RT)fr\T or rm: \\\\r. shuvkh 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 KADlOTF.I.KCliAIMI SKKVKK. The Drputy Minister. D('l>artinciit of the Xaval Si-rvico. Ottawa. j^,|._ — 1 have the honour to present herewith the annual report of the Radiotele- firaph Branch for the fiscal year ending the 31st March, 1916. The total number of .stations in operation in the Dominion and on ships registered therein is as follows: — Government commercial stations 1 Coasrt stations ^^ Oovernment ship stations 24 Liicensed ship stations 64 Public commercial stations 3 Private commercial stations 4 Radio telegraph training schools 2 Licensed experimental stations 2 Total 142 The following list show.s the location of the land and coast stations in Canada, Tlieir range, call signals, owners, and by whom they are operated: — Co.xsT Station's for Commtinication with Ships. EAST COAST. Range 'Sumo. AVherc situated. Owned by. Operated by. in nautical miles. Call Signal. Belle Isle. Nfld. Belle Isle Straits Dominion Government. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of Canada. 250 VCM Pt. .\mour. Xfld.. " " " 150 VC-L Pt. Riche. Nfld... Gulf of St Lawrence... " " 250 VCH Harrington, P.Q " .... " 150 VCJ Heath Pt.. P.Q Gulf of St. Lawrence. . . (.\nticosti Isld.) 250 VCI Cape Ray. Nfld. Cabot Straits " 350 VCR Cape Race, Nfld.. North Atlantic " 400 VCE Grindstone Island, P.Q Gulf of St. Lawrence (Magdalen Isld.). 200 VCN Fame Pt., P.Q Gulf of St. Lawrence.. . ** " 250 VCG Clarke Citv. P.Q " .... " " 250 VCK Father Pt., P.Q River St. Lawrence ;■ " 250 100 VCF Gros.se Isle. P.Q. VCD Quebec, P.Q " .... " " . . 150 VCC Three Rivers. P.(2 " " 150 VCB Montreal. P.Q " " " 200 VCA Cape Sable, N.S North Atlantic " " 250 VCU Partridge Isld., St. John, N.B. Entrance St. .John Harl)our, N.B. 250 VCV Cape Bear. P.E.I. Northumberland Strait. 150 VCP (Janiperdown. N.S. Entrance to Halifax Harbour. 250 VCS Sable Island, N.S North Atlantic " 300 VCT Halifax, N.S Halifax Dockyard Department of t he Naval Service. 100 VAA Pictou, N.S.. Northumberland Strait. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of C^anada. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of Canada. 100 VCQ North Sydney. C.B .North Sydney, C.B " . . " 100 VCO nEPArri ]ii:.\T of the naval hekvice 85 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Coast Stations for ('oniiiiunieatiou witli Sliips — Concluded. GREAT LAKES. N'miK Where Situated. Owned l>v. Opeiateil \>y Range in nautical miles. Call Signal. Port .\rt.liur, Ont Sault Ste. Marie, Ont Tobermory, Ont Midland, Ont Point Eclward, Ont. Port Burwell, Ont... . Toronto, Ont Kingston, Ont Port Arthur, Ont Sault Ste. Ont Entrance Georgian Bay Georgian Bay.. Lake Huron Lake Erie Toronto Island, Ont Barriefield Common.. . Dominion Gov(;rnment. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co, of Canada. 350 350 350 350 3.50 350 350 350 VBA VBli VBD VBC VBE VBF VBG VBH WEST COAST. Gonzales Hill, B.C. (Victoria) Pt. Grey, B.C. (Vancouver). Cape Lazo, B.C PachenaPt., B.C EstevanPt., B.C. Triangle Isld., B.C. Ikeda Head, B.C.. Dead Tree Pt., B.C. Dighy Island, B.C., Prince Rupert. Alert Bay, B.C Victoria, B.C. Entrance Vancouver Harbour. Strait Georgia, near Comox, B.C. West Coast Vanvoucer Isld.^ South of Hecate Str South of Moresby Island, Q.C.I. South of Graham Isld., Q.C.I. Digby Isld., Entrance Prince Rupert Har. Cormorant Isld., B.C.. . Dominion Government. Department of the Naval Service. 250 150 350 500 500 450 250 200 250 350 VAK VAB VAC VAD VAE VAG VAX VAH VAJ VAF HUDSON BAY Port Nelson. Hudson Bay. Dominion Government. Department of the Naval Service. 750 VBN LAND STATIONS. Le Pas, Man. For communication with Port Nelson only. Dominion Government. Department of the Naval Service. 750 VBM 86 Di:p.\nTVEyT or thk s\v\l service 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Licensed Commercial Stations. Name. Where Situated. OwntMl by. Operated by. Range in nautical miles. Signal. Call Public Commercial . UlaceBay, C.B Louidburg, C.B. Newcastle, X.B Private Commercial. Ocean Falls. B.C Powell River, B.C Near Glace Bay, C.B. Cape Breton New Brunswick Ocean Falls, B.C Powell Rivei, B.C Glengarrj' Sub. Calgary. Sec. 11, Township 23... Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of Can., Ltd. Universal Radio Synd. Ocean Falls Powell River Co. Alberta Oil Co. Owners Owners 3,000 Reception 2,500 150 30 50 .50 G.B. only CL CD. CH Glengarr>', Alta .Section 11, Township 23 CJ CK Licensed Experimental Stations. Name . Where Situated. Owned b> . Call Signal. Marconi Test Room.. 79th Overseas Btln Rodney St., Montreal.. . Brandon, Man Marconi Wireless Telegraph Co. of Canada, Ltd. 79th Overseas Btln XWA XWB K.vDioTELEOKAPii Training Schools. Name. Where Situateil. Call Signal. Dominion Telegraph & Wireless Institute. Columbian College of Wirelcs.s Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C. , Licensed for reception only. Amateur Radiotelegraph Stations. All amateur stations were closed down at the outbreak of hostilities. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 87 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Licensed Ship Stations. The following list shows the vessels of Canadian register which are equipped with radiotelegraph apparatus, their call signal and by whom they are owned and operated : — Name of Sliip. Port, of Kegistrj- Namt' of Owners. Name of Coinpany operating the Station. Call Signal. S.S. Assiniboia. Alberta .... Athabaska. Manitoba... Keewatin. . Boston Hamonic. .. Huronio.. . . ProvinJ'e. . . Empire Salvor Prince Albert Prince John Florence Princes.se Beatrice., Princess Charlotte. Princess May Princess Royal Tees Camosun Princess Adelaide. . Princess Mary Princess Alice. . . . Princess Ena Princess Sophia.. Saronic Lord Strathcona. A. W. Perry- Royal Edward... Royal George. . . St. Ignace Chelohsin. Morwenna. Prince Arthur. Prince George. . Halifax " Douglas H. Thomas. " Princess Maquinna. . . . Car Ferry "Ontario No.l" SS. Naronic Seal. Montreal, P.Q. Yarmouth, N.S... CoUingwood, Ont. Port Arthur, Ont. Victoria, B.C Prince Rupert, B.C.. Toronto, Ont.. Victoria, B.C. Vancouver, B.C. Victoria, B.C.. . Vancouver, B.C. Victoria, B.C. Sarnia, Ont. . Quebec, P.Q. Halifax, N.S. Toronto, Ont. SS. Deliverance Bessie Dollar Venture Yarmouth Princess Patricia. Dalhousie City... C.^orona King.Hton Toronto Hazel Dollar Victoria, B.C. (,'hippewa iToronto, Ont.. Port Arthur, Ont. Vancouver, B.(". Montreal, P.Q Yarmouth, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Sydney, C.B. Victoria, B.C Montreal, P.Q Port Arthur, Ont. Windsor. N.S Liverpool, N.S.. Victoria, B.C.. Vancouver, B.C. Yarmouth, N.S. Victoria, B.C.. . Toronto, Ont Can. Pacific Railway. Northern Nav. Co. Great Lakes Towing and Wrecking Com- pany Marconi Wireless Tel Co. of (Jan.. . . . B.C. Salvage Co. Grand Trunk Pac. Ry T. Eaton Can. Pacific Railway Union Steamship {,"0. Can. Pacific Railway. Northern Nav. Co... . Quebec Salvage Co Plant Line Canadian Northern SS. Owners. M. W. T. Co. of C Owners Marconi Wireless Tel. Co. of Canada Great Lakes Towing and Wrecking Co... Union Steamship Co. The N.Y. Nfld. Hali- fax Shipping Co. Boston and Yarmouth SS. Co. C. A. Plant SS. Co. Dom. Coal Co Can. Pacific Railway. Ont. Car Ferry Co. . . Northern Nav. Co.. . . Halifax Trading and Sealing Co. Southern Salvage Co.. Dollar SS. Lines Union SS. Co C.P.R N. St. C. & T. N. Co. C. SS. Lines Dollar SS. Lines. Owners Marconi Wirelcs; Co. of Canada Tel Owners Marconi Wireless Tel Co. of Canada M. W. T. Co Owners M. W. f.'Co... ■■■.■■ 0^wneris M. W. .T. Co VGI VFQ VGG VGH VGC VFS VGD VGE VFR VFP VFV VFL VFM VFT VFC VFE VFH VFG VFK VFZ VFA VFB VFD VFJ VFI VGF VFX VFW VGB VGA VGL VGN VFN VGJ VGK VGP VGR VGT VGU VGW VGV VFO VFF VGX VGY VGZ VEA VEB VEC VED VEE VEH 88 i)Kr.\frr\n:.\T or mi-: xaval .survive Licensed Ship Stations — Concluded. 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 Xftiiie of Ship. Port (A Hcuistry. .\!i!iic of Owners Name of Company operating the Station. r-aii Signal. SS. Garden City " Chk'ora. " Maca.ssar. . " Cayuga " Majestic. " Casrap<'' "Ontario No. 2" SS. IinptToyal " Armenia " Turret Crown Toronto, Ont. . . Halifax, N.S Hamilton, Ont. .. Toronto, Ont C'ollingwood, Ont Quohoc, P.Q Montreal, P.Q. . . Owen Sound, Ont Montreal, P.Q Sarnia, Ont Montreal, P.Q .. Newcastle, G.B.. N. St. C. & T. N. Co. C. SS. Lines Atlantic Fruit Co J. Harritson & Sons.. Ont. Car Ferry Co.. Imperial Oil Co ... R. Lawrenre Smith... Coastwise SS. & Barge Co M. W. T. Co. Owner; M. \V. r. ( o Owner.- VEI vi;i VHK VEL VEM VEO VEP VFY VER VGM VES ZH GrOVERNMENT StK.VMERS EQUIPPED WITH EaDIOTELEGK.VPH IxST.\LL.\T10.\S. Operated by the Department of the Naval Service. Nan Call Signal. H.M.C.S. A^to6e... " Rainbow. . C. G. S. Canada " Acadia " Malaspina.. " Galiano 400 miles 2.50 " 1.50 " 200 " 200 " 200 •• VDA VDB VDC VUT VDU VDV Operated by the Department of Marine and Fisheries. Name C. G S. Stanley. . Lady Lauricr Aberdeen Druid Montcalm Lady Grey Quadra Eatevan Dollard S'eicington Lurcher Lightship... Simcoe Aranmorc. Prince Edward Inland. VDE VDF V^DG VDH VDJ VDL VDM VDN VDO VDP VDR VDS VDQ VBY DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVM. SHin ICE 89 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Operated by the Department of Railways and Canals. Name. RariKO Call Signal. ('. G. S. Durlei) Chine... " Shcba 200 rnil( 200 " VDQ VDZ Operated by the Post Office Department. Name. Range. Call Sign:! C, G. S, Lady Evelyn.. 100 iiiilc.-^ VDX Operated by the Customs Department. Name. Range. Call Signal. C;. G. S. Margaret . 200 miles. VDW Operation of the Coast Station Services. The following stations on the East Coast previously operated by the Marconi Wifeless Telegraph Company of Canada were taken over from that company, and are now operated by the Department of the Naval Service: — Camperdown. N.S., on May 1, 1915 North Sydney, N.S., on August 1, 1915. I'oint Riche, Newfoundland, September 1, 1915. Sable Island, N.S., January 1, 1916. The amount of business handled by the East Coast system shows a decrease from last year's business, amounting to 14,651 messages, containing 332,492 words. The Great Lakes system (operated by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada, Limited, under contract) shows a decrease of 2,168 messages containing 67,139 words. The West Coast system (operated directly by this Department) shows a decrease of 3,338 messages containing 429,131 words. Th^ LePas and Port Nelson stations (operated for the Department of Railways and Canals by this Department) handled 7,617 messages containing 570,281 words, an increase of 2,358 messages containing 244,320 words.- Table I shows a comparative statement of the business handled by the ditt'oreut systems during the last six years. 90 in:PARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE M 3> , ^ n 5 i X t»' M 5 M '^ a •J3 § CO C9 s| •^ ri CO M r^ 7 GEORGE V, a. 1917 ^ — CO >r, ^ OS X m 08 CS K O ^ K DEPARTMFKT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 91 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 REVENUE. The total revenue collected during the year amounted to $8,494.99 af^ainst $ll,738.3."i in 1914-15. The West Coast service shows a decrease of $3,934.94, the Groat Lakes a decrease of $7.76, and the East Coast an increase of $699.34. T.\Bi,i-; No. 2. — Comparative Statement of Revenue received by the Coast Stations Services during the past Seven Years. 1J09-10. 1910-11. 1911-12. 1912-1.3. 1913-14. 1314-1.5 1915-16. East Coast . . . Great Lakes... West Coast . . . . Totals $ cts. Nil. Nil. Nil. Nil. $ ris. Nil. Nil. 3,108 63 $ cts. 229 57 Nil. 4,484 77 $ cts ' 475 Op 17 08 9,928 40 $ cts. 318 42 27 55 15,992 70 3,108 63 4,714 34 10,420 48 16,. 338 67 $ cts. 322 99 85 92 11,329 44 11,738 35 $ cts. 1,022 33 78 16 7,394 50 8,494 99 92 nnr \RTMr\r or rin: vtri/, sHinich: 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 — ir: C-. 1- ^ I - - -f »re »c — s? J I, ce>i«— !--»• — osao — ^ '^ O woe M 0« O OS r^ — -J< -••^Q — oce>»fci'*05 o> * ^ cc "ft-r osM-rco-f CO ^ ^ «^ »>■" x t^ to. : o - -• .- ~ «ft O M "5 00 '»'-«" — -' 1^ t~ r^ cc Vet, — 0O«O to 1^ qC CJ M 00 O f Ci ^ — iSstOM 00»0 MCC^ •» O -t f<3 V C^ C-t "5 M -^ M CC "C -f f © -H -f cs eoocot^ — O • CD X ■M ift C^ — CO o CO — ' J^ • s "w — iC o C-. CO -f ac CD i o -o"cr«^i ^•rc'i ■m" e-i ^ f 05 C-l • Q ^ ret^ CO CO Ps a !^ — OS* — 1^ CO — c-t is — ■X CI tf S ao o c^ o ec oc -* — t^ Oi ■ S t^ o © — i^ M lO -I- o ~cJ tc t^ •3 :r ic cj ic ® 05 cc t^ t~ o • © i. o — iftt^l^'MO — C^O-l" i« it ^ :c — N •.-'-< ■^ (M cC 00 O -"l" CO — CC 00 ■ CO X T3 ^cooc c> ^ M — © TH (Mccco-rriC^Neoac-*" • v^ -/ - - */3 r^ .^ » — OS CO — Tj- ire CI |c^ t^ — ■^ C) — © '« ^ 3 C CO =°^ 0^ •>»• 05 O •* t^ ■* »re »^ "J CO oc X X 'J' OOM — COOCO ■* ^ CO ■ oc^ »c >re "5 CO o — 00 ^ ■ (M K •c I^ = c 2 0 • O O W CI — 1~ t~ CI ^ 05 CO — ire © PI u^ _ _ ^ ^ CO 00 c: CO iM ■ t^ y. r*>C-lCM00Ol^— t^COCS ■ CM & — 01 — — t- CO -J- ■ •* -w a CO ^- CO c X X 'H c ^ s 00 1^ ^^ O — • oc CO CO -- O ■ ■* X O — T -t CO t^ "re CO ci CO — ■ oi c: CO c^i 00 0 P 1^ 1 - -* ~ ire 'C s *i . . .ZI-s X Q. . .5 c 5 c t b c § :• 1 1f — 'it-hcttx'^ r' >.- p— — " '--• »-- r" •— . ^^ ',•—'%-' cc ire t^ © ->• ^ C LO - ■ "- X -r ire CO 'f © ~. © C CO DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 93 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 <_ -<< C-l -fl 05 -t 1^ -1 c •^ > u o j; Ji 1^ O — — e^ 00 n " M r t^ 1 S|5? v.> ' oooo«cooi^ CI •s = ii OOOOtOCOO"" ira ^6 w 00000^0!>. -*< .9 '3 S OOOOIM"#0<> 00 y> iC »0 »f5 lO »0 CO »o •(■ ^S oo' CI 05 (M O 00 -H CM ;0 05 tn 00 -t >0 CD lO — C^l 00 CO O O 'O Its >o CO 73 •^ y—* -< (M •-: c ^! — O 'fS -^ CO t^ CO CO CJ O >CI^ ?0 t^ — CD — CD t^ C^I — 1 o 1 " co' S -f O O O rf CO cc f X O O t^ OO — 00 CD -+• u -*i oc t^ a> 00 -H ^ ^-l CO t--.' L-f co' co" "m' — ' oo 5r£ ^ •o 1 C ¥ t- f- CO CO O t^ CD OS X CI lO CO '^ t^ C— t- i-i —1 CO T)> ^ c > c Cj O S CD CD 35 O t^ O OJ t^ c X f5 c" im" — " >o" CO O fc- •^ +i Oj • O (M 'M C^ CO r- o CO 'f. c< -/■j CJ >C — -.D O "O 05 CO -*• 3^ _ 1- .s = _o CO o" ~t 02 oo' co' ^' — o 'x ^ — C) r^ ^■^a "^ ^—J.-. ■A 1 COOSOOt^OoOrfCD >n .>2 CO 00 CI Tf T)< -»< ^ CI >c oc CI CI »»• Tf CO CO CI X ■— ■*' X ^ o frn S -«■ ? .o 5 '2 5 X T3 *2 « o_;'3 >- c I o '/ 1 H f£ i c c c i5 1 — CO 'O — CO CO - •-* VD CO 05 00 t^ -a'G O o 94 DF.PAHTMEST OF TTIF \ATAT. SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 2 * , t -/: 'y Z' , 1 i ^ ^ ^ •O 06 C 1 t- 1 ?a« 3 e t 'J- cc r^ If} cc 'J' U5 J» " ti '- ;^ •» U5 ^ © • to OOOOOOO — O-fOOOOOOOOCJCCI-iJ 1 .9 3 i -» oooo-rcc". •cc © © '^ © "^ "; © "1 -.c C5 1 cc 1 c — © o o o M S o — tr ^ O «C »0 T I »C SC "C "S "C t^ c — -r. ci — — © -o S5 c ©5'C©©a:©ut — o- cc »-c •c t^ *c c. >: »c i^ cc — "~ ^S -H CO w— "e-j cc c>3'*'ccM cc cc Mwe-j e^ M ccw -t g ocMO-rccfCioj « r^ • — o: 5C o 00 >o © X C^— CSC0Ot^->»'C-4 to<— M-iccuic-j^t^ «^ •c o b t>. ...... w • •n- O W C © 05 «c-H . ^"„'c cc i>r ..^ . • ic o: e-j -^ 1^ c-i ?*•<»■ -H -^ t^ c. cr. 1^ 1/5 e^) — — -r© — ©00 e -" cr. cc ccoct^ci- t^ >c ■ cc cj cc cc cI - tB t- -, o IP 00 © ■* "5 X Ci OC 1- ©— cc^ococ-^oc — t^ .-HCMOOOOOlf^CO © irs ■ cc U5e^>«ic — o S U5 C-l -H ^ M cc c< a: — -H ci e- © «^S s J ec -^ © oc — © ■* cc © — t^ • 00 Cl t^ © i-C -^ n CO if:r-T»'moco:».'5-«< f — ■ -H © O © CM © K 'C 00 cs — (Mt^siooec CJ »c t^ -, "^ t- c< 3 C u ^ o O cj cm""-! -^j""-^ c-i" cc cc cc **• t^ cc ^Is ^ cc ~ X 0*> O 72 n •^•"J- — re©-r--H"-1 cc C« CM t>. — •O iC © O "*> O IM © C-J — t^ cc t^ ■ t>. ® o c tC If — cc t~ c. c< cc e-j •<«• LCr- X ■>»• S/ o S •4^ .f — «D t^ c»• © cc >c re — © 00 © © cc t^ 30 cc © ^ c; — — ce« — 33CCC5 cc © t^-^ «o o cc cc S- -f §£ u ■<*< cc C-l M cc © C) — © ■»► © IC c c' o£ . ^ «(M « — -*■ » g ccot~-<*"t^irt— 100 t^ 00 ■*©->l<©©© — — © ci~c^o — -^t"- lO S o S O00'»»<"5©»CCM0C 00 §os iO^^^iC— IC — lO CI cc "t c>) — ■«r c3 t^ 'is ^r\ Ct Ci "■"i s • CC©iO00 00©00 -< »^ ■ "3 00 • ■ O •* © K 8D oc t~- M -T CC lO es cc — CM © OS — C-l « ^ ^ ■<»' 00 ■— — o © cc 05 • cc Cl ■«»■ cc & i~, ^ o IC — © »!> — cc • iC 'k S m ^ ■>!■ "" t>. vatc Bu betwce Station to O 05 05 © W t^ 00 •- cc ■ ^ © cc — 1 " rt CC i« — 00 CC t^ — © ■ ^ -. O cc cj CJ ^© . © cc 'u p- S O — CM cc "5 OC »0 cc »c ■ 00 "- \r © in t-- ^^ « cr} t^-* to — < — ■ t^ © .^ - 00 © ©cj re © cc « T3 O'J't^ — OD ■^ ic-»t< ec IC © •«»• ^ cc cc Si _ ki e c O rC— " ■^ O l« u- ^ © X ■» o . 3 >- X jj ^ ""■ cc vatc B o and f Shipi O OM o;r^«o -^ 00 CMt^ © © ic cccc 00 © ceo M CM c^ — ■ cc ■«r cc LC — U5 •* © cc cc cc cc CI Ui © »o t>-" — < -M 73 £ X ^ : 5 .; i ■o •d eg e B Jr = : A -S 7 c ? r ■^ X cc J. ? l-l O i u 3 c "c ill :; t- c r o > '■5 "5; II '/ O.U = a. 5 a.£.= = c. i; ■f: i .:i 3i ? i: t r c ° r- _c':3'-5e«i-SC3v:iv^ Oh C_ C A c- •^K 1 — ^ it c r^ 'h ;s c/: '■^ . .© LC CI t^ cc lC ■«r X — © E ^.c "c c 2 ^ ^ "■ 3 © "c "p w > r: c 2 '^ C l- 'es'd'a s: -^ o ,'c ,0 3 "[^ DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL {SERVICE 95 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ,^ o 0 o 2 to ■-0 2 ^ to to z CO CO > ««> OJ tf ,; «o c CO "2 c 5 "S c »c OS CJ " M c M c lO >r 0 C3 «s> - <=« 0 CO IM C IM CO OS "■ ■* T3 "O IM o CO M 5: s (M »\ (S > « t/3 CO o 0^ O s -4^ 0 c 0 _ =i to fc «: CO T3 01 ■c 10 C C u c3 K jO ■* e^ co" oS . '^ iness t Gover Ships oc -* IM CI 1 00 tr 00 M o 00 M CD t4 CC to a. o c- 03" 3 O C ^ ec CO cc CO CS t-- t^ t^ .'*■ a: »: i- aj Ph S ■<* t- r-i tc CN ■f ■D C<1 ? * f t. .S £ J3 "- IM = 2.- S^ c «: 00 aJ (3C CC ■* *!«(« _> o CO en ■p *" o Ph s d _o '5 s -»j «; > ., , a. o c g > "c a; t c 3 0 t 0 H :? s 1 t^ oc to o M to © to *-c P 3 aJ X *- c E^l u ^ J2^ O g "ee cj c8 e: ^ *J +5 ♦i 0000 62 96 i>i:r\rrrui:\T of 77/ f amt.!/, service 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 ^ P^ DEJ'Ah'TME^T OF Tllll y.W ATj HKliVICE 97 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 EXAMINATIOX FOR CKUTIFICATRS OF PROFiriEXCY IX RADIOTKLF/JRAPIIY. A total of 107 operators were examined duriMi,' tlie year, including 42 re-examina- tions; O^ candidates were successful and 55 failed. The following list shows the names of the successful candidates for certificate of proficiency in radiotelegraphy : — Number of Certificate. Date of Certificate. Name. Grade of Certificate. Where Examination held. Mav Aug. July Sept. April, 21st 191.5. ■ 16th 1915. 16th 1915. 21st 1915. 21st 1915. 21st 1915. 21st 1915. 21st 1915. 21st 1915. 30th 1915. 30th 1915. 26th 1915. 8th 1915. 12th 1915. June.. 7th 1915. Julv 6th 1915. 19th 1915. 19th 1915. 10th 1915. 19th 1915. 30th 1915. 26th 1915. 7th 1915. 7th 1915. 4th 1915. 15thl915. 17th 1915. 1st 1915. 1st 1915. 13th 1915. 13 hh 1915. 13th 1915. 13th 1915. 16th 1915. 22nd 1915. 12th 1916. 20th 1916. 13th 1916. 1.3th 1916, 20th 1916. 13th 1916. 25th 1916, 19th 1916, 18th 1916, 24th 1916 17th 1916, 25th 1916 23rd 1916 March 6th 1916 6th 1916 22nd 1916 22nd 1916, Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. Taylor Fred Lister, W. K Holmes, J. J Wilkie, A. H Lind.say, C. C Laurie, W. L Paterson, F. G Galhraith, R. A. H. Rus.scII, A. H. K McKinnon, A Barnes, W. S Mclntyre, C. M Anderson, J. L Lovlee, R. P Argyle, J. V DcsLauriers, H. E.. , Barnsley, Jack Olson, J. E. H Crawford, J. A Calverley, W Muir, C. A Sheepwash, W. J Hill, A. P Adams, William. . . . Campbell, R. A Ward, W. E Sullivan, W.J Armstrong, W. L Unwin, A Russell, R. V. H.... McDougall, E. W... McAdam, W. J Hassell, W. G Cooper, E. W. A.... Parkin, W. L Gagnon, C. H Burgess, W Ward, V. H Rushbrook, S. H... Gale, G Hillyer, L. A Brannen, H. H Parent, J. G Brown, W. A Garner, E Bragg, J. F Theriault, A. J Graves, E. L Caesar, T. P Foote, G. C Welsman, T. S Duncan, W. C. C... 1st Class 1st Class Ship 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 2nd " 1st " l.st " 1st " Is. " 1st " • 1st " ■. . 1st " 1st " l.st " 1st '^ 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st Class Coast and Ship. . 1st Class Ship 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " .\ . . . 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st Class Coast and Ship.. 1st Class Ship 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st Class Coast and Ship. . 1st Class Ship 1st " 1st Class Coast and Ship.. 1st Class Ship 1st 1st " " 1st 1st Class Coast and Ship. . Toronto, Victoria, Victoria, Toronto, Toronto, Toronto, Toronto, Toronto, Toronto, Ottawa. Ottawa. Victoria, Victoria, Victoria, Victoria, Ottawa. Victoria, Victoria, Victoria, Victoria, Ottawa. Victoria, Victoria, Victoria, Halifax, St. John, St. John, Victoria, Victoria, Halifax, Halifax, Halifax, Halifax, Victoria, Victoria, Victoria, Halifax, Halifax, Halifax, Halifax, Halifax, Halifax, Halilax, Halifax, Halifax, Halifax, Ottawa. Victoria, Halifax, Victoria, Toronto, Toronto, Ont. B.C. B.C. Ont. Ont. Ont. Ont. Ont. Ont. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. B.C. N.S. N.B. N.B. B.C. B.C. N.S. N.S. N.S. N.S. B.C. B.C. B.C. N.S. N.S. N.S. N.S. N.S. N.S. N.S. N.S. N.S. N.S. B.C. N.S. B.C. Ont Ont. 38—7 98 iu:i'Mri\ii:\'r of tiii: \.\\m. sijhvive 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 The following holders oi" ccrtirifMlcs of profiiMciicy \n radiotek'grapLy passed a successful examination in the operation of otlier equipments and have had their original certificates amended accordingly. Certificate Number. Name. Additional Equipment. 114. Campbell, R. A 1-7 K.W. and 0-5 K.W. Clt... Downer, J. H Ship and 2 K.W. Coast Stations. 1-5 K.W. Ship Station. CS.... Fenwick, J. R 1-5 K.W. Ship Station. 119... Russell, R. V. H 1-7 K.W. Ship Station. .ASSISTAXCK RENDERED TO SHIPS DURIXG THE YEAR BY THE OOVERXMEXT RADIOTELEGRAPH SERVICE. West Coast. SS. Princess Maquinna. — On the 11th July, 1915, the ss. Princess Maquinna stranded opposite the North Pacific cannery in the Skeena river, but refloated at full tide at 11.45 p.m. Messages were exchanged during the time the vessel was ashore between the captain and the agents at Prince Rupert and Victoria, via the Digby Island station. SS.il/oriposa. — On the 8th October, 1915, the ss. Mariposa was wrecked on Pointers island at 5 a.m. Communication with the Mariposa was made by the Triangle Island station through the ss. Despatch. At 8 a.m. the Despatch reported that she had reached the wreck at 7.43 a.m. and launched boats at 7.45 a.m. and that they were then picking up all the passengers from the beach. At this time the Mariposa had a bad list, the forward hold being full of water and all fires out. At 9.45 a.m. the Despatch had all the Mariposa's passengers aboard and sailed for Ketchikan. Constant wireless communication was maintained throughout bj'' the Triangle Island station. SS. City of Seattle. — On the 12th aSTovember, 1915, a message was received from the SS. City of Seattle at 5.45 a.m. advising that she would arrive at Prince Eupert at 9 a.m. An answer was sent to this message by the Digby Island station to which no reply was received; fifteen minutes later the City of Seattle ran ashore at Evening point, Granville channel. The Digby Island station called the boat repeatedly during the morning, but no reply was received from her. SS. Princess Maquinna. — On the 1st February, 1916, the SS. Princess Maquinna, southbound from Prince Ivupert, struck on Maud island, Discovery passage, at 1. a.m. The commander made all speed to Menzie's hay, where the vessel was beached. The Cape Lazo station was in constant communication with the SS.PHncess Ma- quinna, and messages were exchanged between the captain of the vessel and her owners at Victoria without intorruiition or dolay. The wrecking steamer Salvor was despatched to the assistance of the Princess Maquinna, but the latter vessel eventually refloated and proceeded to Victoria under her own steam. SS. Camosun. — On the 7th March, 191G, the SS. Camosun advised the Digby . Island station at 5.15 a.m. that she was ashore 2 miles north of Lima point, Digby island. The Camosun hadjcft Prince Pupert the previous night at 10 o'clock en DFIWUTMIIST OF THE .V.ir.t/> SKHVICK 99 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 rmitc for Massett, and was returning for shelter when she went ashore in a blinding snowstorm. The local agent of the Union Steamship Company was immediately advised of the accident, and by 0 a.m. both the SS. Prince John and RS. Princess Sophia were ready to render any assistance required. The Camosun's passengers were taken oflF by a tug and the SS. Salvor was ordered to proceed to the scene of the accident in order to pull the Camosun ofF. East Coast. SS. A. W. Perry.— On the 8th June, 1915, the SS. A. W. Perry went on the rocks outside Halifax harbovir during very foggy weather. The steamer sent out signals of distress which were immediately answered by the Camperdown station, and the C.G.S. Premier. The whole of the passengers and crew were saved, about sixty per- sons in all. Unsuccessful attempts were made to refloat the vessel. Great Lahes. The radiotelegraph stations on the Great Lakes were not called upon to render any assistance to distressed vessels during the year. NEW CONSTRUCTION, ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. East Coast. Point Eiche. — The transmitting range of the Point Eiehe station was improved by the installation of new apparatus, at a cost of $409.94. North Sydney. — The power of the North Sydney station has been increased by the installation of new transmitting apparatus of 2 k.w. power. The set operates from the local power supply, and a musical spark is obtained by means of a non-syn- chronous disc discharger. The total cost of the installation amounted to $906.79. Great LaJces. No construction was undertaken on the Great Lakes during the year. West Coast. Alert Bay. — The masts and hoist engines were thoroughly overhauled. The 8-horsepower engine was fitted with high-tension ignition system and both engines fitted with the central oiling system. Gape Lazo. — A new aerial was erected at this station. The second engine was fitted with high-tension ignition system and central oiling system. Dead-Tree Point. — Masts and station thoroughly overhauled. A new disc was installed and transmitting gear rearranged in the engine room. Dighy Island. — Masts, hoist engine, and station overhauled. A further ground connection was installed and connected up the existing ground system. A new receiver was put in, and both engines fitted with the central oiling system. Estevan. — The 1-k.w. set has been refitted and a new receiver supplied. Eoth engines have been equipped with high-tension ignition system and central oiling system. Gonzales Hill. — A new tranformer was installed increasing the power at the station from 3 to 5 k.w. Station was overhauled generally and a new receiver supplied. 100 /)/;/Mff7'u/;.\7' or the .v.ir.i/> (service 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Ikeda. — ^fasts, trarawny, hoist, and station generally thorouphly overhauled. Both poiicrntors were Httcd with synchronous discs, and tlic transmitting gear rear- ranged. Pachnia. — -The tree mast was cleaned down and fitted with stays, and a top- mast and yard greeted. The standard mast was thoroughly overhauled. A synchron- ous disc was fitted to the 2-k.w. set. Both engines have been equipped with high tension ignition system and central oiling systems. Triangle Island. — Masts and station were thoroughly overhauled. Both gener- ators have been fitted with synchronous discs and the transmitting gear re-arranged and a new receiver installed. The two engines have been fitted with the central oiling system. HUDSON BAY .\XD STRAIT. The schooner Burleifjlb was outfitted and took a load of cement and lumber and a construction gang of twenty men to start work on the new radiotelegraph station on Mansel island. The schooner arrived at the island on the 19th of August and left again on the ISth September, 191.5. The eight mast anchors and building founda- tions were installed (approximately 270 yards of concrete) and construction shacks were erected to accommodate a gang of fifty men. Everything is now in readiness to proceed with the erection of the building and masts. It is estimated that the installation will take sixty working days to com- plete, provided reasonable weather is encountered when erecting the two 300-foot towers. "When completed, the Mansel Island station will communicate with the outside world via the station at Port Nelson, Man. The latter station is owned by the Department of Railways and Canals, and communicates with a similar station located at Le Pas, Man., at which point connection is made with the Great Xorth "Western Telegraph system. Both the Port Nelson and Le Pas stations are operated by the Department of the Naval Service on behalf of the Department of Railways and Canals. CRUISE OF THE SCHOONER "bURLEIGH." Outward voyage. — The departmental three-masted schooner Burleigh, 149 tons, equipped with 40-horsepower gasolene auxiliary, left Halifax on the 20th July, 1915, for Mansel island (at the western entrance to the Hudson strait), taking a gang of twenty-four men and material to commence work on the radiotelegraph station which will be established on the above island. The schooner arrived off cape Chidley (the eastern entrance to Hudson strait) sixteen days later (5th August), and ran into heavy ice; no progress was made for three days owing to ice and strong currejits. On the 8th August the ice eased up, and she continued through the strait. Loose ice was prevalent across the mouth of LTngava bay, but not sufficient to seriously delay progress. No ice was encountered after the vessel was half-way through the strait, and she finally arrived at Eric cove (at the western entrance to the strait) on the 17th August. It will be noted that the vessel took ten days to get through the strait. This, however, was more due to prevailing head winds than to ice; the time lost on account of the latter is estimated at three to four days. The auxiliary power on tl\e Burlrigh is inadequate, the same not being powerful enough to drive her against even a moderate head wind. Mansel Island. — The Burleigh arrived at Mansel island on the 18th of August, and was moored in the cove at the north end of the island.' The party remained there until the 15th September. During this period snow squalls were encountered on the 24th and 20th of August, and 13th and l7th of September, respectively, but enow did not fall in any quantity; the temperature varied between 32° and 35° F., DEPARTMi:.\T OF THE yAYAL SERVICE 101 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 risinir at times as \\\^\\ as 40°. The nlfjlit tomperatiiro was Tniicli the same as the day. There were very few calm clays, the usual weather being strong breeze to moder- ate gale, and for three days there was one heavy gale. Return Voyagp. — On the return voyage the Burleigh left Mansel island on the evening of the ISth September, cleared cape Chidley early on the morning of the 24th (5 J days), arriving at Halifax on the 5th October. During the return voyage through the strait no ice was encountered or sighted, with the exception of one large iceberg in Ugava bay, and very little snow. The greater part of the mainland was, however, covered with snow. OPERATORS. In view of the importance of the work in which the government wireless opera- tors are engaged, the confidential nature of the messages passing through theii hands, and the secret instructions with which they must be entrusted, it^ was con- sidered advisable to enlist in the Eoyal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve, all the wireless operators in the employ of the Department of the ISTaval Service. A rating as " wireless operator " has therefore been instituted in the Eoyal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve, and authorized by Order in CouncilP.C. 162, dated the 29th January, 1910. The following regulations for the government of the rating have been established : — Wireless Operators. Regulations for the institution and sovernment of the rank of wireless operator R.N.C.V.R., authorized by Order in Council P.C. 162, dated January 29, 1916. Wireless Operators : (1) A rank in the R.N.C.V.R. to be known as "wireless operator" is hereby established. Period of Enlistment : (2) Wireless operators will be required to enlist in the R.N.C.V.R. for a period not exceeding the duration of the war. Grades : (3) The following grades of wireless operators are established: — Chief W/T operator, First class W/T operator. Second class W/T operator, Third class W/T operator. Fourth class W/T operator, learner. Rank : (4) Chief W/T operators will rank as non-executive chief warrant officers. Remaining grades of W/T operators will rank as non-executive warrant officers. W/T operators will take precedence similar to corresponding rank of non-executive warrant officer in the Royal Canadian Navy, but junior to those ranks. Rates of Pay : (5) Rates of pay for W/T operators will be as follows: — Per Month. Chief W/T operator $ 62 50 First class W/T operator 5.5 00 Second class W/T operator 5'0 00 Third class W/T operator 45 00 Fourth class W/T operator 40 00 Learner 20 00' Special Allotvances : (6) W/T operators whilst acting as "officers in charge" will receive special allowance as follows : — ■ Per Month. First class station $ 15 00 Second class station 10 00 Third class station 5 00 Ship station 5 00 (7) The Minister is also authorized to establish special additional allowance in the case of operators attached to specially isolated stations, such as those of the Hudson Bay division, etc. Lodging, Provisions, Fuel and Light Allowance: (8) When lodging, pr-ovisions, fuel and light are not supplied by tha Department, the following allowances will be made; 102 i)i:i'\Jn'Mi:sr or the s.wm. seumce 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 East Const. For Month. Provisions 5 20 OK) Lodging, fuel and light 7 50 Consolidated $ 27 50 West Coast. Per Month. Provisions $ 22 50 Lodging, fuel, and light 8 00 Consolidated $ 30 50 Travelling Expenses : (9) W/T operators when travelling will receive sustenance allowance as follows: — Between 5 24 hours. 9 hours, and 9 hours. . Kast coast $2 50 $1 25 fO 75 West coast 2 75 1 50 0 85 Uniforms : (10) Free uniform and kit will be granted to every W/T operator on joining, as follows: — 2 monkey jackets, 2 waistcoats, 2 pairs trousers, 1 cap, 2 cap covers, 1 overcoat, 1 suit canvas overalls. Upkeep of Uniforms : (11) An annual gratuity of $37.50 will be allowed to each W/T operator for upkeep of kit. Badges : (12) W/T operators' uniforms will bear the following distinction badges, according to class: Chief W/T operator Wings of Mercury, 1 R.N.C.V.R. stripe without curl beow. First operator Wings of Mercury, 3 stars, below. Second operator Wings of Mercury, 2 stars, below. Third operator Wings of Mercury, 1 star below. Fourth operator Wings of Mercury. Learner Wings of Mercury. The above to be gold badges placed on the sleeve, the Wings of Mercury to be half-way between the elbow and the end of the sleeve ; the cap badge to be the same as non- executive warrant officer. No Separation Allowance: (13) No separation allowance will be made in the case of W/T operators. Other Allowanees: (14) No allowances, other than those specifically provided for in this order, will be allowed. TRANSPORTS. Under an arrangement with the Admiralty, the department has equipped with radiotelegrapli apparatus all munition transports plying to Canada, and is supplying operators and supervising the operation of the stations on their behalf. PERSONNEL. The personnel of the radiotelegraph service in the Dominion is as follows: — GOVER PfilEXT. Commercial. Head- quart- ers. Coast Sta- tions. Land Sta- tions. Ship Sta- tions. Head- quart- ers. Coast Sta- tions. Land Sta- tions. Ship Sta- tions. Engincons and officers in charge... . Operators 1 20 35 0 2 2 5 1 49 7 r 7 52 2 31 35 3 3 19 17 32 66 Otlicr employees 5 3 Executive ofiicials and inspectors. . 9 63 8 57 61 72 ^ 66 Total personnel, 404. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 103 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 I am pleased to report that the staif dircetly in the employ of this department have taken {;reat interest in their work and have carried out their duties in a satisfactory and efficient manner. In addition to the work outlined in this report a very considerable amount of a confidential character has been undertaken in connection with the war. It would be inexpedient to give details of the latter at the present time, although it comprised perhaps the major portion of the branch's activities. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, C. P. EDWARDS, General Supcrinlendent, Government Radiotelegraph Service. ■ 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1917. SUPPLEMENT 6th ANNUAL REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF NAVAL SERVICE, FISHERIES BRANCH CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN BIOLOGY BEING STUDIES FROM THE BIOLOGICAL STATIONS OF CANADA 1915-1916 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT. OTTAWA PRINTED BY J. dk L. TACHF, PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLE>.T MAIKSTV 1917 [38a— 1917] A 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1917 THE BIOLOGICAL BOARD OF CANADA Professor E. E. PRINCE, Commissioner of Fisheries, Chairman. Professor A. B. MACALLUM, University of Toronto, Secretary-Treasurer. Professor L. W. BAILEY, University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B. Professor A. H. R. BULLER, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg. Rev. Canon V. A. HUARD, Laval University, Museum of Public Instruction, Quebec, P.Q. Professor A. P. KNIGHT, Queen's University, Kingston, Ont. Professor J. P. McMURRICH, University of Toronto, Toronto. Dr. A. H. MacKAY, Dalhousie University, Halifax, N.S. Professor J. G. ADAMI, McGill University, Montreal. 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1917 CONTENTS. Page. I. The Winter riatiktoii in tlie neiglibourliood of St. Andrews, 1914-15.. .. 1 By Professor J. Playftiir McMurrieh, M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy in the University of Toronto. (With table showing Plankton Distribution.) IJ. Diatoms and Lobster Hearing 11 By Prof. W. T. MacClement, M.A., D.Sc, Queen's University, Kingston. (With six figures in the text.) III. On the Scales of the Spring Salmon 21 By C. McLean Eraser, Ph.D., Curator Pacific Coast Biological Station, Departure Bay, British Columbia. (With four Plates and two Graphs.) IV. On the Life-History of the Coho 39 By C. McLean Fraser, Ph.D., Curator Pacific Coast Biological Station, B.C. (With three Plates and six Graphs.) V. An Investigation of Oyster Propagation in Richmond Bay, P.E.I., during 1915 53 By Julius Nelson, Ph.D., Biologist, New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station. VI. The ^larine Algff of the Passamaquoddy Eegion, New Brunswick. ... 79 By A. B. Klugh, M.A., Queen's University, Kingston, Ont. (With one Plate.) VII. On Serially Striped Haddock in New Brunswick 86 By Professor Edward E. Prince, LL.D., D.Sc, F.R.S.C., etc.. Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries, Ottawa. (With one Plate.) VIII. Notes on the Phyto-Plankton of the Bay of Fundy and Passamaquoddy Bay 93 By Professor L. W. Bailey, M.A., Ph.D.. LL.D., F.KS.C, Emeritus Professor of Natural Llistory, University of New Brunswick. IX. The Geological Features of the St. Croix River and Passamaquoddy Bay. . 109 By Professor L. W. Bailey, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., etc.. University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B. (With Map.) iii 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33a A. 1917 PREFACE. BY PROFESSOR EDAVARD E. PRINCE, LLD., D.SC, F.R.S.C, etC, DOMINION COMMISSIONER OF FISHERIES, CHAIRMAN OF THE BIOLOGICAL BOARD OF CANADA; MEMBER OF THE BRITISH SCIENCE GUILD, LONDON; VICE-PRESIDENT INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES CONGRESS, WASH- INGTON, D.C., 1907 ;and chairman of international relations, American fisheries SOCIETY. The series of nine biological papers, included in the present publication, com- prises a selection of the researches completed by various members of the scientific staff, last season, and includes some work done in previous seasons at the two Cana- dian Biological Stations, at St. Andrews, New Brunswick, and at Departure Bay, British Columbia. Several very important investigations might have been included, but are not really complete at this date; two bearing directly upon the utilization of certain fish- products for food ; but they will be published in the next volume of " Contributions." The question of a serial publication, or of the issue of separate papers as they^ reach completion, has occupied the attention of the Biological Board, especially in view of the fact that some researches can be completed earlier for publication than others, and yet are held back in order to appear in the same volume with papers which for various reasons cannot be hastened. About twenty trained scientific workers from eight different Universities have during the past season attended one or other of the Stations, and all engaged in marine and fishery studies of special interest, and in most cases of direct value practically and scientifically. Purely scientific problems, while not neglected, have not formed a prominent feature in the biological investigations at the stations under the Board, and on many occasions there has been official recognition of the value to the Government of the researches undertaken. This appreciation of the practical bearing on the great fishing industries of Canada, of their work, has been a great satisfaction to the staff. Most of them carry on their work without recompense from the Government, and in no case has adequate recompense been possible. The main reward has been the satisfaction which original discovery in Science affords, the satisfaction of adding to man's know- ledge of Nature and her resources, and of solving the pressing problems which the great industries on our seas and inland waters offer for solution to trained scientific experts. During the year 1915 Dr. Johan Iljort, Director of Fisheries, Norway,. continued tlic comprehensive survey of the waters of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Maritime Provinces shores which he had commenced the year before. Such a fishery survey, having special reference to the hei-ring, cod, etc., had been considered by the Biological Board in 1909, and the Board had decided to enlist, if possible, the skilled aid of Dr. TTjort, or some Norse expert to be selected by him, and, as Chairman of the Board, ] wrote to Dr. Hjort on the subject. Professor E. W. McBride, who was then the representative of McGill University on the Board, followed up my communication, and Dr. Hjort replied recommending a qualified junior member of his scientific fishery staff; but, owing to cei-tain conditions involved, the proposal remained in abeyance. Two years later the proposition was revived by the Biological Board, who laid the vi DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 natter before the Tlon. the Minister because of the fact that the ordinary appropria- tion avaihiWo was too limited to allow of a large expenditure upon such a fishery expedition. No final decision was reached until 1914, when the scheme took practical shape and Dr. lljort, in the fall of that year, began his researches. During his second season (1915) in (^anada ho carried o\it a very elaborate series of investigations, and several members of the liiological staff took part, including Professor Willey, Dr. A. G. Huntsman. Dr. J. W. ^favor, and Commander Anderson and other officers of the Naval Service Department. A series of volinninous memoirs, most of them fully illustrated, is now in the }.rinter's hands, and the results of this imi)ortiint Atlantic Fishery Expedition will be of permanent interest and value. As in iirevious volumes of the Hii»liiF THE .V.IV.IL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 1. On Tin; Lii i;-llisTi)in ok tiii: (UnuK—i JJr. McLean Fraser.) The autliDr points out that tho incrtnising commercial value of the Colio constnctum Gran.?) were also observed. An interesting seasonal distribution was shown by Thalassiosira N ordenslcjoldii Cleve. Throughout October, November, and the winter months this species did not pf^cur iTi lhp f'ollcr'tions, hut on March 13 it suddenly appeared in considerable quan- tities. It was again taken on March 25 and 26, though not in any great numbers, but on April 4 it formed by far the greater bulk of the plankton, which condition persisted until the collections ceased at the end of May. Another genus that showed a distinct maximum of occurrence at the end of March and the beginning of April was Rhizosolenia, so far at least as its most frequently occurring species, K. setigera Brightwell, was concerned. R. styliformis Brightwell was also observed, but only in one collection, and another form, which seems to be very similar to R. gracillima Cleve was also observed. This last form was observed on four occasions, October 16 and 20, February 26 and March 2, and on all occasions except the last it was found in collections made at the 6-metre level, while it was absent, or at all events rare, in the surface collections made on the same dates and at the same stations. Whenever found it was in great numbers. The frustules were long, filiform, without any sitrn? of markings except a slight depres- sion close to each extremity, and were filled with small, scattered oval or circular chromatophores. The longest individuals measured as much as 2-2 mm., with a diameter of 0-0075 mm., and the great majority exceeded 1-0 mm. in length. These measurements greatly exceed those given by Cleve^ in the description of the species, hut otherwise the agreement is close. A species of Schizonema, and one of Fragilaria were also somewhat more abundant in the early spring months, and examples of other genera were occasionally observed, but no attempt was made to determine their exact identity. Of the genera so represented, mention m«\y he made of Navicnla^ Rhahdonema, Gomphonemn. BacAlJaria, and Campidodi^rtis. Of occasional occurrence also were certain filamentous alg?e, the only one that was identified even as to the genuft, being a species of Cladophora, which, like many of the diatoms, showed a maximum of occurrence, its greatest frequency and con- stancy being in the early part of April, and being of only a few days' duration. DIXOFLAGELLATA. The most frequent representative of this group was the well-known Ceratium tripos (0. F. M.) Nitzsch, C. fusus (Ehr) Dujard. also occurring, though not quite so frequently, and C. furca (Ehr) Dujard. was recognized in two gatherings, but only in very small numbers. Of the genus Feridinium, P. divergens var. reniforme Ehr. (P. depressum Bailey) was found occasionally, and was the only member of the genus recognized. Dinophysis norvegica C. and L. was also observed, but only on one occasion. None of the Dinoflagellates occurred in such numbers as be important quantitative constituents of the plankton, G. tripos only on one occasion being in sufficient quantity to be regarded as frequent. 1 P. T. Cleve. On some new and little-known diatoms. K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl, xviiU No. 5, 1881. 38a— 14 4 iii:r\h'T]ii:\T of the vaval service 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 SIMCOFI.AfiKI.LATA. Of this group only one form was observod, Dislephanus speculum (Ehr) Stohr, and this only on three occasions. It was frequent in a gathering from the 6-metre level on March C, but on the other two occasions it was rare (October 20, 6-metres) or occasional (Afarch 2, surface"). RIIIZOPODA. No Radiolaria were observed. These forms being essentially pelagic, it seems probable that they would only rarely, if ever, be found in waters so remote from the open sea as those in the neighbourhood of St. Andrews. Foraniinifera, too, were absent, a single Rotalia being the only one observed, and that in a gathering which contained a good deal of sand, indicating that the net at the 6-metre level had come into contact with the bottom. CILIATA. In addition to a Vortieellid that was almost invariably found attached to the Copepod Acartia clausiij a number of ciliates belonging to the family Tintinnodeae were observed. The genus Tintinnopsis was represented by at least three species, the most frequent of which was T. campanula (Ehi") Daday. Examples of a form which is probably to be regarded as a variety of this were foaind on one occasion, their peculiarity being that they tapered aborally much more rapidly than the typical campanula, thus resembling closely the form figured by Brandt^ in his -fig. 8, pi, xxi. A single example was seen of T. ventricosa (C. and L.), characterized by its somewhat rotund " house," tapering aborally to a blunt point and with the mouth- opening greatly constricted by a circular prolongation, which, in the prefeerved example, was liorizontal in position. A third form, of which again but a single example was seen, was considerably larger than the others and had an almost cylin- drical form, enlarging only very slightly towards the mouth, and being rounded chorally ; the length was about twice the breadth. In its general form it resembled closely that described by von Daday- as T. heroidea, but Brandt does not consider this identical with the form originally so named by Stein. Among the si^ecies described by Brandt the greatest similarity of form is shown by T. sacculus, but, ^jnfortunately, the notes and drawing made of the St. Andrews form are insufficiently detailed to make identification with this certain. Of occasional occurrence, and in one gathering (October 20) almost frequent, was a species of Cyttar-ocylis, whose specific identity is also uncertain. It refeembles C. Ehrenhergi (C. and L.) Fol. very closely in its general form and in the fact that the cavity of the " house " is not continued into the aboral prolongation This latter structure, however, is cylindrical in form, showing no traces of the three flange-like ridges which Brandt regards as characteristic of the tpecies, although these are not noted by other writers. The surface of the "house" presents a very fine reticula- tion and has a minutely and irregularly corrugated appearance, most pronounced in the aboral prolongation. Near the mouth there is a narrow circular enlargement upon which follows a thin ring, sometimes single, sometimes partly divided into two portions by a fine line, as if it were composed of a <-piral momhrane with one and a half turns. The free edge of the ring or spiral is practicnllv smooth, and the appear- ance presented is similar to that described and figured by Jorgensen* for his 1 K, Brandt, Die Tlntinnodeen, Ergeb. Plankton Exped., Ill, L, a., 1907, 2 E. von Daday. Monographie der Famllie der Tintlnnodeen. Mitth. Zool. Stat. NeapeL, Vil. 1887, 3 E. Jorgensen. Ueber die Tintinnoden der Norwegisc'nen Wes tkHste. Bergena Mus. Aarbog., 1899. Till-: Ml^'TER PLANKTON 5 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a C. Ehrenherqi, var. sxOmnnulaia, .Qyice\^i that the turns of the spiral are much fewer. The length of the "house" was 0-2G to 0-34 mm., with a diameter at the mouth of 0.7 to O.S. PORIFERA AND COELENTERA. What were taken to be sponge spicules were observed in a number of gatherings, usually associated with annelid seta?. Their occurrence is sufficiently indicated in the table. Of Coelentera, the empty cups of Campanularian hydroids were oecasionnally observed associated with Crustacean exuviae, and on October 29 and in the last collec- tions that were made (May 29) a few examples of Anthomedusse were observed, but unfortunately in a condition very unfavourable for certain determination. ECHINODERMATA. Throughout the winter, no representatives of this group were taken, but at the end of April and beginning of May a few Plutei were obtained which could not be satisfactorily identified. On April 6, a considerable number of ova in various stages of segmentation up to the blastula stage were found. They were somewhat opaque, and inclosed within a thin structureless membrane. They were taken also on April 10, and with them were then associated larvae which could be recognized as belonging to some species of Holothurian. The general appearance of the ova and younerer larvae make it exceedingly probable that they were younger stages in the development of the same form. The larvae continued to be taken through April and May, and were a quite characteristic feature of the plankton during these months. Two Holothurians occur at St. Andrews that may be the producers of these ova, Cucumaria frondosa Gunner, and Lophothuria fabricii (Dub and Kor). The former is the more common, but the fact that the ova and larvae have, when alive, the same brilliant scarlet colour that makes Lophothuria fahricii so conspicuous, suggests that they may be the product of that species. ANNELIDA, NEMATODES, ROTIFERS, AND CHAETOGNATHA. Examples of all these groups were observed, but never in such numbers that they could be regarded as important elements of the plankton. Setae of various forms which evidently were from Annelids were found in fair numbers in several gatherings taken after March 1, but of more importance was the occurrence of Annelid larvae during April and May, never in any great numbers in any gathering, but sometimes reaching the grade of frequency indicated in the table by the term " occasional." It was not possible to identify the form which produced the larvae, but from their general appearance it seems probable that they represent some Spionid form. Small Nematodes were occasionally observed in small numbers in the spring- gatherings, but no attempt was made to identify them. The same remark applies to the Rotifera, which were much rarer than might have been expected. Of the Chaetog- naths the only form identified was Sagitta elegans which was taken January 1, the identification of some smaller forms taken October 29 .remaining uncertain. MOLLUSCA. A few veligers were observed, but so rarely tliat they have not been included in the table. The peculiar egg-capsule, probably Molluscan, having the shape of a broad- rimmed hat, which Wright described from Canso, occurred at intervals throughout the season, and sometimes in considerable numbers. Most frequently only the brown empty cases were found, though occasionally those containing developing ova were obtained. 6 iti:i'\i;rMi:\T or the y.\TM. fiERViCE 7 GrCRGE V, A. 1917 CRUSTACEA. The Crustacea are tlie most interestinf? pcroup represented in the zoo-plankton, both on account of the number of species represented, and for the fact that, in the majority of gatherings, they form the greater bulk of the material. It will be con- venient to consider the various forms observed under their proper orders Cladocera. Representatives of this order were found much lofes frequently than was expected, occurring in any considerable numbers in only one gathering, i.e., in that taken October IG, from the 6-metre level. All the forms observed in this gathering were representatives of the species Podon polyphemoides Leuckart. Copepoda. Forms belonging to this group were the most constant constituents of the plankton, being found in every gathering, with one exception, and usually in con- siderable numberfe. It is noteworthy, however, that in the spring months when Thalassiosira became a prominent constituent of the plankton, the Copepuda became very much reduced in numbers. At least tbis was the case so far as the surface ■water down to the 6-metre level was concerned, the Thalassiosira extending to that depth, but it is quite likely that the Copepoda were present in undiminished numbers at levelfc beyond those occupied by the alga. The diminution of the Copepoda in the surface water coincidently with the appearance of Thalassiosira is clearly indicated in the table if one compares the frequency records for Acariia clausi and the diatom. Of the members of the family Ualanidce, special interest attaches to Galanus finmarchicus (Gunner) Boeck, on account of its forming so important a constituent of the plankton of northern waters. It occurred at intervals throughout the winter, but never in any great quantity, although in several gatherings it was present in Bufficient numbers to deserve the term " frequent." It is to be noted, however, tbat the plankton now under discussion was collected in the immediate vicinity of St. Andrews, and it is quite probable that G. finmarchicus may be much more abundant in more open water. Herdman in 1897^ found it very abundant in the gulf of St. Lawrence and in the Atlantic off the entrance to the straits of Belle Isle, and my colleague. Dr. A. G. Huntsman, obtained it in large numbers in rather deep water off Eastport, Me., and off Grand Manan in September, 1915. The nuich larger C. hyperboreits Kriiyer was observed in only one gathering, and then only as a single individual. The fact of its occurrence is, however, of interest as it has not previously been recorded from Canadian waters. A third Calanid, Pseudocalanus elongatus Boeck, easily recognized by tbe absence of the fifth pair of legs in the female, occurred in about the same degree of frequency as C. finmarchicus. Of the family Centropagida?, the genus Eurytemora furnished two representatives, E. hirundoides Nordquist and ii'. herdmani, Thompson and Scott. Neither was abundant in any gathering, but both occurred at intervals throughout the season represented by the collection, and were occasionally " frequent." Temora longi- cornis (Miill) Boeck also occurred at intervals in the autumn and winter until the end of January, after which it was not observed. On the last date on which it was found (January 27) it was the mofet abundant constituent of the plankton. It is the family Poutellidfe, however, that f\irnishes the most characteristic feature of the plankton now being discussed, the form concerned being Acartta IW. A. Herdman. On the plankton collected continuously during two traverses of the North Atlant/c in the summer of 1897. Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc, xil, 1898. THE WINTER PLANKTOX 7 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a clausi Giesbr. A glance at the table will show that this species occurred in nenrly every g-.ithering throughout the season, and that up to the early part of April it was almost always in abundance. Its reduction in numberfe after that date in association with the appearance of Thalassiosira has already been commented upon. Another Pontellid observed was the interesting Tortanus discaudatus (Thompson and Scott) Giesbr. It was taken in several gatherings made during the autumn and early winter, but after December it was not again noted until the end of ^lay. In con- nection with this form, it may be noted that Giesbrecht and RchmeiP quefetion the correctness of Thompson and Scott's original description of the endopodite of the first pair of legs being three-jointed. There is no doubt, however, that the original description is quite correct, discavdatus differing from other members of the genus in this respect. Of the Cyclopidfe, Oithona similis Claus wa6 the only form observed, and that in small numbers in but three gatherings. The Harpacticida; have hitherto received but scant consideration in plankton .'ists, partly, no doubt, to difficulties inherent in their identification. The excellent monograph of the family by Sars^ does away with some of these difiiculties and, with its aid, it has been possible to determine the occurrence in the collections of a number of forms hitherto unrecorded from Canadian waters. The most frequent species was undoubtedly Harfacticus uniremis Kroyer, which is readily distin- guishable from //. chelifer (Miillei-'), among other things by the first antennae being nine-jointed instead of eight-jointed, and by the inner expansion of the proximal joint of the fifth pair of legfe bearing four marginal setae instead of three. H. chelifer lias been recorded by Wright' as occurring at Canso and also by Williams* from Ehode Island waters, where H. uniremis was also found. It is possible H. chelifer also occurs at St. Andrews; indeed, certain forms were identified as belong- ing to that species when the fetudy of the collection was begun, but the identification was made with insufficient literature and before access was obtained to Sars' Mono- graph, and opportunity has not occurred for confirming the identification. It seems probable that it was erroneous in the majority of cases. A second (or third) species of Harpacticus was one which closely resembled that described by Sars as H. gracilis Claus, differing from H. uniremis by the greater relative shortness of the terminal portion of the first antenna? and by the two t rmin 1 joints of the endopodite of the first pair of legs being confluent. Two species of Zaus were observed, distinguishable by the form of the fifth pair of legs. One was evidently Z. abhreviatus Sars. hitherto recorded only from the coast of Norway and from the islands north of Grinnell Land ; the other apparently Z. spinatus Goodsir, previously known from the eastern coast of the Atlantic and from the Arctic ocean. Idya furcata (Baird) was also occasionally found. It is a species of wide difetributinn, and has been recorded from Rhode Island by Williams. A few examples of Parathalestris JacJcsoni (Scott) Sars were also observed, a form not hitherto recorded from the Western Atlantic, a statement also true for Ilalithalesiris Croni (Kroyer) a single example of which was taken, unmistakeable from its exceedingly long and divergent furcal rami." Cirrhipedia. A few Cirrhipede larva? were observed in one of the October collections and again on February 20, February 26, and March 2. On March 6, they were present iW. Giesbrecht and O. Schmeil. Copepoda I. Gymnoplea. Das Tierrelch, Lief. 6, 1898. 2 G. O. Sars. An Account of the Crustacea of Norway. Vol. V. Bergen, 1911. 3 R. R. Wright. The Plankton of Eastern Nova Scotia Waters. Contr. to Canadian Biol., 1902-5. Ottawa, 1907. 4 Li. W. Williams. Notes on the Marine Copepoda of Rhode Island. Amer Nat. xl, 1906. ^ In the table all the Harpacticidse have been grouped together under a single heading, since with the exception of H. imire^nis they were of very occasional occurrence and then only in small numbers. 8 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 in confeiderable numbers in the surface plankton, and on March 20 they became very abundant, and continued to be so, with pomo occasional diminutions, until April 21. Tho ajjpoarance of thf.ao Balanxis larva* in lar^o numbers was, affordinjzly, coincident with the vernal increase of the phyto-plankton, corresponding? almost exactly with the increase of Biddulphia, Coscinofli'O iis mikI Frainhnui, and preceding slightly that of Thalassiosim. Malacostraca. Of the remaining groups of Cruf^tacea, relatively few representatives were observed, and only at rare intervals. Two examples of the Schizopod Thysano'essa inermis (Sars) Hansen were taken Janu-ary 1, both belonging to the variety Rhoda of Hansen, who finds intermediate stages between the forms described as Rhoda inermis and Thysano'essa neglecta and has united these into a single species with two varieties.^ Zoeas were also observed on Tarious occasions, but their numbers were few, and no attempts were made to determine the species represented by them. PROTOCHORDATA. Tunicate larvse and Appendicularians were observed, the former in considerable numbers, on Xovember 11, and in the early part of January, the latter only rarely in October. The Appendicularians were not in a f-atisfactory condition for exact deter- mination, but apparently both Fritillaria and Oikopleura were represented. PISCES. A few pelagic fish eggs were taken on two occasions, April 21 and May 13, but it was not possible to determine their source, since their preservation had rendered them almost opaque. A young fish, about 1 cm. in length was also taken on April 21 at the 3-fathom level. It was a young example of Liparis liparis Linn, and had evidently been engaged in feeding upon plankton Copepods, one of which was ohserved within its jaws. This fish, with its suctorial disk, is essentially a bottom form, its suctorial disk being an adaptation to that mode of life, and its capture in a plankton-net is there- fore a matter of some interest. j^OTE. — A further study of the plankton in the neighbourhood of St. Andrews during the past summer has revealed errors in the identification of two of the forms mentioned above. That which was doubtfully regarded as Rhizosolenia gracillima proves to be Thalassiothrix longissiyna Cleve and Grunow, while the forms identified as Eurytemora hirundoides were pro- bably merely immature examples of E. herdmani. This latter correction is based upon obser- vations kindly communicated by my friend, Dr. Arthur Willey. 1 See H. J. Hansen. The Crustacea Euphausiacea of the "United States National Museum. xlvlU, 1915. SESSIONAL. PAPER No. 38a SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a DEPARTMRXr OF THE XAVAt. SERTICE ring the Winter of 1014-1 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1917 DIATOMS AND LOBSTER REARING. By Prof. W. T. MacClement, M.A., D.Sc, Queen's University, Kingston. The entirely commendable desire to increase the annual crop of lobsters, and thus add to the income of the fishermen as well as to the supply of a delicious sea food, has prompted attempts at the semi-domestication of the lobster. A creature may be said to be domesticated when it will reach full size, will reproduce freely, and will live about the normal life-time of its kind, in the artificial conditions furnished by man. We are as yet far from reaching such a desirable state of affairs in our relations with the lobster. While mature female lobsters, captured in the sea, will extrude eggs freely in captivity, we have not yet, in the few experiments made, so closely approxi- mated to the conditions required for the health and growth of young lobsters, as to see before us in the near future the prospect of large and successful lobster gardens, maintained by the amphibious farmers of the Maritime Provinces. The account of the experiments inaugurated by the Biological Board of Canada will be found else- where.* With only one factor of the environment of the lobsters has the present writer had intimate relations, and it is with that this article deals, 1. Actions of Lobster Larvae. For several days after they are hatched, young lobsters show a desire to occupy water that is well lighted. They crowd to the lighted side of a glass vessel, and within a few seconds will have deserted the shaded for the siinny portion of the water in which they are lying. Otherwise they show little recognition of direction in their movements, sinking quietly or jerking themselves apparently aimlessly up or do-\vn or laterally through the water, often with their backs or heads downward, and with their bristly outer leg-branches constantly vibrating. Their spasmodic movements are probably the result of various stimuli besides that of light, as is shown by the fact that they seize greedily any small object that seems likely to make them a satis- factory meal. When the minute lobsters are crowded together, this edible object is quite likely to be another lobster of the same brood. The stronger of the two immediately shows how fond he is of his relative by eating as much as possible of him or her. Cannibalism is one of the factors always to be kept in mind in connec- tion with artificial arrangements for rearing the lobster. Whether the lobster larvae normally seek the lighted surface layers of the sea in which they are hatched is unknown, as few of them have been captured in open waters, and very little is known of the details of their lives when free. Surface layers may or may not be their natural haunts, but all attempts at rearing the young lobsters have been made in well-lighted and somewhat shallow enclosures. The idea is accepted by the experimenters that the young lobsters are attracted to the bright surface waters, that there they are visible to the perpetually hungry larger denizens of the ocean, such as the schools of herring and mackerel, and that consequently myriads of the lobster larvae are devoured before they have learned even the alphabet of self- defence. After they have moulted a few times, four or five, they acquire the form and features, thoiigh minute, of the adult lobster, and show the adult habits of seeking concealment, and of using their claws as weapons of defence. Hence it is believed • See Professor Knight's Report on Lobster Sanctuaries and Hatching Ponds. Canadian Biology, 1914-1915. Supp. 5th Ann. Rep. Dep. of Naval Service, 1916, pp. 41-54. 11 12 DEPART}fE\T OF THE XAVAL RERYICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 desirable to protect the lobster larvsc against each other, against hungry alien enemies, and against starvation, until they show at least some signs of knowing how to care for themselves, 2. Diatoms on Lobster Larv.i;. Well-lighted waters have many inhabitants, notably minute plants, and feome of these show a tendency to attach themselves to the lobsterlings. This is especially true of certain forms of diatoms which normally grow attached to each other and to larger submerged plants. Mature lobsters confined in ponds and cars become the carriers of various animal and plant forms, which are not parasites but symbionts in the simplest degree, merely borne by the animal. The extent of the plant growth will naturally depend on the sunlight received by the lobster, copious growths of alga; reaching to many inches in length developing on the antenna? and other appen- Hages, even on the eyes, when the animal has been confined for several months in shallow, muddy ponds. When such lobsters are removed to clean surroundings they gradually free themselves from all growths within their reach. Ordinarily the moulting process will completely remove all the effects of this symbiotic growth, but instances are known in which the rhizoids of the alga? have penetrated the covering* of the lobfeter's eyes, and moulting left the creature clean, but blind. The extent of the growth of diatoms on lobster larvae is dependent on certain factors of which the three most important seem to be: (1) The amount of sunlight received, (2) the extent of time between moults, and (3) the activity or inactivity of the lobsterlings. We have direct evidence of X\\e truth of the first two of these, and indirect evidence of the third. During the summers of 1914 and 1915 Dr. A. P. Knight, for the Biological Board of Canada, has carried on rearing experiments at Long Beach, Digby county, Nova Scotia, The complete description of these experimentft will be found in Dr. Knight's reports for those years. The opportunity given the writer to study this interesting relationship between lobsters and diatoms was due to the kind invitation of Dr. Knight, who most generously placed all the r'esources of the station at my service. In both summers the lobster larvae were loaded with a growth of diatoms which became feo great as to cause the larvae to sink to the bottom of the boxes in which they were confined. There they rolled about in the current caused by the movement of the stirring paddles, but were soon found to be dead. Their destruction was probably caused by exhaustion, and by starvation. The impeding ma.-ses of diatoms so clogged the mouth parts and the legs as to prevent the larvae from securing food. Similar difficulties were experienced by United States experimenters in lobster rearing at Wickford, Rhode Island, the diatom infesting the larvae there being Licmo- phora tincta Grun. During the summer of 1914 the lob.-ter larvae in Dr. Knight's care at Long Beach, Nova Scotia, were destroyed by Synedra invesfiens W. Sm., v.liic-li nornmlly grows on an alga, especially on Ectocarpus.. This formed almost the entire growth observable during that summer, the only other forms present being Cocconeis scutellum Ehr. and Lichmophora Lynghyei (Kutz) Grun., and these were not plentiful. In 1915, however, it was the last-named species which took possession of the larvae and reproduced themselves so rapidly as to prove destructive. The following record will indicate the rate at which they became troublesome to the young lobsters. The figures represent only approximations, ae in all probability some diatoms were in positions where they could not be seen. The lobster larvae were carefully scrutinized under a microscope, and care taken to make the counts as accurate as possible. DIATOMS AND LOBSTER REARING 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Augi St 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. S Ijobster larvre 2 24 4S 60 70 96 " 120 " 144 hours old No diatoms. About 15 diatoms " 75 " 150 Over 350 " " 500 Masses of diatoms 3. Import.\nce of Diatoms to Fish. The complete dependence of animal life on plant life is recognized by all. Diatoms are probably the most important of tbofee very simple plants which take up inorganic substances from water and air, and transform these by the aid of sunlight into living organic matter. This organic matter then serves as the chief food of crustaceans and mollusks on which many fish live. The most careful study of aquatic life gives to diatoms the proud position of being a large part of the fundamental food on which the animal life of the water depends, and in this sense the expression is true that "All fish are diatoms." 4. Structure of Diatoms. Diatoms are plants of the simplest kind, that is, each diatom consists of but one cell, and a cell is the simplest thing that can be recognized as alive. The greatest peculiarity of diatoms is the fact that each one has a skeleton of silica which is mostly outside the plant, and therefore might be called a shell or case. This shell is often very beautifully marked with lines of nodules or of depressions or of both, and these markings are so minute that they were long thought to be merely grooves and ridges. Diatoms may well be compared with bacteria, which are also minute plants. Diatoms differ from bacteria in being usually very much larger, in having the siliceous shell, and in having chlorophyll. This latter substance enablco them to use the sunlight in making their own food, while bacteria, lacking chlorophyll, have to absorb food made by other plants. Bacteria are therefore classed with that large group of dependent plants — the fungi, while diatoms rank with the independent plants. Diatoms reproduce in much the same way as do bacteria, that is, by each mature diatom splitting into two diatoms, after the two valves of the shell have been pushed apart by the growing protoplasm within. Two new valves or half-shells are then formed, and thus each new diatom has one old valve and one new one in its shell. This splitting process, as in bacteria, may go on very rapidly if food and terhperature be favourable, and it will result, at any point, in doubling the numbers of diatoms many times in a few dayt. In form, diatoms are exceedingly various, such as discoidal, cylindrical, spindle- shaped, and wedge-shaped. Some are made up of segments, which are smooth or spiny, and variously fastened together; some form long ribbons by adhering closely side by side; otherfe occurs in gelatinous tubes in which the individuals are closely packed. The majority of them are free and have some power of locomotion, but some grow attached to larger objects by gelatinous adhesions or even stalks. Of this latter sort are the kinds which have proven so prejudicial to the growth of the young lobsters. 14 r>i'r.\m \fi:\T or rin: \\\ \i. si.nvin: 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Synedra investiens AV. Sm., is cipar-shaped or slightly spindle-i^haped when seen from the front, and narrowly rectangular in side view, and grows in clusters which are closely attached to the supporting object, and radiate from the point of attachment. It is marked by cross striations which number about nine in ten microns. 1 1 Bt ■ f ^ ^^v^B '"^^^1 »f \« '. ^K^. :U . i- ^•^9 Fig. 1. Synedra investiens W. Sni. on leg of lobster larva. Fig. 2. Licnio[)hora Ljngbyei (Kutz.) (inm, on leg bristles of lobster larva. Licmophora Lynghyei (Kutz.) Grun. is wedge-shaped in the front or valve view, and club or paddle-shaped when seen in profile. The nucleus in Licmophora is usually visible near the centre of the cell, which is generally filled com- pletely with yellowish granules. The markings on the shell are delicate, and appear as transverse ridges along the edges of the valves, varying from twelve per ten microns near the base, to fifteen near the upper or broad end. The stalks on which the individ- uals grow are slender and colourless, and may be so short as to be indistinguishable, or may reach to four or more times the length of the valves. DIATOM fi AND LOBSTER REARING 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a The usual habitat of Licmophora is the surface of submerf^ed seaweeds, especially Chorda filum, which is common in St. Marys bay along the shore near Lone Beach nond. The source of this diatom is therefore the ocean water entering the pond through a pipe at every high tide. It has also been found attached to Copepods. It is rather Fig. 3. Licmophora Lyngbyei (Kutz) Grun, drawn under high magniiication, showing the transparent gelatinous stalks. remarkable that during the summer of 1914 Licmophora formed probably less than 1 per cent of the diatoms attached to the lobster larvae, while in 1915 it formed almost a pure culture, entirely replacing Synedra investiens of the preceding year. ISTo satis- factory reason can now be given for the difference. During the summer of 1914 the rearing boxes occupied a position about 200 yards from their location in 1915. The sea-water surrounding them there could not, as in 1915, enter freely through a pipe reaching to the sea, but filtered through a wide sea-wall of boulders. Until we know more of the factors affecting the growth of the various kinds of diatoms, we can merely state these facts without relating them to results. 5. Prevention of the growth of diatoms. Two methods of discouraging or preventing the development of the diatoms on the lobster larvae were briefly tested. One was the use of copper as an algicide, and the other was the reduction of light for the lobster larvae. Both were very incomplete experiments, but the facts learned will be of service in future attempts at control. It has long been known that copper is an excellent fungicide, and its toxicity toward the 16 DEPARTMENT OF THE SATAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 higher plants siifh as dandelions and wild mustard, is of importance in agrifulturo. Dr. Oeortro T. Moore (V. S. A. Plant Industry Bulletin 76, issued 1905) has demon- strated the praetieal application of this to the purification of water supplier cuitaining objectionable alga*. The method of using the copper is to dissolve copner sulphnte in the water to the extent of one part to from five millions to twenty millions of water. This dilution served to kill such delicate forms as those producing the well known water hloom of August and September. For the more hardy organisms such as diatoms it was found that the amount of copper sulphate required was as high as one part or more per million parts of water. The results quoted above were accepted as correct, and the effect of such solutions of copper sulphate on lobster larvm was examined. Vigorous larvff. placed in fresh sea-water containing one part copper sulphate per rail- lion of water, all died within three and a half hours, although four-fifths of tl:em lived for more than two hours. Another lot of the same copper sulphate solution was diluted to contain one part of copper sulphate in two million parts water. In this the larvsB lived more than four hours, but all were dead within six hours. In another lot of the solution diluted until there was only one part copper sulphate in three millions of water, the larvaj lived but little longer. Fig. 4. Drawing of lobster larva two hourx after hatching. No diatoms could be found attached to it. Control exi)eriments, exactly similar in every respect, except that the water con- tained no copper sulphate, were made in each case, the lobster larvae remaining DIATOMS AND LOBSTER REAUISd 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a healthy and active for several days. If, as stated, diatoms rccjuire for their destruc- tion one part of copper sulphate per million, it is clear that this algicide cannot be used in sea-water in the presence of lobster larva?. Fig. 5. Drawing d lobster larva, twelve days old, exposed to sunliglit every day. These larvae were all dead by the fourteenth day. The appendages are loaded with diatoms. The second plan of control gave more promising results. For a plant to make its own food, sunlight is necessary. Diatoms, being independent plants, must have sunlight in order to make satisfactory growth. Ten thousand larvae in one rearing- box were exposed to the light as usual, while a like number in a neighbouring box were kept shaded by a screen of canvas painted black, and placed horizontally over the box, within about 6 inches of the surface of the water. The larvae were already four days old when the shade was applied, and on an average they carried between 350 and 500 diatoms each. They were examined after forty-eight hours of shading, and an improvement in their condition was apparent. Careful counts gave an average of 209 diatoms on each larva. Daily examination showed a satisfactory decrease in the number of diatoms. These shaded larvae began moulting at the end of nine days, while those unshaded did not moult until they were thirteen days old. At the end of twelve days the shaded larvae were active, and apparently suffering no inconvenience from the few diatoms that adhered to them. This was in striking contrast to the larvae which had not been shaded, and which were loaded with masses nf diatoms on every appendage, as indicated in the drawings. 18 TiKIWiri MKST OF THE .V.ir.U. SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Fiff. 6. Drawing of lobster larva, twelve days old, carefully shaded from the fourth to the twelfth day. These larvae moulted on the ninth day, and show the Kwimmerets and the serrations on the beak which are the marks of the second phase. 6. Diatoms found in the Rearing Boxes. While Licmophora was by far the most plentiful diatom on the lobster larvaj in 1915, other kinds were present m the rearing boxes, and occasionally on the larvao. A few ribbons of Fragillarta, probably hyalina (Kutz) Grun., were found with the Licmophora, adhering to the bristly appendages of the larv.T. Others collected from the stirring paddle or from the bottom are named below, ]ilentiful in about the order of arrangement: — Amphora coffaeformis (Ag.) Kutz. Cocconeis scutellum Ehr. Paralia sulcata Ehr. Rhahdonema adriaticum Kutz. Nitzschia longissima (Breb.) Kalf. var. parva, Van H. Navicula (Stauroneis) apicula ITickie. Melosira nummuloidcs (Bory) Ag. Grammatophora marina (Lyng) Kutz. DIATOMS AND LOBSTER REARING 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Nitzschia closterium W. Sm. Acnanthes suhsessilis Kutz. Fnigihirla fcrirstrata Gruii. Amphora qnadrata Breb. Synedra affinis Kutz. Coscinodiscus excentricus Ehr. Grammatopliora angulosa Gruii. Chaetoceras cinctum Grun. ( ?) Pleurosigma affine Grun. Nitzschia panduriformis var. minor Grun. Actinoptychus undulatus Ehr. There were also many individuals of the protozoan, Peridinium lenticulare Ehr. Scrapinfjs from the carapace of a mother lobster, from which larva? were hatched, gave a few diatoms, but the plant growth on the creature was almost entirely Ecto- carpus, the diatoms being merely entangled in this alga. Licmophora Lynghyel (Kutz) Grun. Cocconeis scutellum Ehr. Grammatophora marina Grun. Scoliopleura tumida Grun. While the above were sufficiently numerous to infect the larvae with diatoms, Licmophora in particular, the numbers which accumulated on the larvse could not be accounted for by drifting or swimming formfe: The almost pure growth of Licmo- phora, its firm attachment to the larvse, and the increase in diatoms day by day, when exposed to sunlight, all point to their rapid reproduction in sihi, as the cause of their great numbers. Another evidence was the fact that the plankton net, towed in the water about the raft which supported the rearing boxes, collected compara- tively few Licmophora, but many individuals of other species. The species named below were found to be plentiful in about the order they are named: — Chaetoceras decipiens Clave. Cocconeis scutellum Ehr. Pleurosigma elongatum. P. angulatum W. Sm. Paralia sulcata (Ehr.) Clave. Fragillaria hyalina (Kutz) Grun. Nitzschia longissima (Breb) Ealfs. Chaetoceras dichaeta. Actinoptychus undulatus Kutz. Licmophora Lynghyei (Kutz) Grun. Amphora quadi-ata Breb. Attached to the timbers of the rafts, and to thr ropes fiy whif'h the structure was anchored, was a thick growth of Homoecladia capitata H. L. Sm. Its brown masses showed a definite relationship to the aerated surface waters, being entirely lacking where the ropes reached down a few feet from the free atmosphere. The plankt-on net collected also many specimens of Peridinium lenticulare Ehr. and P. reniforme, while Geratium tripos ISTitsch, was not rare, and the Silico-flagellate, Bistephanua speculum (Epr.) Haeckel, was common. From the waters of St. Mary's bay, in front of the intake pine of Long Beach pond, the plankton-Tiet collected a few specimens of Licmophora Lynghyei (Kuntz) Grun, but the catch was very rich in the common Bay of Fundy forms: — 3'8a— 2 20 DEPARTMEXT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Chaetoceras decipiens Cleve. C. dirhnrtn. C. eriophylLum Cast. Rhizosolenia styliformis Bright. Coscinodiscus concinniis W. Sm. Cocconeis scutellum Ehr. Nitzschia longissima (Breb) Ralfs. Paralia sulcata (Ehr) Cleve. Along with these were the following named iiifufeorians and crustaceans: — Ceratium tripos Nitsch. AmphoreUa suhidata (Ehr) Dad. Distephanus speculum (Ehr) Haeckel. Ceratium fusus. Tintinnopsis campanula (Ehr) Dad. Ualanus finmarchicus Gunner. Podon intermedius Lill. For verification of the determinations of several species, and for the identifica- tion of others, the writer is under speeial obligation to Dr. Albert Mann, of the United States National Herbarium, and to Dr. A. H. MacKay, Superintendent of Education, Halifax. 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1917 ON THE SCALES OF THE SPRING SALMON. By C. McLean Fraser, Ph.D.. Curator Pacific Coast Biological Station, Departure Bay, British Columbia. A paper on " Growth of the spring salmon " was read at the San Francisco meeting of the Pacific Fisheries Society, August 9-11, 1915, and appears in the proceedings of that meeting. A more detailed analysis of the data on which it was based and of data obtained from new material, is here presented. The spring salmon (Oncorhj/nchus tschawytscha) , otherwise known as the king", tyee, chinook, or quinnat, has been the most highly favoured for investigation of all the Pacific Coast species, and much good work has been done by Butter, Gilbert,. Chamberlain, and others, largely in connection with the United States Bureau of Fisheries. By means of long-continued observations, these men and their associates have been able to put on record many facts concerning the life-history of this valuable species. In this instance, some additions, obtained by the methods recently made use of in the North Sea investigations by Hjort, Dahl, and others, are offered. McMurrich and Gilbert have included the spring salmon in the species of which the age at maturity was discussed. Incidentally, that phase of the study of scales will be con- sidered in connection with an investigation into the rate of growth, and its bearing on the life-history of the species. The validity of the conclusions drawn from scale study depends largely on the Tuterpretation of the " annual rings " or " winter checks." The propriety of intro- ducing these terms has been, seriously questioned by many who have failed to see such a significance in the portions of the scale under discussion. It seemed useless to go- on with scale investigation unless some definite assurance could be obtained on- this point. Two species, the Pacific herring and the spring salmon, may be obtained throughout the year in the strait of Georgia, 'and hence these offered a basis for information. For reasons given later, the spring salmon was chosen and an investiga- tion that began with the idea of personally settling the " winter check '' question was enlarged to include other points in connection with the life-history. THE "winter check." There is no disputing the fact that in the scales of some species of fish there are areas arranged concentrically, having a different appearance to the remainder of the scale. As they are concentric they may be appropriately called " rings." Under normal conditions of growth is there one of these rings formed on each scale during each year? Einar Lea has investigated the matter in the case of the North Sea herring, and the argument he advances is a convincing one.^ By examining herring of the same year class, caught at short intervals over a considerable period, and from these getting measurements, he concluded that the somewhat transparent ring on the scale was formed during the period from December to March, the main growth of the scale or almost the entire growth, taking place during the other months. Though this ring is annual and is produced during the winter months, his evidence shows that the rate of growth is not primarily dependent on temperature. 1 A study of the growth of herrings, Publ. de Circonstance, No. 61, Conseil Perm. Inter, pour J'Explor. de la Mer, 1911. 38a— 2J 21 22 DEPARTMFyr OF rilE ^AVAL f^ERYICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 In tho scale of the herrinp: the characteristic markings, the elevated lines, run transversely across the scale; the winter check, concentrically placed, consequently crosses the reprnlar lines at rip:ht anjrles laterally hut runs nearlj' parallel with them medially. Tlie rings are narrow and, since they are formed at the margin of the scale, it is impossible to tell when a ring begins or when it ends, with any degree of accuracy. Ilence T>ea had to resort to many measurements and calculations of growth. Because of this difficulty it is possible to get scales more satisfactory than the herring scales, and it is for this reason that the scales of the spring salmon have been taken in preference. The characteristic elevated lines on the salmon scales are quite different from those on the herring scales. The arrangement is concentric around a more or less nearlv circular nucleus, so that each of these lines form rings, or rather partial rings, as few of them are completed on the exposed portion of the scale. These rings are wide apart in certain areas, while in other areas at regular intervals they are quite close together. Corresponding to the transparent rings on the herring scale, therefore, there are narrow bands of closely applied rings. The term "annual rings" mu.st have a somewhat different significance in the two cases, although the cause may be similar, but it i- possible that " winter check " can be applied equally well to each. The close band is 80 much wider than the ring in the herring scale that it is easily possible in the majority of cases to decide when it begins or ends. As previously stated, spring salmon are to be obtained in the strait of Georgia at all times of the year, and hence, in all probability, some of them at least remain in tho strait during the whole period of their existence in salt water. The fall, winter, and spring, 1914-15, were particularly favourable for getting material. As there was so little cold or stormy weather the handline fishermen were able to go out almost every day, seldom doing so without some return for their labours. A number of men from Departure Bay fished throughout the season, and it was a simple matter to obtain data at short intervals. The majority of the fish examined were caught by Mr. E. Webber, who made special effort to have the series as complete as possible. The temiierature data were obtained from daily surface readings at the station, and occasional readings at depth. The appearance of a year's growth on a salmon scale has a much closer approxi- mation to that of the groAvth dn a twig of wood than that of the herring scale. The area of distant rings corresponds to the loose texture of the spring and summer growth in the twig. The rings get closer during the fall until there is a compact band corresponding to the winter ring in the wood. It was to the time that the compact band made its appearance that special attention was paid. In the scales of fish caught in the summer time, with rare exceptions, there is always a wide area outside of any compact band, hence it was evident that this close band could not be formed at that time of the year. During the fall a certain amount of retardation was indicated since the lines near the margin were closer together. Later the beginning of the more compact band was evident in some scales, then in all, and still later the outer limit was reached and the distant lines appeared once more. In all scales of salmon caught from January 6 to March 17 there was indication of the check in growth at the margin. On the other hand, with but few exceptions, no scales obtained after April 22 and before November 27 had indication of retarda- tion at the margin. From March 17 to April 22 and from November 27 to January 5 some show retardation at the margin while others do not, this being true even in specimens caught on the same day. The period of check here corresponds so exactly with that reported by Lea for the herring that it can scarcely be considered a mere coincidence. A? the time corresponds in general to the winter season, the term " winter check " is not inappropriate. SCALES OF THE SPRING SALMON 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a In order to compare the temperatures of the water during the "winter check" period with those before and after, a table of surface temperatures to cover the months from October to May, inclusive, is given, as well as a table showing temperatures at depth, taken at intervals during that period. The surface temperatures were taken at the station landing float, and the deeper temperatures about four miles out, east of Five Finger island, that being the nearest point at which water over 100 fathoms could be reached. The surface readings were taken by a Negretti and Zambra deep- sea thermometer or one standardized against it and the deep-water temperatures with a Richter deep-sea thermometer in connection with a Pettcrsen-Nansen water-bottle. TABLE I. Day. Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. March. April. May. o o o 0 0 0 o o 1 11-8 11-5 IM 10-5 10-5 10-4 7-4 8-6 7-6 7-9 8-0 8-7 6-9 7-9 7-4 8-4 7-6 7-6 9-4 9-8 90 10-7 o 110 3 11-5 4 11-5 100 8-.5 7-3 6-7 7-5 9-2 11-6 .5 11-8 11-7 12-3 12-3 12-7 9-9 9-7 8-7 9-2 9-7 7-6 7-5 7-7 6-7 7-9 6-4 6-3 6-7 7-4 7-7 7-3 7-2 7-9 8-6 8-4 7-7 7-6 8-2 7-7 7-9 9-4 10-3 10-4 90 9-8 13 -.3 6 J30 13-9 7 8 13-3 9 12-8 10 12-2 9-1 70 7-0 8-1 8-1 10-7 12-2 11 11-6 9-8 6-3 7-2 7-3 8-1 9-9 11-8 12 11-4 9-0 7-4 8-2 7-3 8-2 10-3 11-6 13 10-8 8-3 7-0 7-6 7-7 8--5 10-3 120 14 10'9 8 -.5 7-2 7-7 8-5 8-7 9-8 121 1.5 11-6 11-2 7-4 8-3 7-4 7-6 7-3 7-2 6-6 8-6 8-5 8-2 10-9 11-2 12-6 16 13-1 17 10 -.5 9-0 6-3 7-1 8-5 8-2 11-7 13-4 18 10-4 8-2 6-4 7-2 7-7 80 11-9 13-7 19 100 8-3 6-7 6-5 7-4 8-6 11-7 13-5 20 100 8-9 6-.5 6-6 6-7 8-1 10-5 13-2 21 10-2 9-2 6-5 5-7 7-2 9-0 10-6 12-2 22 10-3 9-4 6-3 6-2 70 9-7 111 12& 23 10'8 8-8 71 6-7 7-4 9-4 10-8 12-2 24 lOo 8-9 7-3 5-6 71 9-7 11-8 12-1 25 10-3 8-9 7-0 61 71 9-7 11-3 12-7 26 10-7 91 7-2 6-2 71 9-2 111 121 27 110 8-8 6-9 6-9 7-6 100 110 12-4 28 10-9 8-8 70 6-6 8-5 101 10-8 9-0 29 10-8 8-6 6-5 6-9 10-3 10-6 12-4 30 110 7-3 6-6 6-6 9-7 10-6 13-5 31 10-9 7-0 6-9 9-0 13-8 111 9-0 7-2 7-0 7-4 8-6 10-5 12-5 Maximum 12-7 10-5 8-6 8-7- 8-6 10-3 11-9 13-9 Minimum 100 7-3 6-3 5-6 6-5 7-5 90 9-9 TABLE II. lOOf. 50f. 20f. lOf. of. on Sept. 9, 1914 8-7 91 90 9-0 8-5 8-4 8-6 8-8 91 9-2 8-7 8-5 8-2 8-4 9-9 9-4 8-8 7-8 8-4 8-3 8-9 10-5 9-7 8-6 7-0 8-0 8-4 9-2 10-6 10-0 8-4 6-9 7-9 8-6 10-2 14-2 October 21 December 8 10-7 7-6 January 18, 1915 6-9 February 26 8-0 April 9 9-2 May 17 13-6 The readings are all Centigrade readings. 24 DKiwin \n:\T of tin: saval i^ertwe 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 It will be spcn from the tables that dnriiif? the three months, December. January and Febr\iary, the average temperatures differ little, but are lower than durinpr the other months, while the prreatcr portion of the retardation of prrowth takis place d irinjr January, February, and March. November, during which there was no evidouce of check except during the last few days, was colder, on the average, than Maroh, and had a lower minimum. October was almost as warm as April, and yet retardation is evident on occasion almost to the end of April. There are only 4-1 degrees of differ- ence between the average of October and January, and only 2 degrees between the average for November and January. There may be that much difference between the temperature at the surface and at a depth of 5 fathoms Tin table II there is a difference of 3-6 degrees show^i thus for September 9), and 5 fathoms would certainly not be too great depth for a salmon to reach. Doubtless there is a maximum, an optimum and a minimum temperature for growth, but it is scarcely probable that if the optimum is reached at 13 or 14 degrees, 7 degrees would be at or near the minimum, and if it wc'-e, 8-6 degrees, the average for March, should be far enough away from that minimum to show a definite increase of growth instead of showing a continuation of the minimum. If the check is due to the lowering temperature, one would naturally expect that the change should take place in all of the fish of the same species in the same region at or near the same time, and yet some have close rings beginning on November 27, while others have little or no sign of them on January 5 ; some have got over the check on March 17, while others retain it on April 22. Between these dates in the two C;ise3 there is a period of time equal to almost half of the time during which all show retarda- tion. Again, if the check is due to the lowering temperature, all in the same vicinity should have checks of nearly the same width, but instead there is a great variation from one ov two rings to six or seven. The variation occurs in the individuals in one year class as much as in any of the others, and after the first year is over the individuals that migrate as fry are affected in the same way as those that migrate as yearlings. Nothing shows better the entire lack of relation between rate of growth and tem- perature than the graphs for each for the entire year. In making a graph for the growth rate, the average percentage of the total growth for the year was taken for each half-month. As the new growth for the year starts about April 1, that is taken foi the basis of calculation. In the graph for water temperature (surface) the average for each half-month was taken also. The graph showing the percentage of the yenr's growth completed during each half -month is also given. The curves for growth rate and temperature are so unlike that they are scarcely comparable. The greatest growth rate is in May, the highest temperature in August, by which time the growth rate has become materially reduced. The growth curve has a sharp ascent from the first of April until the middle of May and a very gradual descent for the rest of the year ; the temperature curve has ■ a gradual ascent from January until August and a gradual descent for the rest of the year. Half of the total growth for the year takes place during April, May and June, before the tempera- ture has nearly reached its greatest height. During the next two and a half months another quarter is added, leaving but a quarter for the next six and a half months, but by the middle of September the temperature has decreased very little. It may be remarked here that there is no indication of a total cessation of growth during January, February, and March, such as Lea says occurs in the North Sea her- ring. The growth is very much retarded but does not cease entirely. The width of the winter bands shows this to be true. Taking all of these points into consideration, it can scarcely be maintained that temperature has any very definite primary effect on rate of gro^vth. Tables somewhat similar to those given for temperature could be given for den- sity or salinity during the same period, but as they cover ground so similar it does; not appear to be necessary. Suffice it to say that there seems to be just as little direct relation between salinity (as far as the limits in the waters of the strait of Georgia are concerned) and growth rate, as there is between temix^rature and growth rate. SCALES OF THE SPRING SALMON 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a With temperature and salinity eliminated as primary factors, the main emphasis must fall on the only other known variable that could have direct boarin;? on the growth of fish, viz., the food supply. That fish do not differ from other animals in- which growth is accelerated by regular, suitable feeding, is shown by the success that attends the feeding of fresh-water fish in ponds, lakes, and streams. On the other hand fish, like other animals, cannot maintain normal growth if food is lacking or is insuffi- cient in quantity to keep the various processes active. Existence may be continued for some time under such conditions, but it must be at the expen.se of the nourishment and energy stored up in the body. While that is being drawn upon, growth must be retarded or stopped altogether, and the weight may be considerably reduced. The scale, like any other organ of the body, must be afi'ected as the body as a who'e is affected, hence the variation in the food supply, even without any other important factors, could account for the difference in the rate of growth. In fishes like the salmon, where a portion of the life is spent in the fresh water and the remainder in salt water, there is a great disparity of growth during the two periods. The richness of the marine fauna as food supply, as compared with the fresh-water fauna, makes a decided difference in favour of the former. A difference in salinity, however, complicates matters as far as evidence goes in this case. A better illustration is afforded by the difference in the rate of growth of a trout, e.g., the cut-throat, in a small pond where food is scarce and in a lake where food is abundant or where there is a wider area over which to search for it. The variation in the food supply would seem to account appropriately for the variation in rate of growth but, unfortunately, in the case of the spring salmon, the application is not self-evident. In the spring and summer, minute Crustacea and a great variety of larvae are abundant, hence such fish as the herring that feed on this should thrive better at that time of the year. The spring salmon takes this food also, but evidently eats many fish as well. Here comes the difiiculty. To judge from the stomach contents, one might say that the salmon, by preference, feeds on the herring and the herring is abundant in the strait throiighout the year. They are much more in evidence during the winter months, as the schools can readily be located near shore. During February and March they remain for long periods in the same locality, in the spawning season. Some of the salmon follow the herring into shallow water since a few individuals are caught in the herring nets, and I have seen them swim- ming around in a school of herring not far from shore. It may be that these are stragglers while the larger numbers remain in the deeper water where the herring congregate in the summer time. An entirely different explanation is possible. The spring salmon may prefer crustaceans, as the sockeye and the coho seem to do, taking fish only when the crus- tacean supply runs short. Their presence with the herring schools may be due to the fact that they, like the herring, are feeding on copepods. There is some basis for such conclusion, for spring salmon caught in the neighbourhood of herring schools have been found to contain decapods, schizopods, amphipods, and copepods. At such time I have even found annelids of the Nereis type in their stomachs, the only evi- dence that I have seen that they are ever bottom-feeders after they leave the fresh v^ater. Fishermen with spoon bait often catch many salmon right in the herring schools, while herring bait at such a time is useless. If crustaceans make up the main part of the food supply, then they would fare better in spring and early summer when the pelagic Crustacea are so numerous. In the winter time they take to the herring in the extremity of hunger, as being the chief food available, enough to keep them alive but not enough for ample nourishment for growth equivalent to the summer growth. If retardation of growth in the scale is due to the lack of suitable food, an explanation is readily available for the extra checks that appear between the regular winter checks, or at the margin in fish caught during the summer. Ix)cal conditions 26 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 may become such, even in the summor, that a fisli oanr.ot get a good food supply for some time, and the growth is cheoked. That there are not more of these checks goes to show wliat an abundant and well-distributed fauna there must bo in the sea. Fish must be subject to periods of ill health, as all animals are, and during such times growth may be seriously retarded. This would account for the small amount of LTowtli S(inietim<'s foinid lietween two sueeessive winter elu-eks. Regenerated scales show that fish are subject to injury. As on the regenerated >cales, only those rings corresponding to those formed afterwards on the normal ^e;lll•> appear, leaving the central portion of the scale blank. The time of the injury is thus indicated. If the injury is a serious one the normal scales on the fish may show a check on account of the retardation of growth due to the drain on the system in recovering from the injury. These checks may or may not decrease the total amount of growth for the year. In some cases it does noticeably, but in others the later growth seems to have been accelerated so as to fully make up for the lost time. At first such extra checks may cause considerable confusion in scale reading, but after the normal scale becomes familiar, such checks, with rare exceptions, may readily be distinguished from the regular winter checks. RATE OF GHOWTH. Since data as to length and weight of the fish from which the scales for this investigation had been recorded, these scales became available for a study of rate of growth. Since that time other material has been added. Some of this additional material was obtained from the Departure Bay fishermen, and hence is comparable to the previous material; some was obtained from the cannery at Nanaimo, some from a cannery at New Westminster (these were caught in the Fraser river), some from the Vancouver fish companies (from the Skeena and Campbell rivers), some from the cannery at Ucliucklesit, Barkley sound, and a small but interesting collec- tion from Mr. R. B. Heacock, Seabright, California. To those in charge in all these cases my thanks are due. The lot is rather a composite one and, for some purposes, a large number from one locality taken at nearly the same time would give better results, but for other purposes, as this material contains data from specimens of all ages taken at all times of the year, from widely different localities, it is especially suitable. In studying the rate of growth of the spring salmon it must be recognized, in the first place, that there are two types to be considered. Most observers have realized that some salmon migrate from the fresh water to the sea as fry, when they are four or five months hatched, while others remain in the fresh water throughout the first year and go down early in the second year as yearlings or fingerlings. The whole seale theory must f'-- not. The most casual observer could not fail to notice that the central portion of the scale may differ materially from the corresponding portion of the scale of another individual. There is no doubt that Gilbert's interpretation of this central portion of the scale in the two types of this species is correct. The individual that migrates as fry has no scales when it reaches the salt water, and consequently there can be no record on the scale of life in fresh water. The scale starts to develop soon after migration, the growth is rapid, and although the late start is a big handicap, the growth in the remainder of the year is slightly greater, on the average, than that of the whole second year. There is this difference, how- ever, the fish in its first year does not seem to be able to stand adverse conditions as well as the older fish. They may not be able to partake of as great variety of food. In consequence, the distance between the rings on the scale at times start to narrow earlier so that the summer growth gradually passes into the winter growth without giving the appearance of a distinct winter check. The change from the winter SCALES OF THE SPRIXG SALMON 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a check to the next summer's growth is as abrupt as in older fish. The fry are about i-5 inch long when tliey migrate, and the average length at the end of the year is about 10 inches. (Here afe elsewhere in this paper the caudal fin rays are not included when the length is measured.) Some measurements, given in inclics, will give some indication of the rate of growth: August 18, 5.0 (2), 5.2, 5.5 (2), 6.0, 6.5, 7.5; November 6, 10.0; December 4, 8.7; December 26, 9.7; January 28, 10.0; Febru- ary 11, 10.2; March 3, 10.7; March 6, 10.2; March 11, 8.8; Aprl 3, 8.8; April 6, 11.4, 8.7; April 8, 11.6; April 13, 10.4; April 14, 10.2. After this date the rapid growth had started in all the specimens examined. At this time the fish is about a year old, or slightly more, and weighs about half a pound. In the measurements given later the first year is taken to be the period to the end of the first winter check. Concerning tlie later growth it is not necessary to say very much. Broad summer bands are followed in succession by narrow winter bands. In normal individuals the limit of variation is not so very great, but naturally it increases with the age of the fish. At the end of the second year the average length of the fish examined was 20-5 inches, and the weight somewhat over 4 pounds. At the end of the third year the length was 28 5 inches, and the weight 14 pounds. At the end of the fourth year the length was about 33 inches, and the weight 22 pounds. No specimens obtained had completed the fifth year. The fry that remains in fresh water during the first year starts to develop the scale about the same time as the one that goes to sea, but as the fish in fresh water growfe very slowly, the scale grows slowly also, and the rings, even in the summer time, are quite close together. In the winter they come almost together and are cften incomplete or broken. The winter check can be distinguished more readily in the majority of specim.ens, by the narrow area of broken lines than by judging the distance between the lines. The fish is still under 4 inches in length, and hence does not compare at all favourably with the one that spent its first year in the sea. ITsually the migration to the sea is made early in the spring, so that the growth in salt water is indicated immediately following the winter check. In . some instances, though, there is indication of a small amount of fresh-water growth outside of the winter check before the growth in salt water commences, but it never reaches an extent similar to that sometimes found in the coho. About one-third of the specimens examined showed evidence of thife growth. It would seem then that a large majority — two-thirds of the whole number in this group — migrate early in the spring, in ]\rarch or early in April, and the remainder follow not so very long after, so that by tue middle of May, or even earlier, the last stragglers must have disappeared from the fresh water. After the seaward migration the growth in this type is entirely comparable to that in the other. At the end of the second year the average length is nearly 14 inches, and the weight slightly over a pound; at the end of the third year the length is over 23 inches and the weight 6 poundfe ; at the end of the fourth year the length is 30 inches and the weight 16 pounds. Sixth year specimens were lacking in this type also. In making a more detailed analysis and comparison, the following data were obtained. Of 306 fish over one year old examined, 199 or 65 per cent of the whole number had migrated as fry. Of these, 83 were in the second year, 43 in the third, 59 in the fourth, and 14 in the fifth year. Of the 107 that stayed in the fresh water a year, 10 were in the second year, 18 in the third year, 44 in the fourth, and 35 in the fifth. The growth of each fish in each year has been calculated and the average for each year taken. The following table was made out for the purpose of comparison. 28 nFfARTMEXT OF THE y \V.\L SERTICF. 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 TABLE OF GROWTH. " Sea Type." Year Class. No. Growth During 1st Year. 2nd Year. 3rd Year. 4th Year. 2nd. 83 43 59 14 In. 9-9 100 111 10-3 In. In. In. 3rd 9-8 101 9-7 4th 7-6 7-6 5th 5-6 Average. . 10-3 9-9 7-6 5-6 Year Class. No. Length .kt End of 1st Year. 2nd Year. 3rd Year. 4th Year. 2nd 83 43 59 14 In. 9-9 100 111 10-3 In. In. In. 3rd 19-8 21-2 20- 0 4th 28-7 27-6 5th.. 33-1 • 10-3 20-5 28-5 33-1 'Stream Type." Year Class. No. Growth During 1st Year. 2nd Year. 3rd Year. 4th Year. 2nd 10 18 44 35 In. 3-6 3-8 3-7 3-7 In. In. In. 3rd 10-4 10-5 9-6 4th . 9-5 9-4 5th 7-2 Average 3-7 10-2 9-5 7-2 S^CALES OF THE SPRING SALMON SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a " Stream Type " — Concluded. 29 Year Class. No. Length at the End of 1st Year. 2nd Year. 3rd Year. 4th Year. 2nd 10 18 44 35 In. 3-6 3-8 3-7 3-7 In. In. In. 3rd 14-1 14-2 13-4 4th 23-7 22-8 5th 300 3-7 13-9 23-3 300 Of the mature grilse only four were obtained, all of the " sea type," in their third year. The average for them was: Growth, first year, 11-1; Second year, 10-7; length at end of first year, 11-1; at end of the second year, 21-8; when caught in June, 26-0. In the previous paper on " Growth of spring salmon," 2 inches was taken as the average length when the scale starts to develop. It has been found that this was too high for the average, 1.5 inch being much nearer the length. In these calculations, therefore, 1-5 inch has been taken from the total length of the fish in each case and the reniirinder divided in the same proportion as a line drawn from the margin of the nucleus to the margin of the scale, would be by the outside limits of the various winter checks. To the first year value thus obtained, 1.5 inch is added to get the length of the fish at the end of the first year. In making the calculation in this way there io no " phenomenon of apparent change in growth-rate " such as is shown in the various herring investigation tables of Hiort, Dabl, and others, making the strained explanations by Rosa Lee (Publications de Circonstance, No. 63, Conseil Perm. Int. ppTir TExpl. de la Mer, 1912) and of Einar Lea (Ihid., No. 66, 1913) appear necessary. When the number examined was divided up between the two types and among the difl'erent classes, the number in any one group was not large enough to make it worth while making graphs, but some points concerning each might be mentioned. Taking the "sea type" first, the growth for the first year varies from 7-1 to 12-7 inches, but very few are less than 8-7. The number 9-3 has the greatest number of individuals, but several others have nearly as great. In the second-year growth there are some cases abnormally small, 6.2, 6.4, 6.7, 7.2. The majority fall between 8.6 and 12-2, with 10-0 and 11-1 the most numerous. The length at the end of the second year shows much the same variety as the second-year's growth. There are low ones, 14-7, 15-8, 16-4, and 16-7, and high ones, 24-1, 24-2, and 24-5, but nearly all come between 17-5 and 23-5. The growth in the third year shows much variation between the extremes of 3-8 and 4-5 on the one hand, and 11-5 on the other, but the greater number come between 7-0 and 8-5. This makes a great variation in length at the end of the third year, all the way from 24-2 to 31-8, the majority falling between 27-5 and 29-5. In the fourth-year growth there is less variation, 4-2 and 6-7 being the extremes, but at the end of the year the length varies from 29-9 to 37-9, with one abnormally low at 28-3. Those taken in the fifth year were taken at different times and a fair comparison can scarcely be made, but with the exception of the abnormal one just mentioned, which became only 30-5, there was a variation from 33 0 to 40-0, with an average of 35-8. 30 Di:i'AiiTMi:\r or riir \\vAh service 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 In the fish of the " stronm type," since the prowth in the first year, after the alevin stape is passed, is small, there is little variation as given in inches, for thft lonfrth at the end of the first year. The extremes are 3-2 and 4 1, with the greatest inmiber at 3-6 and the next at 3-9. In the second-year growth there is a range from 7-7 to 12-8, but nearly all are between 8-4 and 12-0. The length at the end of the second year varies from 11-4 to 16-5, but nearly all are between 12 1 and 15-9. In tlie third-year growth there are three exceptionally low, 5 1, 5-8, and 6-4, and apart from this there is a variation from 6-9 to 12-5, the majority being between 8-3 and 11-0. At the end of the third year, with the exception of six abnormal ones, one of which is only 16-9, the length varies from 21-1 to 26-9, and is fairly well distributed between these extremes. In the fourth year the increase is small in two cases, 5-0 and 5-3 and high in two others, 8-9 and 9-8. The remainder falls between 5-7 and 8-4, with the majority between 7-0 and 8-0. The length at the end of the fourth year varies from 258 to 34-0, but nearly all fall between 29-5 and 31-5. Of those caught in the fifth year, all but three were obtained on June 22. The average length when caught was 32-4, with a variation from 2i8-5 to 36-5. For material from such a variety of sources, the growth values for each year show very little difference in the different classes. The differences are greater in fishes of the "sea type," since, as the spring salmon do not all spawn at the same time of the year, some of the fry must be more or less than a year old at the end of the lirst winter check. With the fish of the " stream type " the growth of the first year is so small that all start on much the same basis at the beginning of the second spring. There is one point quite prominent in both types, and hence worth considering. 'J'hose fish that have matured in their fourth year have higher average growths throughout than those that do not matvire until the fifth year. From this it would seem that the larger fish of a year-class spawn in the fourth year and the smaller ones of the class spawn in the fifth year. If this is true, we should expect that those that mature as grilse in the third year should be the largest of the year class. Too few were examined to justify any definite statement, but it may be said that these do not show that that might not be so. One would need to get several fish of the same year-class for three years in succession before the conclusion would be sufficiently definite. The comparison would be more complete if six-year or even seven-year fish (Gilbert records one fish in its seventh year) could have been included. Gilbert says very little about the six and seven-year fish that he has seen. The sixth-year scale Ihat he figures is of the " stream type " it would be interesting to know if all the others were, as well as the nature of the seventh-year fish. The data from such would have a decided bearing on the question here discussed, but in this region, at any rate, they would not appear to be sufficiently numerous to be a factor in the com- mercial phase of the question. As quite a complete series of fish up to 35 inches was obtained, and as the weight of these over 5 inches was recorded, it is possible to get a satisfactory graph to show the ratio of weight to length. The curve is as regular as one could expect from the degree of accuracy of weights and measurements. There were only ten fish in the collection over 35 inches, and these show much irregularity in weight. There were: Tour 35-5, varying from 21 to 28-5 pounds; one 36-0, weighing 28; one 36-5. 25; • me 37-5, 39; one 38, 28; one 39, 35-5; and one 40-0 weighing 36-5 pounds. The sex was not determined in the fish obtained from New Westminster and Vancouver, hence the data are not sufficient to say definitely if there was much differ- ence in weight between the males and the females of the same length, as this lot contained a large proportion of the mature specimens. In those where the sex was determined there was no material difference. SCALES OF Tin: sruixfi .SMM/O.V 31 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a In comparing the salmon of the " sea type " with those of the " stream type " throughout, the former shows to good advantage. At the end of the first year, it has u length 6-6 inches greater than the other, and a somewhat similar superiority is maintained throughout. At the end of the second year three is still 6-6 inches differ- ence and a difference of over 3 pounds in weight, as the small fish weighs very little over a pound while the larger weighs over 4. At the end of the third year the differ- ence in length is 5'-2 inches and the difference in weight, Y-5 pounds. At the end of the fourth year, the difference in length is 3-1 inches and the difference in weight, 6-5 pounds. At the time they arc caught in June and July, if they are in the fourth year, the average length of the "sea type" is 31 -Y inches, and of the "stream type" '2Ct['> inches, a difference of 5-4 inches, and a corresponding difference in weight of 7-5 pounds; if they are caught in their fifth year, there is an average difference in length of 3-4 inches, and in weight of 6-5 pounds. As in this collection 65 per cent are fish of the " sea typo," it would seem to be a good thing if the remainder should be encouraged to behave likewise. Hence, instead of keeping the fry of the spring salmon in retaining ponds for a year, and losing thereby many pounds of mature fish, it would be much better to give all of them every facility in getting down to the salt water and a better supply of food as soon as they can stand the change physio- logically. The only offset there is comes from the fact that a larger number of fish of the " sea type " than of the " stream type " are mature in the fourth year. The latter has one year longer to grow in such cases. As it is scarcely any larger in the 6fth year than the former is in the fourth, there is no special advantage even here. If five years instead of four are taken to produce a certain size of fish, there must be ii loss of 25 per cent here as well. It must be distinctly understood that these remarks apply to the spring salmon only, and to the spring salmon as I have found it. It does not necessarily apply to any other species of Pacific salmon. That quite the opposite is true for the coho is shown in another paper being published, and it remains to be seen what is the nature of the application in other species. SUMMARY. The growth of the scale in the spring salmon is a good indication of the growth of the fish. Annual bands of growth appear on the scale, each consisting of a wide portion with the lines on it somewhat distant, and a narrow portion with the lines closer together. The narrow band may be called the " winter check " appropriately, because, although the retardation of growth is due to a lack of food rather than to a lowering of the temperature, it is produced in the winter months, January, February, find March, with indications of it in December and April. There are two types of scales, since some of the salmon migrate to the sea as fry and have no fresh-water record on their scales, while others migrate as yearlings or fingerlings after having a year of comparatively slow grovTth on the fresh water clearly indicated on the scales. The majority of both types mature in their fourth or fifth years; probably a greater percentage of the " sea type " than of the " stream type " mature in the fourth year, but a majority of the whole nvimber are of the " sea type." The fish that mature in the fourth year are, as a rule, among the larger of the year-class. Possibly if enough third-year grilse were examined there would be proof that they are among the largest of the year-class. The " sea type " fish has a decided advantage throughout life, both in length and in weight, so much so that an average fish of the "stream type", mature in the fifth year, is scarcely larger than a "sea type" fish mature in the fourth year. If they are both in the same year when mature, either the fourth or fifth, there is an average difference of 6 or 7 pounds. Unless there is some other preponderating reason for 32 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SEUVICi: 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 keepinp: sprinp: salmon in rearing ponds for a year, it is decidedly unwise to do so, as, taking it either in size or in time, there must be a handicap of at least 20 or 25 per cent in favour of the " sea-type " fish. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate I. Fig. 1. Scale of spring salmon in tlilrd year showing summer growth at the margin, caught June 6. " 2. Scale of spring salmon near the end of the third year showing winter check at margin, caught February 16. " 3. Scale of spring salmon in second year showing winter check starting at margin, caught November 27. " 4. Scale of spring salmon in second year with winter check just starting at margin, caught January 5. Plate II. " 5. Scale of spring salmon at the beginning of the fourth year with summer growth start- ing at the margin, caught March 17. " 6.' Scale of spring salmon at the beginning of the third year with summer growth well begun at the margin, caught April 5. " 7. Scale of spring salmon at the beginning of the third year with no summer growth show- ing at the margin, caught April 13. " 8. Scale of spring salmon at the beginning of the third year with no summer growth showing at the margin, caught April 22. " 9. Scale of spring salmon in the third year, regenerated in the fall of the second year and showing the second winter check. Plate III. " 10. Scale of spring salmon in third year with n check showing at the margin during sum- mer growth, caught July 26. " 11. Centre of scale of spring salmon of "stream type" in fourth year, in which migration took place immediately after winter check. Plate IV. " 12. Centre of scale of spring salmon of "stream type" in second year, showing fresh water growth after the first winter check. " 13. Centre of scale of spring salmon of "sea type" in second year. Graphs. "14. A curve to show percentage for each half month of the total growth for the year. A curve to show at the end of each half month, the percentage of the whole growth of the year attained. A curve (interrupted) showing the annual variation of the tem- perature of the surface water. "15. A curve showing ratio of weight to length. Plate i. ■../L^:-^- ■^': -^ Spring Salmon. Platk II. Spring Salmon. Platk III. 10 11 Spring .Salmon. 38a— 3 Plate Spring Salmon. : Fi y. 14. - -: -^ ^"^ ^ -^ / x"' : / / / ' - ,,' ----■■ ': '\'"' ': / --- '-/ : i: : 1 n i ; i 1 1 ; M 1 1 1 : 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 1 1 M 1 M 1 1 n , 1 I M : 1 ' 1 ; ' 1 I TI-I ! 1 n-rr 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MM l-U-L Spring Sainton. A curve to show percentage for each half month of the total growih for the year. A curve to show at the end of each half month, the percentage of the whole growth of the year attained. A curve (interrupted) showing the annual variation of the temperature of the surface water. 38a— 3i f -. „s.» ^ i 1 \ \ \ \ \ \ \ "" \^ N,^^ \ , • \ ~^ -^ - 1 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 19U ON THE LIFE-HISTORY OF THE COHO. By C. McLean Fkaser, Ph.D. Curator, Pacific Coast Biological Station, Departure Bay, B.C. (With Plates V, VI, and VII (7 figures), and figures (Graphs) 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. The sockeye and the spring salmon, among the Pacific species, have received the monopoly of attention of investigators ever since the salmon trade became an important one on the Pacific coast, and naturally so, because these two species have been so important, commercially. In more recent years, on account of the scarcity of these at times, especially in certain localities, the other species have come more into prominence. The coho or silver salmon is now quite an important factor in the output of the canneries. In the cannery statements compiled for the Pacific Fisher- man Year Books it is shown that there has been a gradual though rapid increase m the coho pack in British Columbia until, for the year 1915, it amounted to 13 per cent of the whole output. It does not show as large a percentage for that year for the whole coast, but in 1912, when the sockeye pack was very low, it reached an amount over 10 per cent of the pack for the year. Besides those that are canned, an increasing number is being put in cold storage. As the importance of the coho is thus rapidly increasing it seemed worljh while to take advantage of a situation somewhat favourable for learning something of the life-history of the species. Some work has already been done on the coho. It has been considered, along with other species, in papers on the Pacific salmon, in several papers by McMurrich and one by Gilbert. These deal largely with the age at maturity of the species. Some of the points touched on in these papers will be considered in connection with others that heretofore have not received special attention. The favourable conditions referred to are these: Coho spawn in a small creek that fiows into the head of Departure bay, and in this creek, at all times of the year, the young coho may be seen. A locality for observation is thus very conveniently situated. After they have migrated, some of them must remain in the strait of Oeorgia throughout their lives in salt water, and possibly they all do, as they may be caught with hand lines throughout the greater part of the year. Various stages have been obtained from hand line fishermen in Departure bay. Through the kind- ness of Messrs. Broder, a large number of specimens of mature fish, a good repre- sentative lot for the strait, was examined at the cannery at Nanaimo. To compare with these, through the kindness of Manager Crawford, of the Neah Bay cannery, I was able to get a number from the open ocean. In the creek at Departure bay the mature coho appear about the middle of TvTovember. As the spawning beds are but a short distance up the stream, not more than a mile, they are soon reached, and the spawning is over by the end of the month. At the Cowichan Lake hatchery, where, until this season, the greatest number of oohos in the province were hatched, 'the first eggs were taken about November 10, but the spawning season lasts for a considerable time, as even after the first of February there are unspawned fish in the streams of the neighbourhood. The eggs hatch in three months, or slightly less, but the alevins remain buried in the coarse sand or fine gravel at somo distance below the surface for some time. On March 7 not one could be seen in the creek, although the last year's fry were 39 40 DEPART MEM' OF THE A'AFIL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 plentiful. On April 10 the alovins were plentiful, and by Ai)ril 11 a few of them had the yolk all absorbed. They gradually work down stream and even into the brackish water. By May 6 many of them were near the month of the stream, but I have never seen any of them out in the bay, or anything to indicate that they ever got out into the bay during the first year. Relatively, those in the creek at any one time vary much in length. On April 14 a catch of alevins and fry varied from 30 to 39 mm. Of nineteen caught on June 29 there were the following lengths: 33, 36 (2), 37, 39, 41, 42 (2), 43 (3), 44 (2), 54, 58, 60 (2). On November 19 there was variation from 49 to 61 ; on March 7, from 52 to 67, with a single very small one only 42 ram. Some of them migrate to the sea as early as March, at which time they are a year hatched, but others linger in the fresh water much longer. 1 have seen none later than June 29, but on that date two were caught, 76 and 60 mm., and others were seen in the creek. None of them, however, remain throughout the whole second year. Evidence that this is true elsewhere will be referred to later, when the oge question is considered more at length. During the first months after migration the yearlings are seldom observed; they are too small to be retained in the meshes of the gill-nets, seines, or traps, and too small also to be attracted by the spoon that is used in catching larger fish. They prow very rapidly, and in October an occasional one is caught with the hook and line. They are now 10 to 12 inches long, each weighing 12 to 14 ounces. They do not appear in sufficient numbers to attract attention until the spring, when they are just over two years old. In the latter half of April, the schizopods become so plentiful near the surface of the water at certain times of the day that large areas become noticeably pink. As the cohos have a decided preference for small crusta- ceans, they appear in great numbers to gorge themselves on these schizopods. The crustaceans are almost at the surface, and the young coho may be seen in all directions, jumping out of the water. They take the spoon readily at this time but, apparently, not because they are hungry, as they may be taken with their stomachs much distended with the pink food made up of thousands of these individuals. Locally, at this time, they are called " bluebacks," but this term is used in so. many different senses, as several common names are, that it is scarcely wise to mention the fact lest it give a wrong impression. At the same time, or somewhat later, the young herring are little larger than the schizopods, and they also provide excellent food material. Probably at no other time in the life of the coho is there such a superabundance of good food available, and in consequence the rate of growth is rather startling. Fish that weigh li to 2^ pounds at the middle of April, will weigh 3 to 5 or even 5J pounds by the middle of June, i.e., doubling the weight in two months. The length, which was from 14 to 19 inches in April, now runs from 18 to 23 inches. From this time on an occasional fish is caught in the vicinity of Nanaimo, but the real season for mature coho does not start until on in September. In other parts of the province it starts earlier than this. At several points from Alert bay to Prince Rupert a good catch was made last year before the end of August. These mature fish, now two years and seven or eight months old, vary much in length and weight. In the length, a variation from 18 to 31 inches has been observed, and in weight from 3| to 16j pounds. They are now on the way to the streams to spawn, and their life-cycle is soon completed. As to the food of the coho, from the time that the yolk is absorbed until maturity, there seems to be a decided preference for an insect and crustacean diet. When this is not available, reliance has to be placed on fish. In the nearby creek, as soon as the alevins w-ork their way out of the gravel of the spawning bed, they move away from it down stream. By the time the yolk is all absorbed they are well distributed throughout the length of the stream, and not too much crowded in any one place. In consequence there probably is a supply of insect larva? for all. Beside the coho, the only fish in LIFE-HISTORY OF THE COHO 41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a the creek is the cut-throat trout, with an occasional small sculpin or fresh-water bull- head. The cut-throat of the same year is not hatched for some time after the coho appears, and those of the preceding year are large enough to look after themselves. The young fry, therefore, have no fish as small as themselves to attack, and hence insect larvfc, with a few fresh-water Crustacea must supply the demand. It is possible that those earlier hatched may attack those later hatched and that both may attack the cut-throat fry when they come out, but by this time they must have attained greater size. It is possible, too, that the yearling coho attack the firy, and the cut-throat a year or more old may do so also, as all the Salmonidte eat fish when other food is not avail- able, if not at other times. In this! creek the cohos and the trout seem to live in har- mony, as both are commonly found in the same small group. It is a fact that when large numbers of fry are put out in the creeks from the hatchery that the older ones may be seen devouring the younger ones, but in such cases thousands, sometimes hundreds of thousands, are put out in the one creek within com- paratively narrow limits so that before they become well distributed insect food must be at a premium. As the younger fry offer the only food for the older ones, very hun- gry by this time, they are devoured. If there are trout in the same stream they prob- ably assist in the operation. The statement that coho remain in the rivers for two or three years feeding on the trout is evidently absurd. In the first place, the coho does not live to be three years old, or at least there has been no evidence adduced that it does. In the second place, there is a similar lack of evidence that any of them remain in fresh water for two years. Furthermore, as the yearling coho is seldom more than 5 inches long when it migrates, and more often is considerably short of that, the injury done to the trout by it must be very much exaggerated. In reality the coho has a much stronger case against the trout, the steelhead, the cut-throat and dolly varden or char. These fish follow the coho to the spawning beds and devour so many of the eggs as soon as they are spawned that the possible number of coho fry is at once very much reduced. No matter how often the male coho turns to chase them, they follow him back, as soon as he turns, to gorge themselves once more. After the eggs are hatched the fry are attacked, and it is there that the dolly varden does the most damage. It is the general opinion of observers all the way from the Aleutian islands to California that the dolly varden does more harm to the salmon fry than any other agency, and many will go so far as to say that it does more harm than all the other agencies put together. Therefore, instead of protecting the dolly varden by a close season, it would be very much better for the salmon fisheries if everything possible were done to reduce their numbers. The case against the other trout is not so strong, but as they remain in the fresh water for a much greater portion of their lives than the coho, the balance of destruction is prob- ably in their favour. The food of the coho in the sea has been indicated. Pelagic Crustacea form the bulk of it. Schizopods predominate if the whole year is considered but, at certain times, larval barnacles and larval decapods form an important portion. Of the fish used, reference has been made to the small herring fry. The older fry and even the lierring a year or more old are eaten later in the season. Apparently thev have pre- ference over other fish. Salmon fry, sand launces and capelin are the only other fish that have to be observed. For a short period about October the 1st the capelin are taken in large numbers as they come inshore to spawn. The mature fish feed actively until they come to the mouth of the streams up which they go to spawn, or possibly until they enter these streams; Consequently, they must increase in weight almost until spawning time. The general rate of growth has been considered and some remarks made about the age of the coho. A more complete analysis of the relation of growth to age, depending on the examination of scales, will now follow. The method of growth determination 42 DEI'ARTMEXT OF I'llE XATAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 used is the same as that used in a prior paper on the life history of the spring salmon. In general, the winter checks show up more plainly in this species than in the spring salmon, so that thcro is seldom any ditfioultv in making out their delimitation. The scale appears first as a small, flat, almost circular body, which becomes the nucleus of the growing sc.ile. At that stage of the appearance of this nucleus the fry is from 31 to 34 mm. long Cin all measurements in this paper the length does not include the caudal fin rays), with an average of 32-5 mm. It is this size about the end of IMay or early in June. The rings then begin to form. From ten to fourteen appear in the first set; these gradually get closer together, although they are not very far apart nt first. The last two or three may be dim, broken, and generally indistinct. They indicate the first winter check. At the time these are formed the food supply is at its lowest ebb, so that very little growth is taking place. In March or early in April the food supply becomes more abundant and the distance between the rings increases, showing more rapid growth, somewhat similar to that near the nucleus. At migration a decided increase takes place abruptly, due to the better supply of food in the salt water. It may be that the fresh water band for the beginning of the second year is entirely absent as some of the yearlings pass down to the sea too early to show spring growth in fresh water. More commonly the band is present, vary- ing in width with the length of time before migration takes place. Chamberlain^ has reported that, in Alaska, a greater number of coho pass to the sea as fry than as yearliner^;. The evidence available for this region indicates a con- dition far otherwise. Out of nearly 400 examined for the puri>ose of this research, only three showed indication of going to the sea as fry. These three were among those obtained at Neah bay on October 26. During the remainder of the summer the rings are formed as usual for salmon growth in the sea. The winter check follows and then the growth during the third summer, with the rings getting somewhat closer late in the fall when the fish goes up the stream to spawn. The scales of the three that went to the salt water as fry have the first-year growth in the nature of a broad band of distant rings next to the nucleus, followed by a winter check, the whole width of the band being similar to that of the second year. Since the first year shows no fresh-water growth, the second does not either, and the third year is similar to that in other scales. Even in the largest fish obtained there was no indication that the third year had been completed. As no one has recorded a fourth year specimen, if there are any such, they must be rare. The analysis of the results of examining the scales of nearly 400 fish, of which 301 were in the third year, gives an admirable basis for comparing the rate of growth in the different years and in the different fish. As the fry is, on the average, 1-3 inch long when the nucleus is developed, that amount has been taken from the total length in inches in each case and the remainder divided as the scale is divided by the winter checks. Then 1-3 inch is added to the first year value to obtain the length at the end of the first year. In these scales, the growth of the fresh-water portion of the second year was calculated also. In the whole number of fish in the third year, the least growth at the end of the first year was 2-4 inches and the greatest 4-1, with an average of 3^-3. (All of the yearlings caught in the stream in early spring came between these same extremes.) The frequency curve to represent this is a fairly regular one, showing the greatest number at a length of 3-2, although nearly as many at 3-4 and 3-6. The growth for the second year varies from 7-5 to 14-4, with an average of 111. The greatest number came at 10-7 and 11-6. Although the base of the curve is much more spread out than in the first-year curve, the regularity is much the same. The length at the end 1 Chamberlain, F. M. Observations on salmon and trout in Alaska. Bureau of Fishories. Document No. 027, 1907, LIFE-HISTORY OF THE COHO 43 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a of the second year varies from 11-1 to 18-1, with an average of 14 H. The highest point of the curve is reached with 13-5, but there are several others nearly as high. That, in general, the yearlings that have the best start tend to keep it up, is shown by the fact that the average of the length at the end of the first year, added to the average growth in the second year, gives exactly the length at the end of the second year. For the growth in the third year, only those caught after September 15 are considered. Since there is such rapid growth during the third summer, a fair com- parison could not be made of all those caught during the year. Apart from an abnormally small growth, 4-0, and an abnormally large one, 14-2, the growth for the portion of the third year varies from 6-1 to 13-5 inches, with an average of 9-7; 10-0 has the highest point on the curve, with 9'- 5 and 10-6 nearly approaching it. The total length at time of catching of these same third-year specimens varies from 18-0 to 31-0 inches, with an average of 24-0. The highest point on the curve is taken by 23-0, but 22-0 and 23-5 nearly equal it. As the frequency curve here is made from half-inch measurements while the others are in tenths, they are not exactly compar- able. Here again the average length is equal to the sum of the average growth in the three periods, 3-3 + ll'-O + 9-7 = 24-0, and the length at the end of the three years is 3-3, 14-3, and 24-0, respectively. The fish that went to sea as fry were not sufficiently numerous to serve as a basis for definite conclusions. The measurements were as follows: — 1. At end of 1st year, 9'6 ; 2nd year, 16-4; 3rd year, 24-0 2. " " 11-0 " 19-4 " 25-0 3. " '• 11-4 " 21-5 " 28-0 Average " " 10'7 " 19*1 " 25"7 There is no very appreciable difference between the length of the males and the females. The averages are : — Males — At end of 1st year, 3*3 ; 2nd year, 14*5 ; 3rd year, 24'1 Females — " " 3*3 " 14"2 " 24*0 There is more difference between the average lengths of those caught at Xeah bay and those caught in the strait of Georgia. Strait of Georgia — At end of 1st year, 3*3 ; 2nd year, 14-1 ; 3rd year, 23*7 Neah Bay — " " 3*6 " 15-5 " 25-6 If the difference was in tlie third year only, it might be accounted for partly by the fact that those from Neah bay were caught a little later in the year than the majority of those taken in the strait of Georgia, but the difference is relatively as great at the end of the second year, and is noticeable even at the end of the first year. It might be that since all of the Neah Bay specimens were from the same lot, that was an early spawned lot and they were able to keep up the initial advantage. To keep up the advantage it would be necessary to have the proper supply of food in any case and probably the food supply is better at the entrance to the strait of Fuca or somewhere in that vicinity than it is in the strait of Georgia. This is borne out in the comparison of weights, a matter which is taken up later. The length at the time of migration varied from 2-8 to 6-6 inches, with an average of 4-5. Out of the whole number only eight were over 6-0 inches, and only twenty-two were over 5-5. The greatest number were at 4-6. Various calculations were made to see if the fish were ultimately smaller on account of the longer time spent in the fresh water at the beginning of the second year, but no constant differ- ence could be found even in the growth for the second year. The time of hatching, and consequently the length at the end of the first year, seems to have more to do with the total growth and the second year's growth than the length of time spent in the fresh water during the second year. Possibly if a greater number were examined, some difference might be shown. 44 DKr.iRTMh'W OF THE SAVAL SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Going on the supposition that the fish that were first hatched during the season would, in general, have the greatest growth to the end of the first winter check, they were divided into three groups according to their lengths at that time. The first group included all those that were 30 inches or less at the end of the first winter check; the second included those that were over 30 inches and up to 3-5 inches; the third included those over 3-5 inches. The average growth in each case was as follows : — 1st group — At end of 2nd year, 14*0 ; when caught, 23*6 2nd " " " 14-1 •' 23-7 3rd " •* " 14-9 " 25-0 The diflFerence indicates that the fish that are the largest at the end of the first year, and hence probably those that were hatched out earliest, have an advantage that tends for greater growth throughout life. When the weight of the fish was compared with the length, it was found that there was a very definite ratio between length and weight. The youngest fish of which the weights were taken, or which enough weights were taken to make a com- parison possible, were those slightly over two years old, taken in April. From these the following table was obtained : — Length. Weight. Lb. Oz. 14-75 1 8 15- 1 11 15-25 1 12 15-5 1 14 15-75 2 2 16- 16-25 : 2 0 16-5 i 2 4 16-75 2 6 17-25 2 8 18- 3 0 18-5 3 4 19- 3 8 19-5 3 12 In some cases there was but one specimen of the particular length, hence some irregularity is sho-wn. This would probably be eliminated if there were several of that length from which to take an average. In comparing the weights of the mature fish, the males and females were taken separately, and those from Neah bay were separated from the others. In the table which follows there is some irregularity, as in the preceding table, due to the small number of specimens for certain lengths, more particularly towards the extremes of length, but even with these figures it is possible to see the definite relation between lenerth and weight. There is verv little difference between the weight of the male and the female for the same length. What difference there is, is in favour of the female. In comparing the Nanaimo fish with those from Neah bay, the latter have what little advantage there is. In both Nanaimo and Neah bay material, the males are at the head of the list for size, taking the whole size of the individiial fish. LIFE-HISTORY OF THE COHO 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Weight. Length. Nanaimo. Neah Bay. Male. Feniale. Male. Female. ] 18 n. 5 Lbs. Lbs. 3-75 Lbs. 3-75 Lbs. 19 3-75 4- 19 5 ?n 4-25 ?n 5 4-75 4-625 4-875 5-25 5-5 5-875 6-375 6-5 6-625 7- 8- 8-25 9- ''1 4-75 5- 5-25 5-75 6- 6-375 6-75 7- 7-25 8- 8-375 9-25 9-5 10- 11-5 12- 12-75 13- 5-5 ''I 5 ?? '>'> 5 6-5 5-75 9^ 7-5 ?3 5 7-5 ?4 7-25 7-5 8- 8-5 94 5:::::::::::::::::;::::::::::;:::::::::::::::::::::::::::; 8- '>') 8-25 '>'=, 10-25 ''fi 9- 9-5 9-25 ''6 5 lo- 97 ll -25 ?7 5 11-5 11-5 12- 15- 13- 11-5 ?8 9-75 11-75 ■JS 5 9q ?9 5 SO 13-75 16-5 13- ■^n 5 31 SUMMARY. The coho, which is mature in its third year, spends the entire first year, with but very few exceptions, in the Vancouver Island region, in the fresh water. Some of them migrate about the time the first year is completed, but others remain later, even until well on in the summer. There is no indication that any remain in fresh water to complete the second year. The scale shows a distinct winter check in the fresh water growth and another in the sea growth. The average length is 3-3 inches at the end of the first year, 14-3 inches at the end of the second year, and 24-0 inches when caught in the fall of the third year. There is an indication that the fish that are largest at the end of the first year become the largest mature fish. Although some of the yearlings stay in the fresh water longer than others, it was not apparent that this made any special difference m the ultimate size of the fish. There is a definite ratio between length and weight. In the mature fish, the females weigh slightly more than the males of the same length. In connection with artificial propagation, as large a portion as possible for the season's hatching should be procured from the early spawning fish that the fry may be larger at the end of the first year and consequently larger as mature fish. No species of Pacific salmon should get more benefit from rearing ponds than the coho, as almost the whole of the fry remain in the fresh water for a year in any case, and very few naturally get the benefit of accelerated growth in the salt water in the first year. From the standpoint of economy, the waste caused by early fishing can readily be appreciated when the great percentage increase in weight during the summer months of the third year is taken into account. 46 DEPARTMENT OE THE All I/. sKUVH'E 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 EXPLANATTOX OF PLATES. I'LATE V. Fig. 1. Coho scales in early stage of development. " 2. Scale from a coho in the fall of the second year. 3. Scale from a coho in the spring of the third year. Plate VI. Fig. 4. Scale of mature fiish in fall of third year. 5. Centre of scale more highly magnified to show winter check in fresh water growth. Plate Vll. Fig. 6. Scale of coho that migrated as fry. " 7. Centre of previous scale more highly magnified. A Fig. 8. Frequency cur " 9. " 10. " 11. " 12. " 13. Graphs. ive for first-year growth. second-year growth. third-year growth. length at the end of the second year. " length of mature fish. amount of growth in fresh water. Plate v. ^^1 f -t. ,1/ f> X Coho Salmon. PTATE VI. Plate vii. . ^ :■> "^ Coho Salmon. c 40 30 20 10 - - - - \ - m - f\ - A - C\ - \ 2 ,^l \ - 1 '20 5 0 4-0 Len^tV> inlncKes Fig. 8. Coho. Frequency c urve for nrst-year growth. 90 110 120 Length in incKes Fig. 9. Coho. Frequency curve for second-year gJowth. 90 lOO l.«ngtK in Inches Fig. 10. Coho. frequency curve for third-year growth. ft. 10- I -Ti^ I I I I M I I I I I I I I M I M J I M I I I I I I I I I I f I I 1 I N A l^ M I I I I I I no 15.0 leo 170 Length in Incfos Fig. 11. Coho. Frequency curve for length at the end of the second year leo 38a— 4 11 24 26 Length in ir.cV,es Fig. 12. Coho. Frequency curve for length of mature fish. 30 40 50 LcliqtI. 1)1 Iiuhis Fig. 13. Cohu. Frefjuency curve for amount o/" growth in fresh water. 7 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1917 AN INTESTIGATION OF OYSTER PROPAGATION IN RICHMOND BAY, P.E.I., DURING 1915. BY JULIUS NELSON, PH.D., BIOLOGIST. New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station. At the ro ,uest of the Biological Board of Canada, the writer, during August, 1915, turned aside from his oyster studies in New Jersey waters to investigate the oyster situation in Richmond bay. Prince Edward Island. A study of a region so remote from a locality hitherto familiar, gave promise of furnishing data that would help in dis- tinguishing between local and " essential " influences in oyster propagation. The ultimate object of these studies is the promotion of the oyster industry, both as a fishery and as oyster culture. It is an effort to conserve and to increase food resources, creditable alike in those who investigate, those who direct, and all who in any way encourage such researches. PART L— GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF OYSTER CONSERVATION AS APPLICABLE TO CANADA. The oyster-bearing waters of Eastern Canada are practically confined to tho?e bays of the gulf of St. Lawrence that indent the coast of Prince Edward Island, and the adjacent shores to the south and west, viz.. Cape Breton and the province of New Bruns- wick. Farther south, the coast is now practically barren of living oyster beds for a thousand miles, i.e., along southwestern Nova Scotia, the bay of Fundy, and the gulf of Maine practically in its entire extent to Cape Cod. That this coast was once prolific in oysters, though more sporadically than further south, is shown by the existence of oyster reefs recently fossilized, of ancient shell-heaps and by the traditions of colonial and more recent history. It is of both practical and theoretical interest to ask, " What caused the extinction of these oyster beds ?" On the true answer to this question hangs our conclusion as to the fate of the Canadian oyster industry. One of the older^ answers to this question assigned the cause of extinction of oyster beds along these northern coasts, to the gradual rising (geologically) of the shores, thus finally bringing the oysters so near to the surface that they were killed by wintry frosts and ice. It may be surmised that, if this process continued, the utter extinction of the Canadian oyster beds might be the ultimate outcome. It appears, however, that the coast is actually sinking; but the oyster reefs have been growing upward somewhat faster having attained a thickness of over 20 feet and have reached as near to the surface as possible. If proximity to the surface limits the growth of an oyster bed, the sinking of the coast has tended to prolong the life of the bed. It is dif- ficult to see how either of these conditions can extinguish the life on an oyster bed, since a limit of height is ultimately attained, where there is a balance between recup- erative and destructive forces. Everywhere, the tendency of oyster beds is to grow as high as possible. In the south, the oyster reefs are exposed at low tide ; the oysters can- not feed while uncovered, yet the oysters are not starved out. But if the coast should rise, the living surface of such reefs would be killed, while the oysters at the edges would gradually spread into deeper water. On the other hand, the sinking of the bottom would be highly favourable to oyster growth, provided that temperature and salinity conditions 1 Ingersoll's Report on the Oyster Industry, 1882, Tenth Census of U. S., p. HS. 38 a— 4i ^^ 54 nrr.iirrMi:\T or the .yiti/, skuvice 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 were not utterly tranpformed so as to pa?? heyond favrmraVile limits. Tf the nortliern coast has been sinking, it is possible that this has perm tted eold arctif enrrents to enter some of the hays, or to influence the adjacent water that enters on the tides, so that the temperature necessary for summer propagation (68° F.) is not attained. The extensive shallow flats of Richmond bay and other noted oyster-produeinp hays of the prulf of St. Lawrence offer the conditions favourable to the warniintr of the water to the point needed for projiapratifni. As refrards salinity, we know that f)ysters flourish best when situated where there is a tidal increase and decrease in the salinity of the water; but oysters do prrow in waters of very difl^erent de^rrees of saltness, and also in places where there is remark- able uniformity in density. While too much emphasis has been laid on this factor, yet it remains highly desirable that further study be made of the relation of salinity t" oyster feediufr; but temperature, oxygen, and currents are of m'ich greater s'gnificince in oyster growth and propagation. A study of the temperature of the waters where oysters are now extinct would dis- cover the cause of their extinction. From the tables of temperature^ determined by Professor Copeland for Passamaquoddy bay, it is evident that oysters cin not propa- gate in those waters; but there is less evidence that oysters flourished there in early times than for some of the bays of Maine. Even in Prince Edward Island there are fossil oyster beds in the vicinity of living beds; thus we conclude that there must be also other causes for the extinction of oyster life. In respect to frost, it is remarkable to what extent oysters survive exposure to freezing, when partially imbedded in mud and thawed out gradually. It is asserted that where the water is so shallow that the ice rests on the bottom, at low tide, the oysters are killed by the pressure, unless they lie on a soft bottom, where, however, they are in danger of being buried. On the other hand, a heavy fall of snow before ice forms, clogs up shallow waters and kills oysters and even clams, acording to tlie testi- mony of intelligent and experienced oyster planters. The effect of melting ice, and especially snow, upon animal life has yet to be studied in a scientific manner. We are confronted with two opposing influences. Shallow waters, especially when so free from grass as to be swept by currents, favour oyster propagation in the summer, but are most unfavourable to oyster life in winter. Just here is a situation that can be advantageously handled by the art of man. so as to greatly improve upon nature; for the young oysters produced on the flats can be moved to deeper water on the approach of winter. This is never done under the conditions of a free or public fishery. It is in the interest of conservation that oyster farming be introduced to supplement natural production. The foremost difficulty encountered in this con- nection is not our inexperience and our ignorance of the proper way to raise oysters, so much as the opposition of those who believe in harvesting what nature produces without contributing the labour of cultivation. It takes many years of education and the observation of the increased harvest resulting from oyster farming, as well as the annually decreasing product secured by free fishing, to teach the oyster fishermen that it is to their interest as well as that of the general public, to promote scientific oyster culture. Man has been the oyster's greatest enemy; although, if he will use remedial measures, he can more than counteract the destruction. It is supposed that the disappearance in recent historic times of some of the natural oyster beds is due in large degree to the increased amount of sediment carried into bays by rivers, on which saw-mills have been erected, or whose drainage areas have been cleared and ploughed. Sawdust and sand are the most injurious of the forms of silt; light mud is more readily handled by the ciliary feeding apparatus of the oyster; yet when silt is present as a nearly continuous suspension in the tidal currents, it» seriously 1 Corilribu'ions to Canadian Biology 1906-10, p. 286. etc. OYSTER PROr.\(l.\Tf(>\ l\ P.E.I. 55 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a interferes with feeding, causing: ultimate starvation. Silt that settles may be abun- dant enough to bury oysters; but even an exceedingly thin layer deposited on the objects used as eultch by the spat, will prevent fixation and therefore to the same degree prevent propagation. Assuming the spat to have secured fixation, it takes proportionately less silt to smother these delicate tiny oysters, than will bury the adults. The main cause of the destruction of natural oyster beds in historic times has been improper and careless fishing. The history of the oyster industry everywhere has shown that when oyster fishing has been pursued under no other regulations than those born of the wishes of the fishermen themselves, the natural beds were rapidly depleted, and finally exterminated, unless remedial measures were undertaken. Accord- ingly there have arisen many laws regulating this fishery, that seem strange to those engaged in private farming. For example, oysters may not be taken from natural beds except during the "open season."' The "close season," during summer, varies greatly in its limits according to locality, but usually includes May, June, July, and August. Fishing must be confined to the hours between sunrise and sunset. Oysters may be taken with tongs but not with rakes; and dredges may not be used, nor may oysters be taken through the ice. Oysters may not be sold under three inches in length, and those smaller than this miist be returned to the beds, etc. These laws are enforced by police methods; and fines and penalties are imposed for a breach of their provisions. Under private culture each farmer tries to promote his own ultimate best interests, and thus also the public welfare; but those who share in a public fishery consider only their own immediate self-interest. They sacrifice their own future, as well as the public welfare. The oyster laws are a result of an honest and fairly intelli- gent endeavour to conserve the natural oyster resources, and they undoubtedly partly succeed in effecting their object. It will be instructive to consider for a while the question of the depletion of natural beds and their conservation. AGENCIES DESTRUCTIVE TO OYSTERS, It is a fundamental biological principle that the agencies that destroy the indi- viduals of any living species nearly balance the natural rate of increase; that after a species has established itself in any locality the number of its population remains nearly the same from year to year, though the balance between birth-rate and death- rate will fluctuate slightly up and down as one or the other set of factors increases or decreases. For instance, if food, becomes temporarily more abundant, there is an increase in population, while a decrease in food results in a reduction of individuals, through starvation. So likewise there will be fluctuation due to the prevalence of various enemies and epidemics. Under this law there must be as many deaths as births ; or, vice versa, the number of births must be sufficient to make good the loss by death. Therefore, we can judge of the extent of the destructive forces by simply noting the fecundity of a species. The oyster is one of the most prolific of all creatures. A single large '' spawner " has been estimated to produce annually sixty million eggs, but we must remember that half of the oysters are males, and that there are many small oysters. Neglect- ing the very small '" seed " oysters, we may conservatively say that an oyster bed produces from ten to fifteen million young for each adult present; so that, if all lived and there were no further propagation, an oyster bed would be ten million times larger in five years. In spite of this astounding conclusion, however, the oyster beds are being depleted simply from the annual removal of a few hundreds or thousands of barrels. This should be the most convincing proof that the natural foes of oysters are extraordinarily formidable. Then why may we not believe that the destruction caused by man is insignificant in comparison, and so need not be considered to have 66 ni:r.\RrMi:\T of the naval service 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 any practical effect? JJe<\in9o " it is the last straw that breaks the camel's back," and because nil natural species, including oysters, exist under a balance. We have only to refer to the extinction of tlie American bison, which existed in such hupre herds on our plains; or still better, the extinction of the wild pigeon, whose flocks in migration used to darken the skies of nearly a continent for days. It is absurd to believe tliat this species was limited until tlie last pair was shot. The destruction by the hunter, great as it was in the case of the bison, or of the pigeon, was probably jlight in comparison with all the other natural enemies, but the latter, suddenly sup- plemented by man, finally turned the balance, and completed the work after the hunt- ing ceased. Let us consider some of the destructive agencies operating against oysters. THE MEANING OF FECUNDITY. When the oyster ejects its millions of eggs into the water, these at first tend to sink to the bottom, which they would reach in ten minutes in calm water. In order that the eggs may develop, they must be fertilized by the male spawn or sperms. The sperms must be sufficiently abundant to enable an average of three hundred to cling to each egg during the ten minutes the egg is afloat. They must have been recently ejected from the male oyster or they will have died. The male oyster must have been ready to spawn at nearly the same time as the female, and must have lain sufficiently near, so that the water flowing over him shall reach the female by the time she emits her spawn. This is favoured by the fact that the process of spawning usually takes several hours or even days. We need to ascertain a good deal more than we know now before we can make precise statements, but we know that even where water is in such favourable agitation that the eggs are prevented from sinking to the bottom, they must be fertilized within a quarter of an hour to undergo normal development. This is the first reason for the enormous production of eggs. In spite of losses, vast numbers of developing young are started. As many as ten thousand newly hatched oyster fry or larvse have been counted in a single bucketful of water dipped up over an oyster bed. But this signifies that there are other chances yet to be taken. COMPETITION WITH PLANKTON ENEMIES. After hatching, which occurs in from five to eight hours, the young oyster swims 80 weakly that the'' feeblest current carries it hither and thither. Indeed, all it effects by swimming, is to reach the surface and then to dive again, and so keep going up and down requiring an hour to swim a distance of a few feet. But the oyster fry find the water is crowded with minute enemies, such as Copepods (water fleas), the " veligers " if the many snails that cover the bottom, and a vast number of the larvae of bivalves of various species, all capturing everything within reach small enough to enter their hungry maws. These enemies eat the young oysters, and the messmates consume their food. For several weeks the young oyster has to run this gauntlet and obtain sufficient food to effect an increase in volume of a hundredfold before it attains the spat stage in its development. Great as has been the ninefold decimation, yet so many survive that, if clean oyster shells be planted at the time of spatting, as many as a hundred or more spat may be caught upon a single shell almost anywhere upon or near an oyster bed. LOSS RY TIDES. This great survival is the more remarkable when we reflect that twice daily a vast body of water runs over the oyster bed out to sea, carrying myriads of larvae, and only a part of this water returns. The astonishing fecundity of the parent oysters suffi- ciently meets this loss also. But the struggle for life has not yet ended. 0YSTI:R Pli'OI'AaATJON IN I'.E.I. 57 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a THE QUEST FOR CUI.TCH. Unless man has placed clean cultch in the water, nature provides only the old shells of dead oysters, mostly buried in mud, or the outsides of the living oysters. These and other exposed shells are more or less covered with slime, silt, and mossy growths of both animal and vegetable nature. Millions of other larvae also needing cultch, such as " deckers," " jingles," " barnacles," etc., have pre-empted the best places and are busy feeding on every living thing they can swallow. Worst of all, through the open valves of the older oysters and of mussels, clams, etc., currents of water flow, bearing all sorts of plankton, presumably also oyster fry, to be used as food. How small a chance these fry have of escaping and finding a foothold ! If they cannot fixate they are doomed to destruction. But vast numbers do find a foothold and do succeed in growing, and crowding ea.ch other, and competing with all the other oysters for food. In this struggle the survivors ultimately overgrow and smother the previous generations. Great as is the loss through crowding, it is exceeded by or anticipated by an earlier destruction, sometimes including all the spat on most of the shells. THE ENEMIES OF GROWIXG OYSTERS. The numerous little Nassa snails are constantly exploring the surfaces of shells and scraping off all the newly set spat. Those that escape may reach the size of a fingernail, and then, along comes a boring snail and drills a hole through them, or a crab nips them off, or mud stirred up by storm smothers billions in a day, or the frosts of winter kill them. Later come the starfishes opening the oysters by their patient [mil, or bottom fishes may crush them in their paved jaws and throats. Last of all, man comes with tongs, and rakes, and dredges, and takes the few survivors. Thus ends this eventful history. The fisherman then wonders why the Creator doesn't supply new oysters the next season to replace those taken: usually the best answer given to this question is to bow in meek submission to Providence. COXDITIONS FOR PROPAGATIOX. A little insight into oyster biology should enable any one to see that the production of oysters depends on the co-operation of four conditions, viz : (1) suitable cultch, (2) in waters stocked with a sufficient number of spawning oysters, (3) lying close enough to ensure fertilization of the eggs, (4) on a bed sufficiently extensive to fill the water, over a considerable area, with oyster plankton to such a degree as to over- balance the larval mortality. When the large oysters, which furnish the bulk of the spawn, are yearly removed, as well as the cultch to which they are attached (including the young oysters attached either to them or to the cultch), then the bed is robbed in three-fold degree, viz., the cultch is decreased, the large spawners become fewer, and the " rising generations " are many times decimated. If the production of spawn is reduced to half, and the available cultch to half, then the production is reduced to a quarter. When shells, hitherto buried, are uncovered by working on a bed, they become available as cultch, but this advantage is greatly reduced through the fact that much silt is scattered upon the shells by the very operation which exposed them. In oyster fishing, ultimately all the cultch utilized by spat will have been removed, and then we have remaining simply an oyster reef covered by a layer of mud, upon which not an oyster can be pi'oduced. even though a current rich in oyster plankton, derived else- where, should flow over it at a time when the fry are matured to the sessile stage. Clam production is much simpler, for no cultch is needed. 58 DKI'MiTMKM' lantings of cultch on the bed at the proper times, then it will take five years for the bed to reach its acme. Then if this bed were henceforth left undisturbed by man, the forces of destruction and of natural production would just balance. On the other hand, suppose there was no planting of cultch, then, under nature, a depleted bed would take an indefinitely longer time to reach its original condition. In any event, after such a bed has reached the point of highest production, a survey of its extent and examination of an average square yard or rod, will enable one to calculate just how many bushels of oysters are present. Knowing then the number of bushels that can be taken in the open season, it can easily be reckoned how many years will elapse before the bed again will be reduced to a point where the fishermen can not secure their average catch. It should be evident that under artificial culture the <)YsTi:i,' rii'or \(; \Ti(>\ /.v /'./;./. 59 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a rnnks of the oysters arc restored' by fresh cultch, under whatever rate the adults are removed, so long as the remaining oysters furnish sufficient spat. In case a 5 year- old oyster is marketed, then, without culture, if so large a proportion as a fifth of the; product on the bed be taken each year, nature would not be able to replace this com- pletely, for reasons already explained. Yet the demand on the restored bed might be, so great that half of the oysters would be removed one year, two-thirds of the remainder the next, plus any natural increase, and so on. Thus the old story of gradual depletion would be repeated. For the first two years after a bed is opened, the production would be double or treble what it was before the bed w^as closed, but it soon drops back to the small figures. Now, calculating that there is no harvesting for the five years during which the bed has been closed, and suppose that in five years it must be closed again, we see that in the course of ten years the average yearly pro- duct is equal to the minimum harvest. There is no gain in production, and the only advantage is the saving of the oyster bed — a bed greatly depleted and not yielding its full capacity. The fact is, that a natural bed yields the highest food production when all the oysters above a certain size are removed annually, and an equivalent ot cultch is added. But such a bed gives the highest possible yield of oysters if it is used solely as a propagating bed, the seed being sold to oyster planters to mature for market on ground that could not be used for propagation. This is an important matter, and we need to go into it from the point of view of scientific oyster culture. Efficiext Use of Ovster Ground. Suitable localities for propagation and growth may in general be occupied by (1) natural beds, (2) under artificial oyster culture a certain additional area used for propagation and growth, and (3) an additional area for growth only, and (4) in a still further area, oysters might live for a while without growth. Area Xo. 4 is useful for storage only ; Nos. 1 and 2 are so nearly alike, biologically, that fishermen have contended, sometimes successfully, that they are alike legally, so that farmers who had made such areas productive, were robbed of the fruits of their labour. When we realize that area No. 2 would be barren but for the labour of man, we must justly conclude that from a legal point of view they are radically different from natural beds, however much they may resemble them biologically. Assuming that a farmer owns only areas like No. 3, then he cannot produce his own oyster seed, and must secure it in various degrees of development, from either the fishermen who harvest No. 1 or from farmers who own areas No. 2. His problem becomes this: Which ventures bring the best returns, the purchase and cultivation of oyster seed requiring one, or two, or three, or four years, to mature for market? If there is a law preventing the fishermen from removing oysters under marketable size from natural beds, then the farmer of No. 3 is dependent on what he can secure from the cultivators of No. 2. Let us next consider the culture of ground No. 2. As this is suitable for propa- gation, the owner can catch his own seed and is thus independent of the public beds. His ground is also suitable for growth, and so his problem is to find out which pays better, either to keep the seed on the ground where caught, until it is marketable, or to sell it at the age of one, two, or three, or four years, to owners of No. 3. In the former case, his farm will resemble a public bed, biologically speaking, but he can handle the situation to his own best interests, with his best judgment, and not under the restrictions pertaining to public fishing. He will remove each year the right number of marketable oysters, replacing them at the proper time by fresh cultch. He may do better: he may divide his ground into five plots — a, h, c, d, e. Let a represent the plot that catches the best set of spat. Each year, for four years, he will remove all the spat from a and plant them successively upon /), c, d, e, respec- tively, reshelling a at the ])ro]x>r times. He gets no pecuniary returiis until tlie fifth 60 DEPMiTMEST OF THE V.lV.l/. SERVICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 year, when he markets the entire crop on h. In case there lias been annual spatting on this ground, he culls off the immature oysters and places tliem, not on c but on the plots where oysters of similar ages are found. Thus c is cleared to receive the next crop that is raised on a. From thence on, he has an annual income, harvesting one of his plots yearly and replanting from his seed-raising ground. We have gone into this detail with .a purpose. This method of farming is the highest form of specialization, and should give the highest possible returns. Now please note well : each year the farmer harvests only one-fifth of his farm, and one- fifth of his growing crops. If he kept the entire farm like a natural bed, taking off an annual crop from the whole area, it is evident he could not do so well because all the genv^rations would be intermixed and competing on those parts where there was most propagation, and on other parts less favourably situated, the propagation would not be at the maximum rate, but at a rate that would greatly reduce the annual pro- duct of marketable oysters. At the very best, he could not harvest as much as a fifth of his crop, and he would have to use better methods than those now in use on the natural beds, to keep his oyster bed from depletion. Oyster farming resembles truck gardening in some respects, but differs in need- ing several years to mature the crop. On a mixed bed, the best returns come from removing annually as many oysters as can be spared, and not by introducing a system of open and close seasons. It is evident that what is good treatment for a mixed bed under private ownership, will be best for a similar bed under public ownership. There can be but one conclusion here, viz., that if natural beds are to be conserved, they should be under the supervision of an expert, and should receive plantings of cultch .it the proper times. The expert must determine just how many oysters may be annu- ally removed. THE FATE OF DEPLETED BEDS. Under a system of private oyster culture, it is necessary for planters who have little or no propagating ground to obtain their seed from natural beds. This leads to an abrogation of the prohibitions against taking immature oysters. Then the fishermen will market their catch at home, for planting in waters more or less adja- cent to the public beds. The inevitable result will be to render the latter as barren as possible. When both cultch and oysters are gone, the bed is extinguished. But in this case, if cultch be placed on the bed it is as productive as ever, up to the limit of the supply of cultch. This is due to the fact that the oysters A'hich have been removed are still growing and spawning in neighbouring waters, so that a supply of spat is brought to the old grounds. The fishermen will harvest this v-rop of spat, and sell to the planter, or plant it themselves on their own farms; and history shows they will as zealously guard rights to such beds as they formerly did where they were con- fined to harvesting mature oysters only. As no one puts cultch on such beds, it is plain that however much spat may be present in the water derived from the private grounds, the beds will last only as long as the cultch naturally present will last, and that the production will be only as much as the available percentage of cultch present. Inevitably such beds become " barren " bottoms and open to leasing. There can be only one way of escape, and that is for the fishermen to form a co-operative society to work the public beds under a mutual agreement. But this, of course, cannot be done, because others of the public tlian the fisher- men, are also owners. Fishermen have been offered first chance in taking out leases of what they considered to be public ground, and have refused because they know that if once this right is granted, all or nearly all of the public grounds will ultimately come into the ownership of capitalists. So here we have a special phase of the old struggle between capital and labour. It is not our purpose to more than touch on the skirts of the matter that is political rather than biological, but still is vitally involved in any scheme of oyster conservation. OYSTER I'RorAGATWN IN P.E.I. 61 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a THE LEGAL SIDE. Experience has shown but one successful way of developing oyster resources, and that is the encouragement of oyster farming. The introduction of oyster culture has always met with opposition from the publi'c fishermen, and such opposition has had a degree of justification. Usually it has been so mingled with prejudice and short- sightedness, that the sympathy of the general public has been estranged. Theoretically, the best interests of the whole public require that the oyster industry should be conducted wholly by methods that have proved successful in private farming — letting private judgment manage business operations, rather than a code of regulations. Practically, however, the best course to follow is to recognize the existence of public beds, and public fishing rights. Such rights and beds should be carefully defined, and the boundaries of public beds marked in a clear and simple manner, even though soine barrc}! bottoms should be included. Only by extreme or radical measures can natural oyster beds be preserved. But where oyster culture is successful there is less necessity for conserving such beds. The public oystermen have endured a sur- prising amount of restrictive legislation, supposed to be as much for their interest as that of the public. Under our larger view of the oyster question, the fishermen might be given more freedom and influence in shaping the regulations for the use of the public beds. Restrictions should primarily have in view the protection and encouragement of oyster culture, in which the real public interests inheres. Efi^orts should be made to secure impartial justice for all. A mutual obligation rests on both fishermen and farmers, to respect each others' rights. Those who wish to frame the wisest laws, seeking for harmonious co-operation between these conflicting interests, are advised to study the history of oyster legislation in as many states and countries as possible. There will be found a variety in details, resting on local conditions, and a similarity in general principles, resting on biological grounds. THE DECLINE IN THE CAN.VDIAN OYSTER PRODUCTION. That oyster production in Canada, and particularly in Prince Edward Island, has steadily been decreasing is evident from statistics. See " Table showing the aggregate quantities of oysters caught in the Dominion since 1876, compiled from annual reports of the Department of Eisheries," given on page 47 in the report of the Dominion Shellfish Fishery Commission, 1912-13. In this table we note a curious back-and-forth fluctuation from year to year; but if the entire series of years be divided into five-year periods, and the annual product be averaged for each five-year period, or semidecade, the annual catch in barrels is as follows : — Periods. Years. New Brunswick. Nova Scotia. Prince Edward Island. Proportion for P.E.I. Per cent of whole. (1) (2) (3) ■(4) (5) (6) (7) 1876-1880 1881-1885 1886-1890 1891-1895 1896-1900 1901-1905 1906-1910 1911-1912 9,724 12,765 20,426 17,434 18,740 12,854 16,564 15,436 1,172 1,652 2,049 3,327 2,150 1,517 1,597 2,090 17,020 34,644 36,379 30,622 22,735 19,860 10,583' 8,835 60 70 60 60 50 60 30 35 • For 1907-8, the quantity credited to Prince Edward Island was only 1,672 barrels. Leaving that year out, the average for the remaining four years becomes 12,811 barrels, which is 40 per cent of the average total credited to. the Dominion for the same period. 62 itKPMn \n:\T nr riii: \ \v\i. skrvick 7 GEORGE V. A. 1917 Tlio tliird period shows a maxiinum of oystor prodiictif^m in the Dominion, nnd also ill tlic two main oystor-prnduciufr prnvinf-es. The decliiio l)Of.Mii in tho middle of the fonrth period, mainly in Prinee Edward Island, which led in i>rodnetion up to 1906, when it sank to the level of Xew Brunswck. Thenceforth it fell hehind until its pro- duction reached only half of th(^ jirovince of New Bruns\sii-k. The decline in the latter province from the maximum has heen little more than 20 per cent with 80 per cent decline in the island province. This difference in the rate of depletion has been explained as due to two main influences: the greater demand for the island product and the diseoverj' of new beds in New Brunswick, when several of the older beds were fished out. It is interesting to read the summary of the reports of various inspectors and experts from 18G8 onward, given in Ernest Kemp's " The Oyster Fisheries of Canada," 1899. These reports sound a uniform warning that the Canadian oy.-ter industry was in danger of complete destruction unless projter measures were taken to conserve it. The decline in the industry has not been so keenly realized by the fishermen, because the price of oysters has increased proportionately. This fact augurs seriously for this industry. Oysters, even when cheap, are considered somewhat of a luxury, and a rise in price must tend to exclude them more and more from the menus of the middle classes; while at the same time the importation of foreign oysters must increase. The Canadian fisherman has relied for the protection of his interests on the superior quality of his oysters; but this superiority is threatened in two ways: first, it has become neces- sary to market oysters from beds that do not produce them of the highest quality; and second, by the attempt of planters to grow imported seed in Canadian waters, in the hope that they will attain the citizenship at least, or, if possible, attain the quality of the home product. This " American " seed is sometimes of inferior quality and, although it certainly improves under cultivation in more southern waters, it lies dor- mant for a long time, without growth, when transplanted to the northern beds. Accord- ing to the claims of the fishermen, with whose product these oysters compete, when sold, it injures their market by giving the oysters from their locality a bad reputation. The cultivation of foreign oysters in Canadian waters is of considerable scientific as well as practical interest. From the slight evidence at hand, we conclude it will take more than a year to acclimate Connecticut seed in Canada, before growth begins. It will take a correspondingly longer time to impress the Canadian quality upon these oysters after growth begins. It will, therefore, be wise to import this seed as young as possible to secure the best results. It is still somewhat doubtful whether the Canadian oyster may not be a distinct variety, breeding true to its kind. The Canadian oyster spat, at the time of fixation to cultch, is a fourth larger than the spat in the corre- sponding stage of development in New Jersey waters. Whether this difl^erence is due to environment or is inherent, remains to be settled by experinieut;il observations. Oysters usually show improved quality in colder waters, due largely to the shortness of the spawning season. While it is interesting to note the outcome of attempts to cul- tivate " American " oysters in Canada, it will be wisest for the Canadian planter to do all he can to promote the production of the native seed. PART 1 1.— OYSTER PROPAGATION SURVEY OF RICHMOND BAY, P.E.I. In presenting the following synopsis of observations made in Richmond hay we wish to call attention to the fact that there are many points in the life and habits of oysters and their young that are yet unknown and which should be known in order to make the proper applications to economic problems. Aiming to make our investi- gations throw light upon these other matters, at the same time that we attempt to be as practical as possible, the work of surveying so extensive an area as that of Richmond bay by the methods developed by our previous experience, introduces much complexity. There were so many things that should receive simultaneous attention that much was OYFiTFR puor \<; \'n<)\ i\ I'.n.r. 63 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a crowded out or missed, wliidi dciiiiiiHls a more specialized investigation. Lackin.ir previous familiarity with this considerable expanse of water, it seemed best to get as broad a view as possible of the conditions, from wliieh departure could be made in any special direction, as the findings mii^ht suggest. DESCHIPTIOX OP METIIOPS. The most important procedure is the determination of the oyster "plankton," i.e., the young "fry" in the water, which furnishes the "setting" of "spat." This study was prosecuted by the use of a net made from the finest bolting silk. Counting out Sundays and stormy days, plankton studies were made on eighteen days, at aii average rate of fifteen per day and a maximum of more than twice that figure. The net gathers a vast number of many kinds of larva. — bivalves, univalves, water fleas, etc., and as it is necessary to sort the oyster larva* out from each sample, under a microscope, and count and measure them, the work is nervously strenuous and time- consuming. Our procedure consisted in straining api)roximately known quantities of water through the plankton net, and then to "wash" the "catches" into a series of wide- mouthed bottles containing sufficient formalin to kill the larvae, so that they would all settle to the bottom. After a number of such samples were _ collected, the boat was run into the nearest quiet harbour, where the sediment in the bottles was examined in partial lots, until the entire amount in each' bottle had been sorted by the methods developed in our previous researches. The samples were collected in the following ways : — (1) Dipping water in the net while the boat was under full headway, the average rate was two samples per mile, each of 20 quarts of v/ater. (2) Dragging the net back and forth by hand a definite distance and number of times while the boat was stopped. This is called " swinging " the net. (3) Towing a definite length of time, say a minute under reduced speed. (4) By means of a cylinder, devised with valves for this purpose, into which the net was fitted, we secured samples at definite depths, or determined the vertical distribution of the fry by lifting the net through a fixed distance, a definite number of times. We thus endeavoured to make our determinations quantitative as well as quali- tative in character. The point from which we set out each morning, and to which we returned each evening was Malpeque wharf. We were farthest from home each day at noon, and samples were taken as opportunity offered on the return route as well. We are desirous at this point of the narrative to express our thanks and hearty appreciation for the kindly courtesies extended by Prof. A. D. Robertson, the use of whose boats and other equipment we shared, doubtless at times at a sacrifice of his convenience, at least, he being engaged in studying oyster growth. LOCALITIES EXAMINED. For purposes of location and orientation, the following descripton of Richmond bay is given: This bay is a considerable southward indentation from the guK of St. Lawrence, of the north shore of Prince Edward Island. The coast at this point trends northwest, thus the western shore of the bay is one and a half times longer ihan its eastern." A sandbar 10 miles long separates the bay from the gulf, and limits its outlet to a channel a mile wide situated at the northern terminus (cape Aylesbury) of the eastern shore. Each shore has three considerable indentations. On the east, most northerly is Darnley basin, next comes Shipyard basin, and at the head of the bay is Chichester cove. On the west, situated correspondingly are Bidoford river. Grand river, and Bentinck cove. 64 DErARTMFXT OF THE YHM/. SFRTICE 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 Confininp: one's attention to the channel or deeper parts of the bny, the tide enter- inpr north of cape Aylesbury sends a small branch southward into Darnlcy basin. The main portion flows west at the southern end of the bar between Royalty point and " Fish " island. Three miles west from Aylesbury the tide strikes Horseshoe shoals and spreads thence in three directions: (1) northwestward for 4 miles to enter the mouth of Bideford river, between Hog island and Bird island on the east and Gilles point on the west; (2) the southwestward tide flows 2 miles to "Ram" island shoals where it bends south and southeast around Ram island on a 6 mile course into "March water," and eastward into Shipyard basin, to Malpeque wharf; (3) the central portion of the tide on Horseshoe shoals continues westward for 3^ miles to Nortli Bunbury shoals. Part of it continues on for 5 miles farther, passing north of Charles point to reach Grand river. The main portion of the tide, 3 miles wide, turns south between Charles point and Bunbury island. Four miles to the south it runs between B?ech point on the east and Bcntinck point on the west, and enters the head of the bay, where it ends in three divisions, viz., Bentinck cove on the west, Chichester cove on the east, and Webber cove, with Barbara Weit river on the south, 8 miles from North Bun- bury shoals. Apart from its estuaries, Richmond bay may be conveniently divided into: (1) an outer section or Lower bay, lying east of a line drawn from Ram island northward to Hog island, but this line should curve westward far enough at its middle, to include all of Horseshoe shoals; (2) an inner section or " Upper bay," lying south of a line drawn due west from Beech point to the cliflFs north of Bentinck point; (3) a middle section, between the other two, that we may designate as the " Central portion." The southern half of this section is split into two by Curtain Islands shoals, which extend nearly 4 miles northwestward from Beech point. Bunbury island, situated near the northern extremity of these shoals, marks closely the geographical centre of the bay. We shall confine the term " Central bay " to the portion north of Bunbury. The part west of the shoals, from its shape may be called the " quadrangle," that to the east is " ^Vfarch water." The Upper bay empties mainly into the " quadrangle," but some water flows over the shoals into March water, which in turn also partly spills over Ram Island shoals into the Lower bay. The " Central bay " receives the Bideford from the north, Grand river from the west, the quadrangle from the south, and March water from the southeast, between Bunbury and Ram islands. We shall consider successively the data secured from a study of the different localities. Most attention was given Grand river and March water; the data from other localities are fragmentary. BIDEFORD RIVER. This river from the head of navigation to Gilles point is 0 juilcs 1on. r T II i: \ w \j. s- k rtice 7 GEORGE V, A. 1917 inu, with groups at 100, ISO, 24^1 mu. August 21, fry nearly fifty jht minute, ei?lit j>er 20 quarts, three per 10 feet vertieal; sizes 80 to 320 mu, most are below 100 mu. a grroup at ISO. a few at 240. August 25, low chb, nine- to sixty fr>' per minute towing, five samples, thirty to forty in 20 quarts; sizes SO to 380 mu, the majority are below 120 mu; groups at 140. ISO. 200. 240, 2S0, and 320. August 2S, fry are one per 4.5 feet vertical, of sizes 90 to 340 mu, majority at 140. Section below Cross creek, August fi. a few small fr.v present. August 14. 1020 at 70° F.. largest fry 120 mu. August 20. high. 1010-5 at 67° F., fry SO mu to 320. TTalf ebb. 1020 at 70° F.. fry at rate of one per 4 feet vertical, one per 5 quarts, and two i er minute of towing; sizes are SO mu to 220. August 21, fry were found at rate of t'O to six per 20 quarts, below 200 mu in size. August 28. fry at rate of three to nine per minute and one to 25 feet vertical, sizes are below 260 mu, mostly below 160 mii. Section near ferry, August 14, 1020 at 69° F., fry at rate of one per 12 feet vertical, under 200 mu. August 20. 1019 at 66°- F., few fry: at lower tide. 1019-5 at 6S° F.. fr.v at rate of one per 4 foet vertical, and one per 7 quarts, grouped at 100 mu. 200, and 230 to 280 mu. Grand River Cove: The roughness of water here prevented frequent observnt'on. August 20, 1019-5 at 67° F., in middle of cove, no fry. At cape Malpeque (Tharles point) 1020-5 at 67°-5F., fry at rate of one per 10 feet vertical, mostly small. o;>e 200 mu. August 21. 1019-5 at 70° F., three fry per 20 quarts, largest 160 mu. UPPER BAY. With the upper bay, extending 7 miles southeast of Charles ijoint. or south from Bunbury island, we shall include: (1) the ''quadrangle" 4 miles north to south and 3 miles east and west, whose corners are designated, respectively, by Charles point. Bun- bury island. Beech point, and Bentinck point; (2) a southern "head," 4 miles north and south, 5 miles east and west, which receives seven tributaries, that w-ill be reviewed in circuit beginning on the northeast. Oyster Creek: August 7, 1018-5 at 74° F. Thirty quarts inside the grass area at its mouth, yielded four large (160 mu) and many smaller fry. Outside the grass, the fry were few and small, and snail larvae numerous. August 13, 1020 at 72° F., vertical sampling yielded a few small and one " large " (unequal umbos) fry in three hauls of 7 feet each. Chichester Cove and Indian Eiver: August 7, 1019 at 73° F., in cove, and 1016 at "4° F., in the mouth of river. Snails numerous, oyster fry few and small, one " large "^ found. Barbara Weit River and Cove: August 7, 1018-5 at 72° F. Many snails, few oyster fry. August 13, 1018-5 at 74° F., samples yielded two large and a few small fry. Xearly all adult oysters have spawned, but some not. Webber Creek Cove, or Waites Cove : August 7, many snails, few fry. August 13. ten hauls in 9 feet of water yielded two large, four medium, several small fry. August 24, twenty hauls of 5 feet each in 12 feet of water, yielded 33 fry, from 160 to 380 mu in diameter, at ratio of one per 3 feet vertical, and quite satisfactory. Shells were put out as cultch here. Plat River Cove: August 7, sample was poor in plankton. 1020 at 72° F., in grass near cliff west of Webber point. Oyster fry more abundant towards Bentinck cove. August 13, ten hauls vertical in 12 feet of water yielded five medium fry. Shemody Creek and Bentinck Cove: August 7, in creek. 1015 at 74° F.. few oyster fry here. In cove, 1020 at 72° F., oyster fry more abundant. August 13, in mouth of creek, 1020 at 70° F., sample shows but one large fry. In the cove, 1021 at 69° -5 F., vertical sample in 5 feet of water yielded three large and three medium. Farther out, in 10 feet of water, vertical sampling yielded a larva of 240 mu. 1 We use the general desisnation of "large" for fry with unequal umbos, "medium" for those with prominent equal umbos, and "small" for those less than 100 mu in length. OYSTKU l'l,'